eia setting up of a manufacturing complex for technical...

Setting up of a Manufacturing Complex for Technical Ammonium Nitrate, Weak Nitric Acid plant Ammonium Nitrate Solution

plant & Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0

Issue Date: 17.05.2017

of 247

Report

for

Setting up of a Manufacturing Complex for Technical Ammonium Nitrate, Weak Nitric Acid plant

Ammonium Nitrate Solution plant & Ammonia plant

By

At

Village Bagadia, Chaukimatha, Rangiagarh

Tehsil Paradeep, District Jagatsinghpur, Odisha

Submitted by:

EIA Consultant:

EQMS INDIA PVT. LTD. INDIA

304-305, 3rd Floor, Plot No. 16, Rishabh Corporate Tower, Community Centre, Karkardooma, Delhi – 110092

Phone: 011-30003200, 30003219; Fax: 011-22374775 Website: www.eqmsindia.com ; E-mail – [email protected]

Environmental Impact Assessment

&

Environmental Management Plan

July-2017 August-2017

http://www.eqmsindia.com/

mailto:[email protected]



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247

EQMS INDIA PVT LTD, New Delhi

Table of Content Chapter 1. Introduction ................................................................................................................. 8

1.1. Prelude ............................................................................................................................... 8 1.2. Need for the Proposed Project ............................................................................................ 8 1.3. Need of the Study ............................................................................................................... 9 1.4. Project Location .................................................................................................................. 9 1.5. Scope of Study ................................................................................................................. 12 1.6. Regulatory Framework ..................................................................................................... 12 1.7. Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment......................................................... 21 1.8. Contents of the EIA Report ............................................................................................... 22

Chapter 2. Project Description .................................................................................................... 24 2.1. Site Details ....................................................................................................................... 24 2.2. Site Selection & Suitability Study ...................................................................................... 24 2.3. Land Requirement ............................................................................................................ 29 2.4. Infrastructure & Plant Layouts ........................................................................................... 30 2.5. Products with Capacities for the Proposed Projects .......................................................... 34 2.6. Manufacturing Process ..................................................................................................... 35 2.7. Raw Materials, Product Specification & Storage Details ................................................... 46 2.8. Infrastructure& Utilities ...................................................................................................... 49 2.9. Water Requirement .......................................................................................................... 54 2.10. Environmental Aspects: .................................................................................................... 55 2.11. Project Cost &Time Schedule ........................................................................................... 64 2.12. Type of industries near the project site ............................................................................. 65

Chapter 3. : Description of the Environment ............................................................................... 66 3.1. Background and Salient Environmental Features of the Study Area ................................. 66 3.2. Physical Environment ....................................................................................................... 75 3.3. Land use ........................................................................................................................... 81 3.4. Meteorology ...................................................................................................................... 83 3.5. Ambient Air Quality ........................................................................................................... 92 3.6. Noise Environment ........................................................................................................... 97 3.7. Water Quality .................................................................................................................... 98 3.8. Soil Quality ..................................................................................................................... 104 3.9. Triffic Study .................................................................................................................... 113 3.10. Ecological Environment .................................................................................................. 113 3.11. Socio-Economic Environment ......................................................................................... 121

Chapter 4. Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures .................................. 141 4.1. Impacts during Construction Phase and Mitigation Measures:........................................ 141

4.2. Impacts during Operation Phase: ................................................................................... 146 4.3. Impact of Solid Waste: ................................................................................................... 162 4.4. Impact on Ecology & Biodiversity .................................................................................... 162 4.5. Infrastructure .................................................................................................................. 162 4.6. Socio-economic Environment ......................................................................................... 162 4.7. Occupational Health and Risk ......................................................................................... 163

Chapter 5. Analysis of alternatives (Site and Technology) ........................................................ 165 5.1. Potential Location ........................................................................................................... 165 5.2. Technologies available ................................................................................................... 165

Chapter 6. Environmental Monitoring program ......................................................................... 167 6.1. Objectives ....................................................................................................................... 167 6.2. Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme and Control ........................................ 167 6.3. Infrastructural Requirements for Monitoring .................................................................... 169 6.4. Environmental Organisational Setup ............................................................................... 170 6.5. Environmental Cost towards Monitoring Setup ............................................................... 170



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


6.6. Submission of Monitoring Reports to Regulatory Authorities (MoEF&CC, CPCB,

OSPCB) – .................................................................................................................................. 171 Chapter 7. Additional Study ...................................................................................................... 172

7.1. Introduction ..................................................................................................................... 172 7.2. Scope of Work ................................................................................................................ 172 7.3. Objectives ....................................................................................................................... 172 7.4. Methodology of HIRA ...................................................................................................... 172 7.5. Hazardous Materials Bulk Storages at the DFPCL Plant ................................................ 173 7.6. Detailed QRA Approach: Rule Sets and Assumptions .................................................... 178 7.7. Effect & Consequence Analysis ...................................................................................... 182 7.8. Hazardous Incidents Impact ........................................................................................... 182 7.9. Consequence Analysis ................................................................................................... 186 7.10. Conclusions and Recommendations ............................................................................... 186 7.11. Occupational Health and Safety ..................................................................................... 187 7.12. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) ............................................................................ 188 7.13. Occupational Health – Proposal for Surveillance ............................................................ 192 7.14. Disaster Management Plan............................................................................................. 193 7.15. Emergency Organization ................................................................................................ 195 7.16. Communication System .................................................................................................. 198 7.17. Pre-emergency activities ................................................................................................ 201 7.18. Causes of Emergency: ................................................................................................... 202 7.19. Off-Site Emergency Plan ................................................................................................ 204 7.20. Mock Drills and Records ................................................................................................. 205

Chapter 8. Environmental Management Plan ........................................................................... 207 8.1. Environmental Management ........................................................................................... 207 8.2. Management Plan during Construction Phase ................................................................ 207 8.3. Management Plan during Operation Phase .................................................................... 209 8.4. Hazardous / Solid Waste Management........................................................................... 211 8.5. Green Belt Development ................................................................................................ 213 8.6. Noise and Vibration ........................................................................................................ 218 8.7. Rain Water Harvesting System ....................................................................................... 218 8.8. Action Plans ................................................................................................................... 219 8.9. Occupational Safety and Fire Fighting ............................................................................ 223 8.10. Environmental Policy of DFPCL ...................................................................................... 227 8.11. Measures for Protection of Environment ......................................................................... 228 8.12. Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection ...................................................... 229 8.13. Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Protection Measures ........................................ 232

Chapter 9. Project Benifites ...................................................................................................... 235 9.1. Benefits of the Infrastructure ........................................................................................... 235 9.2. Construction Phase Benefits ........................................................................................... 235 9.3. Operational Phase Benefit .............................................................................................. 236 9.4. Corporate Social Responsibility and Community Development ....................................... 237

Chapter 10. Summary and Conclusion ....................................................................................... 243 10.1. Summary and Conclusion ............................................................................................... 243 10.2. Regulatory Compliance .................................................................................................. 243 10.3. Baseline Conditions ........................................................................................................ 244 10.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures ............................................................ 244 10.5. Recommendations .......................................................................................................... 244

Chapter 11. : DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS ..................................................................... 246



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247

List of Tables

Table 1.1 : Coordinates of Project Site ............................................................................... 10 Table 1.2 Terms of Reference Compliance ......................................................................... 12 Table 2.1 : Salient Features of the Project .......................................................................... 25 Table 2.2 Salient Features of the Project ............................................................................ 29 Table 2.3 Land Distribution at Site ...................................................................................... 30 Table 2.4 : List of Products.................................................................................................. 34 Table 2.5 :Raw Material Storage Capacity With Basis......................................................... 46 Table 2.6 Raw Material & Utility Requirement ..................................................................... 47 Table 2.7 : Liquid Ammonia ................................................................................................ 47 Table 2.8 Weak Nitric Acid .................................................................................................. 47 Table 2.9 Technical Ammonium Nitrate Prills (LDAN) ......................................................... 48 Table 2.10 Technical Ammonium Nitrate Prills(HDAN) ....................................................... 48 Table 2.11 Ammonium Nitrate Melt ..................................................................................... 48 Table 2.12 : Coal Analysis .................................................................................................. 48 Table 2.13 Raw Water Consumption Basis ......................................................................... 54 Table 2.14 Effluent Standard as CPCB ............................................................................... 56 Table 2.15 Waste Water Generation in Phase I and Phase II .............................................. 58 Table 2.16 Plant Stacks ...................................................................................................... 61 Table 2.17 Pollution Load ................................................................................................... 62 Table 3.1 Geo-coordinates of the Project site ..................................................................... 66

Table 3.2 : Salient Environmental Features of Proposed Site ............................................. 68 Table 3.3 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data Collection ...... 72

Table 3.4 Sub-surface Stratigraphy in the Paradeep Depression of Mahanadi onshore areas .................................................................................................................................... 77

Table 3.5 Stage of Block wise Ground water Development of Jagatsinghpur District .......... 77 Table 3.6 : Land use of the Study Area ............................................................................... 81 Table 3.7 Long Term Meteorological Data of Paradeep Port, 1961-90 (30 years average) . 83

Table 3.8 No. of Days with Zero Oktas of Cloud Cover (Paradeep Port) ............................. 85 Table 3.9 Site Specific Meteorological Data ........................................................................ 90 Table 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations .......................................................... 92 Table 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average) ................................ 93 Table 3.12 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations ..................................................... 97 Table 3.13 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area ........................................................... 97 Table 3.14 Ground Water Sampling Locations .................................................................... 98 Table 3.15 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area ............................................................ 99 Table 3.15 continued..........Ground Water Quality in the Study Area .................................. 99 Table 3.16 CPCB Best Designated Use Standard (Source-CPCB) ................................... 101 Table 3.17 Surface Water Sampling Locations.................................................................. 102 Table 3.18 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area ......................................................... 102 Table 3.19 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area ......................................................... 103 Table 3.20 Receiving Sea Water Standards for SW-II Category ....................................... 104 Table 3.21 Soil Sampling Locations .................................................................................. 107 Table 3.22 Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil .......................................................... 107 Table 3.23 Area under Major Field Crops (As per latest figures 2008-09) ......................... 111 Table 3.24 Production and Productivity of Major Crops ..................................................... 111 Table 3.25 Production and Productivity of Major Crops ..................................................... 112 Table 3.26 List of Flora present in Study Area .................................................................. 115 Table 3.27 List of Herbs & Shrubs..................................................................................... 117 Table 3.28 List of the Fauna Recorded in Study Area ....................................................... 119 Table 3.29 List of the Birds Surveyed / Recorded in the Study Area ................................. 120



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 3.30 Caste-wise Population Distribution of Study Area Villages .............................. 122 Table 3.31 : Male-Female wise Literates & Illiterates Population ...................................... 127

Table 3.32 :Distribution of Work Participation Rate ........................................................... 130 Table 3.33 : Composition of Non-Workers ........................................................................ 132 Table 3.34 : Village-wise Occupational Pattern................................................................. 133 Table 3.35 : Village wise Basic Amenities Availability in the Study Area ........................... 138 Table 4.1 Sources that contribute to the air pollution ......................................................... 147 Table 4.2 Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs) ............................................................... 150 Table 4.3 Overall Scenario of GLCs predictions ................................................................ 151 Table 4.4 ESP Specifications ............................................................................................ 157 Table 4.5 Noise Generating Sources and their Noise Levels ............................................. 158 Table 4.6 OSHA Recommendations for Noise levels ........................................................ 158 Table 4.7 Probable Quantity of Waste Water Generation in each phase ........................... 161 Table 4.8 Hazardous Generation and Disposal ................................................................. 162 Table 6.1 : Air Quality Monitoring Schedule ...................................................................... 167 Table 6.2 : Water And Wastewater Monitoring Schedule .................................................. 168 Table 8.1 Pollution Control Equipment .............................................................................. 209 Table 8.2 Raw Water Consumption Basis ......................................................................... 210 Table 8.3 Water pollution Control Equipment .................................................................... 211 Table 8.4 Hazardous Waste from proposed project .......................................................... 212 Table 8.5 Option for Disposal of Spent Catalyst ................................................................ 212 Table 8.6 Compliance status for the DFPCL plant ............................................................. 229 Table 8.7 Total estimated budget for implementation of EMP ........................................... 232 Table 8.8 Air Pollution Control Equipment & Cost ............................................................. 232 Table 8.9 Water pollution control equipment and Cost ................................................ 232 Table 8.10 Operating And Maintenance Cost Of Effluent Treatment Plant For Phase-I .... 233

Table 8.11 Operating And Maintenance Cost Of Effluent Treatment Plant Pahse-Ii .......... 233 Table 9.1 : Details of Livelihood Programs Conducted in last three years ......................... 238 Table 9.2 CSR Budget for 5 Years .................................................................................... 241



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


List of Figures

Figure 1.1 : Location of the Project Area ............................................................................. 11 Figure 2.1 : Location map ................................................................................................... 27 Figure 2.2 : Topo Map (1:2,500,00) ..................................................................................... 28 Figure 2.3 : Coordinate of Corner (Project Site) .................................................................. 29 Figure 2.4 : Khasara Map .................................................................................................... 32 Figure 2.5 : Plant Layout ..................................................................................................... 33 Figure 2.6 : Process flow Diagram for Ammonia Plant ........................................................ 35 Figure 2.7 : Process flow Diagram for Nitric Acid Plant ....................................................... 39 Figure 2.8 : Process flow Diagram for Technical Ammonium Nitrate )TAN(Plant ................ 42 Figure 2.9 : Void .................................................................................................................. 42 Figure 2.10 Material Balance of products with 380TPD Ammonia ....................................... 45 Figure 2.11 Water Balance ................................................................................................. 55 Figure 2.12 : ETP Scheme .................................................................................................. 59 Figure 3.1 Coordinates of Project Site ................................................................................. 67 Figure 3.2 Road Connectivity Map ...................................................................................... 68 Figure 3.3 Location Map of Study area ............................................................................... 70 Figure 3.4 Google Map of 10 km Study area ....................................................................... 71 Figure 3.5 Monitoring Location Map ................................................................................... 74 Figure 3.6 Drainage Map of the Study Area ........................................................................ 76 Figure 3.7 Ground Water Resources of Jagatsinghpur District ............................................ 78 Figure 3.8 Depth to Water Level (Pre-Monsoon Season) .................................................... 79 Figure 3.9 Depth to Water Level (Post-Monsoon Season) .................................................. 79 Figure 3.10 Seismic Zones Map of Odisha .......................................................................... 80 Figure 3.11 Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone) .................................... 82 Figure 3.12 Graph of Minimum and Maximum Temperature at IMD Paradeep Port ............ 84 Figure 3.13 Graphical representation of Minimum and Maximum Humidity at IMD Paradeep

Port .............................................................................................................................. 84 Figure 3.14 : Monthly Rainfall at IMD Paradeep Port .......................................................... 85 Figure 3.15 Graphical Representation of wind speed at IMD Paradeep Port ....................... 86 Figure 3.16 :Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Pre-monsoon Season) ................ 87 Figure 3.17 : Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Monsoon Season) ...................... 88

Figure 3.18 : Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Post-monsoon Season) .............. 89 Figure 3.19 Wind Class Frequency distribution ................................................................... 91 Figure 3.20 Wind Frequency Distribution ............................................................................ 92 Figure 3.21 PM2.5 Level in Study Area ............................................................................... 95 Figure 3.22 PM10 Level in Study Area ................................................................................ 95 Figure 3.23 SO2 Level in Study Area ................................................................................... 96 Figure 3.24 NOx Level in Study Area .................................................................................. 96 Figure 3.25 Soil Map of Jagatsinghpur District .................................................................. 106 Figure 3.26 Type of vegetation on identified land for proposed project .............................. 114 Figure 3.27 : Male-Female wise Population Distribution ................................................... 125

Figure 3.28 : Male-Female wise ‘SC’ Population in Study Area ........................................ 126 Figure 3.29 : Male-Female wise ‘ST’ Population in Study Area ........................................ 126 Figure 3.30 : Male-Female wise Distribution of Literates & Illiterates ................................ 127 Figure 3.31 : Workers Scenario of the Study Area ............................................................ 130 Figure 3.32 : Composition of Main Workers Population .................................................... 131

Figure 3.33 : Composition of Marginal Workers ................................................................ 131 Figure 3.34 : Composition of Non-workers Population .................................................... 132 Figure 4.1 Predicted GLC’s of CO2 (380TPD) ................................................................... 152



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 4.2 Predicted GLC of NH3 (380TPD) ...................................................................... 153 Figure 4.3 Predicted GLC of NOx (380TPD) ..................................................................... 154 Figure 4.4 Predicted GLC of SOx (380TPD) ..................................................................... 155 Figure 4.5 Predicted GLC of Particulate Matter (380TPD) ................................................. 156 Figure 8.1 Proposed Green Belt Area ............................................................................... 217 Figure 8.2 : Rain Water Harvesting System ...................................................................... 219

List of Annexure

Annexure I: NABET Certificate

Annexure II: Land Document

Annexure III: ToR Letter

Annexure IV: Letter of Water withdrawal

Annexure V: Permission for discharge of Treated Effluent

Annexure VI: Membership of disposal of Solid and Hazardous Waste

Annexure VII: Raw data of Analysis Report



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 1. INTRODUCTION

1.1. Prelude

Deepak Fertilisers And Petrochemicals Corporation Ltd (DFPCL) was incorporated in

the year 1979 and commenced commercial production of Ammonia in 1983. DFPCL

went in for forward integration projects for adding various downstream products to

their portfolio. These projects, which commenced production in 1992, include Diluted

& Concentrated Nitric Acid, Ammonium Nitrate, ANP fertiliser and also Methanol as a

diversification initiative. Thereafter, DFPCL implemented expansion projects for

various products like Dilute Nitric Acid, Concentrated Nitric Acid and Ammonium

Nitrate. The company also implemented projects for diversification to produce Liquid

Carbon dioxide, Isopropyl Alcohol and Sulphur Bentonite Fertiliser. In 2011 DFPCL

commissioned 300 KTPA plant to produce both High Density (HDAN) and Low

Density (LDAN) grade of Technical Ammonium Nitrates (TAN) at its Taloja site at a

cost of around Rs 600crores.

This state of the art complex with fixed assets of more than 1,700 crores is located at

MIDC, Taloja near Mumbai. The company has impeccable record of over 30 years in

the industry with excellent reputation and relationship with its Bankers, Customers,

Suppliers and Shareholders. The company’s shares are listed and traded on BSE and

NSE.

DFPCL follows the best safety practices and has won British Safety Awards multiple

times. It has maintained excellent environment records.

The World class facilities to manufacture Nitric acid / Technical Ammonium Nitrate

along with related off-sites and utilities facilities proposed to be set up at Paradeep,

Odisha requires apart from financial strength, project execution skills, experience in

operating large scale continuous process plants and the ability to maintain high safety

and environmental standards.

1.2. Need for the Proposed Project

DFPCL has prominent position in manufacture and distribution of both specialty

fertilizers and Technical Ammonium Nitrate (TAN), which forms the backbone of

mining industry.

DFPCL currently manufactures 410,000 MTPA of high density and low density

Ammonia Nitrate products at its Taloja complex in addition to 40,000 MTPY TAN at

Smartchem Technologies Limited, Srikakulum which is 100 % subsidiary company of

DFPCL.

The company has worked with all major technologies for Nitric Acid and Ammonium

Nitrate (M/s Uhde Germany, GPN France, Chematur Sweden, Plinke Germany,

This chapter provides background information of the project proponent, Need for the EIA

study as per prevailing legislation, location and brief description of the project,

methodology adopted for EIA study and structure of the report.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Weatherly, Spain etc) and over years improvised the same to achieve higher

productivity, better efficiencies and lesser effluents.

DFPCL intends to enhance it’s the Ammonium Nitrate manufacturing capacity by

setting up a 1140 MTPD (3,76,200 MTPA) Ammonium Nitrate Solution and

downstream of it as TAN manufacturing complex at Paradeep situated in state of

Odisha on eastern coast of India to meet the growing demand of the mining

explosives emerging out of the spurt in coal and iron mining activities.

The set-up will support, manufacturing of Ammonium Nitrate solution and the end

products shall be and various combinations of above products based on the market

requirements.

• LDAN Upto 1,000 MTPD(330,000 MTPA)

• HDAN Upto 1000 MTPD(330,000 MTPA)

• AN Melt upto 140 MTPD ( 46,000 MTPA)

The major raw materials for making Ammonium Nitrate are

For Phase- 1 major raw material will be -

• Ammonia and

• Nitric Acid

For Phase -2 Major raw material will be-

• Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) While Ammonia will be sourced (domestically and from world markets during phase-1)

Nitric Acid will be made within complex by setting up Nitric Acid unit of 900 MTPD

(.297, 000 MTPA) capacity.

The company already has the basic & detailed engineering packages ready and key

equipment is readily available from reputed manufacturers. The project is based on

the feasibility study carried out internally by the company.

1.3. Need of the Study

As per the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification, S.O. 1533, 14th

September 2006, Schedule – I, the proposed industry falls under the Category 5 (A).

Based on the application submitted to MoEF and presentation made in 23rd meeting

of EAC held on 05th May, 2017, MoEF has issued TOR on 10th July 2017 vide its

letter no J-11011/141/2017. This report has been prepared in line with the TOR

awarded. (Copy of the TOR is enclosed as Annexure- III). This report has been

prepared in line with the TOR awarded.

1.4. Project Location

The proposed project will be coming up at Village Bagadia, Chuakimatha, Rangiagarh

Tehsil Paradeep, District Jagatsinghpur, and Odisha. The location photo and map of

the proposed unit shown below.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 1.1 : Coordinates of Project Site

Latitude 20º16’52.36 N

Longitude 86 º35’48.36 E

Photograph of Project Site



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Source: EQMS

Figure 1.1 : Location of the Project Area



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


1.5. Scope of Study

The EIA shall be generally as per the “TOR” approved for the proposal by EAC, Delhi.

The report will examine the sustainability of proposal and adequacy of mitigation

measures. The detailed environment management plan will be prepared which will

include collection of baseline data about. Air, Noise, Water, soil for one season and

data related to Land, ecology and biodiversity and Socio-economy and hazardous and

non-hazardous solid wastes, risk associated with handling of hazardous chemicals.

For environmental assessment, areas within 10 km radial zone of the project have

been studied and classified as study Area. Following methodology has been adopted

for the EIA study:

• Identification of sources of pollution during construction and operation phases

of the project at the proposed site

• Identification of utilisation of resources obtained during construction and

operation phases of the project

• Assessment of extent of pollution and resource utilisation in the proposed area

• Recommend measures to optimise resource utilisation

• Develop an environmental monitoring plan to ensure effective implementation

of the environmental management plan

1.6. Regulatory Framework

The plant operation will be subjected to other procedural and compliance monitoring

programme viz. annual consents under Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1974; Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981; authorization under

Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989/ 2000/2008; Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986; requirements and statutory norms as per Orissa State Pollution

Control Board etc.. The production level of this plant will be as per the approved

clearances/consents from respective authorities.

Table 1.2 Terms of Reference Compliance

S.

No. ToR Points Tor Compliance

1. Executive Summary Enclosed as part of EIA Report

2.

Introduction

I. Details of the EIA Consultant including

NABET accreditation

Enclosed as Annexure I

II. Information about the project proponent

Importance and benefits of the project.

Details of project proponent Importance

and benefits of the project are given in

Section 1.1 of Chapter 1.

3.

Project Description

i. Cost of project and time of completion.

Cost of project is 1750 Cr and Time

schedule is 36 Month. Details are given in

section 2.11 of Chapter-2.

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed

project.

The production capacity of proposed

project is given in Section No 2.5 of



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


chapter 2.

iii. If expansion project, details of existing

products with capacities and whether

adequate land is available for expansion,

reference of earlier EC if any.

This is green Field project. So, Not

Applicable

iv. List of raw materials required and their source

along with mode of transportation.

The raw material requirement of proposed

project is given in Section No 2.7 of

chapter 2.

v. Other chemicals and materials required with

quantities and storage capacities

The raw material and other Storage

details for proposed project are given in

Section No 2.7 of chapter 2.

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their management.

Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous

waste generation and their management

is given in Section 2.10 of Chapter 2.

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of

supply, status of approval, water balance

diagram, man-power requirement (regular and

contract)

Details are given in section 2.8

(infrastructure & Utilities) and water

requirement in section 2.9 of Chapter 2.

viii. Process description along with major

equipment and machineries, process flow

sheet (quantitative) from raw material to

products to be provided

Detailed manufacturing process is given

in Section 2.6 of Chapter 2.

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed

safety systems.

Detailed risk analysis and safety measure

are given in different section of Chapter 7

(Additional Study).

x. Expansion/modernization proposals:

a. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments thereto obtained for

the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be

attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of

the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional

Office of the Ministry of Environment and

Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012

on the status of compliance of conditions

stipulated in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments shall be

provided. In addition, status of compliance of

Consent to Operate for the on-going existing

operation of the project from SPCB shall be

attached with the EIA-EMP report.

b. In case the existing project has not obtained

environmental clearance, reasons for not

taking EC under the provisions of the EIA

Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification

2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to

Establish/No Objection Certificate and

This is green Field project. So, Not

Applicable



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Consent to Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE

and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from

the SPCB shall be submitted. Further,

compliance report to the conditions of

consents from the SPCB shall be submitted

4.

Site Details

I. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification

for selecting the site, whether other sites were

considered.

Site details and site suitability study is

given in section 2.1 and 2.2 of chapter 2.

II. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10-

km and site location on 1:50,000/1:

25,000scales on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all

eco-sensitive areas and environmentally

sensitive places)

Detailed TOPO map 1:2,50,000 Scale is

given in Figure No 2.2 of Chapter 2.

III. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Site alternate Analysis is given in section

5.1 of Chapter 5

IV. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the

site.

The coordinate of corners of project site is

given in Table 3.1 and Figure 3.1 of

Chapter 3

V. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project

site.

The Google map of project site is given in

Figure 3.4 of Chapter 3.

VI. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as

proposed unit indicating storage area, plant

area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located

within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area indicating location of

unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Layout maps indicating proposed unit

indicating storage area, plant area,

greenbelt area, utilities etc.is Given in

Figure 2.5 and Table No 2.4 of Chapter 2.

VII. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if

applicable) plant site. If existing, show

photographs of plantation/greenbelt.

Site Photograph are given in Section 1.4

of Chapter 1.

VIII. Land use break-up of total land of the project

site (identified and acquired), government/

private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water

bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not

required for industrial area)

The total area of project is 83.26 Acres, in

which 25 Acres used for project, 6 Acres

for water reservoir, green belt

development 27 Acres & rest of area as

an open space 25.26 Acres.

IX. A list of major industries with name and type

within study area (10km radius) shall be

incorporated. Land use details of the study

area

Detailed list of other industry near the

project site is given in Section 2.12 of

Chapter 2.

X. Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of the study area shall be included.

Geological features and Geo-hydrological

status of project site is given in Section

3.1 of Chapter 3.

XI. Details of Drainage of the project up to 5.0-km

radius of study area. If the site is within 1.0-km

Details Drainage map and details are

given in Figure 3.6 and Section No 3.2 of



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


radius of any major river, peak and lean season

river discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data of the

past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the

project site and maximum Flood Level of the

river shall also be provided. (mega green field

projects)

Chapter 3.

XII. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not

complete, stage of the acquisition process and

expected time of complete possession of the

land.

Land is already under the possession of

DFPCL. Copy of Land Allotment letter

enclosed as an Annexure II.

XIII. R&R details in respect of land in line with state

Government policy

Land is already under the possession of

DFPCL. So, there is No R&R involve in

this project.

5.

Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable):

I. Permission and approval for the use of forest

land (forestry clearance), if any, and

recommendations of the State Forest

Department. (if applicable).

II. Land use map based on High resolution

satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site

delineating the forestland (in case of projects

involving forest land more than 40 ha)

III. Status of Application submitted for obtaining

the stage I forestry clearance along with

latest status shall be submitted.

IV. The projects to be located within 10 km of

the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere

Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild

Animals, the project proponent shall submit

the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife

Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the

project location and the recommendations or

comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-

thereon.

V. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly

authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of

the State Government for conservation of

Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study

area

VI. Copy of application submitted for clearance

under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to

the Standing Committee of the National

Board for Wildlife

Not Applicable

6. Environmental Status:



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


I. Determination of atmospheric inversion level

at the project site and site-specific micro-

meteorological data using temperature,

relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall.

Detailed of site-specific micro-

meteorological data using temperature,

relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall etc are given in

Section 3.4 and Table no 3.3 and Table

3.9 of Chapter 3.

II. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations

for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other

parameters relevant to the project shall be

collected. The monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and consider the

pre-dominant wind direction, population zone

and sensitive receptors including reserved

forests.

Details are given in section 3.5 and

Sampling Location Table 3.11 and

analysis result is given in Table 3.11 of

chapter 3.

III. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12

weeks of all stations as per frequency given

in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009

along with - min., max., average and 98%

values for each of the AAQ parameters from

data of all AAQ stations should be provided

as an annexure to the EIA Report.

The analysis results are enclosed as an

Annexure VII.

IV. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m

upstream and downstream of discharge

point) and other surface drains at eight

locations as per CPCB/ MoEF& CC

guidelines.

Details of surface water quality is given in

section 3.7 and Table 3.18 (Sampling

Location) and Table 3.19 of Chapter 3.

V. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch

of river identified by the CPCB / MoEF & F &

CC, if yes give details.

Not Applicable

VI. Ground water monitoring at minimum Eight

(08) locations shall be included.

Details of ground water quality is given in

section 3.7 and Table 3.14 (Sampling

Location) and Table 3.15 of Chapter 3.

VII. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within

the study area.

Details are given in Section 3.6, Table

3.12 and 3.13 of chapter 3.

VIII. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Details are given in Section 3.8, Table

3.21 and 3.22 of chapter 3.

IX. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles,

frequency of vehicles for transportation of

materials, additional traffic due to proposed

project, parking arrangement etc.

Detailed Traffic Study near project site is

given in Section 3.9 of Chapter 3

Additional traffic load due to proposed

project during operation phase – Tanker /

truck movement for Raw material &

product will be approx. 80 no / day.

X. Detailed description of flora and fauna

(terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study

area shall be given with special reference to

Details are given in Section 3.9, Table

3.26, 3.27 and 3.28 of chapter 3.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


rare, endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule-I fauna are found within the study

area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be

prepared and furnished.

XI. Socio-economic status of the study area. Details are given in Section 3.11 Table

3.29 to 3.35 chapters 3.

7.

Impact and Environment Management Plan

i. Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on

site-specific meteorological features. In case

the project is located on a hilly terrain, the

AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of

the specific terrain characteristics for

determining the potential impacts of the project

on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources

of emissions (including transportation) on the

AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of

the model used and the input data used for

modelling shall also be provided. The air

quality contours shall be plotted on a location

map showing the location of project site,

habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Detailed air quality modeling and impact

assessment is given in Section 4.2 and

Table 4.1 and 4.2 of Chapter 4.

ii. Water Quality modelling - in case of discharge

in water body Not Applicable

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and

end products on the surrounding environment

shall be assessed and provided. In this regard,

options for transport of raw materials and

finished products and wastes (large quantities)

by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyor-

cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Most of Raw Material Transported through

Pipeline. So, there will be marginal

Impact.

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from

different plant operations, extent recycled and

reused for different purposes shall be included.

Complete scheme of effluent treatment.

Characteristics of untreated and treated

effluent to meet the prescribed standards of

discharge under E (P) Rules.

The methodology and details of ETP with

calculation is given in section 2.10 &

figure No 2.12 of chapter 2.

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for

control of emissions to meet standards.

Details of stack emission and action plan

with modeling are given in Section 4.2 of

Chapter 4.

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control

Details of stack emission and action plan

with modeling are given in Section 4.2 of

Chapter 4.

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and

their storage, utilization and management.

The copy of MOU enclosed as an

Annexure VI.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid

and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also

be included. EMP shall include the concept of

waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural

resource conservation.

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as

per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan

of action shall be provided.

Proper Fly ash disposal plan is given in

the section 4.3 of Chapter 4.

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan

in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500

trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of

plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be

included. The green belt shall be around the

project boundary and a scheme for greening of

the roads used for the project shall also be

incorporated.

The project Proponent will develop 33%

green belt at project site. Details are given

section 8.5.

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures

at plant site shall be submitted to harvest

rainwater from the roof tops and storm water

drains to recharge the ground water and to use

for the various activities at the project site to

conserve fresh water and reduce the water

requirement from other sources.

Rain water harvesting Details is given in

section 8.7 of Chapter 8.

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures shall

be included.

Total capital cost and recurring

cost/annum for environmental pollution

control measures are given in Section

8.13 and Table 8.6 of chapter 8.

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental

monitoring shall be submitted.

Detailed environmental Monitoring

program is given in Section 6.4 to 6.6 of

chapter 6.

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-

made) Preparedness and Emergency

Management Plan including Risk Assessment

and damage control. Disaster management

plan should be linked with District Disaster

Management Plan

Detailed Onsite and Offsite Disaster

(natural and Man-made), Risk Anaysis

and Disaster management plan should be

linked with District Disaster Management

Plan in Chapter 7.

8.

Occupational health

i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the

occupational health & safety of all contract and

casual workers

ii. Details of exposure specific health status

evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is

being evaluated by pre-designed format, chest x

rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


(Far & Near vision, color vision and any other

ocular defect) ECG, during pre-placement and

periodical examinations give the details of the

same. Details regarding last month analyzed

data of above mentioned parameters as per

age, sex, duration of exposure and department

wise.

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety

Hazards. What are the exposure levels of

hazards and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure level (PEL)?If these are

not within PEL, what measures the company

has adopted to keep them within PEL so that

health of the workers can be preserved,

iv. Annual report of health status of workers with

special reference to Occupational Health and

Safety.

9.

9) Corporate Environment Policy

i. Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of

Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA

report.

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for

standard operating process / procedures to

bring into focus any infringement / deviation /

violation of the environmental or forest norms /

conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

iii. What is the hierarchical system or

Administrative order of the company to deal

with the environmental issues and for ensuring

compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be

given.

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of

non-compliances/ violations of environmental

norms to the Board of Directors of the company

and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large?

This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in

the EIA report

Yes company follows hierarchical system

to deal with the environmental issues and

reporting of non compliances / violations

of environmental norms to the Board of

Directors of the company for ensuring

compliance with the environmental

clearance conditions.

10.

Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as

sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the

labour force during construction as well as to the

casual workers including truck drivers during

operation phase.

Local Workers will be hired and basic

required facilities will be provided like-

sanitation, changing room / rest room,

drinking water etc.

11. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC)

v. Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project

Detailed CSR along with Fund Allocation

is given in section 9.4 of chapter 9.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


cost) shall be earmarked towards the Enterprise

Social Commitment based on Public Hearing

issues and item-wise details along with time

bound action plan shall be included. Socio-

economic development activities need to be

elaborated upon.

12.

Any litigation pending against the project and/or any

direction/order passed by any Court of Law against

the project, if so, details thereof shall also be

included. Has the unit received any notice under the

Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or

relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so,

details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s)

and present status of the case.

Not Applicable

13. A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance

of above TOR. Complied

14.

Details on requirement of energy and water along

with its source and authorization from the concerned

department

Please enclose the surface water & power application as annexure.

15. Energy conservation in ammonia synthesis for urea

production and comparison with best technology. Detailed manufacturing process is given in section 2.6 of chapter 2.

16. Details of ammonia storage and risk assessment

thereof Risk analysis and modeling details are given in Chapter 7.

17. Measures for control of urea dust emissions from

prilling tower Not Applicable

18. Measures for reduction of fresh water requirement.

19.

Details of proposed source-specific pollution control

schemes and equipments to meet the national

standards for fertilizer.

Details are given in section 2.10 o chapter 2.

20.

Details of fluorine recovery system in case of

phosphoric acid plants and SSP to recover fluorine

as hydrofluorosilicicacid (H2SiF6) and its uses

Not Applicable

21.

Management plan for solid/hazardous waste

including storage, utilization and disposal of bye

products viz., chalk, spent catalyst, hydro fluoro

silicic acid and phosphor gypsum, sulphur muck,etc.

Not Applicable

22.

Details on existing ambient air quality for PM10,

PM2.5, Urea dust*, NH3*, SO2*, NOx*,

HF*,F*,Hydrocarbon ( Methane and Non-Methane)

etc., and expected, stack and fugitive emissions and

evaluation of the adequacy of the proposed pollution

control devices to meet standards for point sources

and to meet AAQ standards.(*as applicable

Details are given in section 2.10 o chapter 2.

23.

Details on water quality parameters in and around

study area such as pH, Total Kjeldhal Nitrogen, Free

Ammonical Nitrogen, free ammonia, Cyanide,

Water analysis was done as per prescribed method.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Vanadium, Arsenic, Suspended Solids, Oil and

Grease, *Cr as Cr+6, *Total Chromium, Fluoride,

etc.

24. Additional TOR

25. 2

5 Public Consultation shall be done as per provisions of the EIA Notification, 2006.

Yet to be Done

26. 26 Video recording of proposed location to be submitted.

Yet to be Done

27. 27 Layout Plan earmarking space for 10 m wide green belt around periphery of the plant to be submitted.

Detailed Green Belt development plan along with green belt map is given in section 8.5 of Chapter 8.

28. Hazardous storage area shall not be toward human habitation. Plan for minimum storage of Hazardous materials to be submitted.

Siju Village is Approximate 1.67 KM in NW direction from the Hazardous material storage area. – Hazardous chemicals will be stored in storage tank farm as per standards / codes. Suitable pollution monitoring & control system shall be provided.

29. 29 Recommendation from SCZMA to be submitted. Not Applicable.

30. 30 Submit a cost-benefit report w.r.t. ZLD implementation.

Details are given in Section 8.11 Chapter 8.

31. 31 Alternate site analysis to be done. Details are given in Chapter 5.

1.7. Public Hearing

As per Ministry of Environment and Forest, GOI, New Delhi vide its Notification No.

S.O.1533 dated September 14, 2006 and subsequent amendment thereof. An

advertisement was published in The Times of India Times and local news Samaj

dated 10 September 2017. In the presence of ADM, Paradeep, Regional officer

odisha, Paradeep and near by public, Public Hearing was conducted on 13th October

2017 at Gram Panchayat Office, Kothi Under Kujang Block, Paradeep in

Jagatsinghpur district. Most of the issue raised during public hearing were related to

employment, CSR and its activity related to environmental aspects are addressed

during presentation. The issues raised during the public hearing with reply and public

hearing minutes enclosed in Engish and Ooiya language as Annexure VIII.

1.8. Methodology for Environmental Impact Assessment

The methodology adopted for carrying out the Environmental Impact Assessment for

the proposed expansion project is based on the Guidelines issued by Ministry of

Environment, Forest and Climate Change (MOEF&CC) and EQMS’s experience of

similar jobs. An effective environmental assessment calls for establishing sufficient

background data on various environmental components through reconnaissance

survey, sampling and available literature survey etc.

The methodology adopted in preparing this EIA report is outlined in the following

sections:



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Project Setting and Description: In this section, Environmental setting of the

existing plant and details of proposed facilities will be defined. The description also

gives details of effluents (gaseous/liquid/solid/noise) generation sources. Coverage on

environmental setting of the proposed plant in terms of site details, project description,

products, its storage, existing pollution control devices/measures, emission summary,

hazardous waste / chemicals management, etc. will be described.

Identification of Impacts: To identify the impacts comprehensively, all the activities

associated with the proposed project during the construction as well as operational

phase are identified and listed. The environmental impacts associated with the

proposed project on various environmental components such as air, water, noise, soil,

flora, fauna, land, socioeconomic, etc. Shall be identified using Impact Identification

Matrix.

Baseline Data Collection: Once the affected environmental parameters are

identified, various environmental parameters of concern are identified to establish its

baseline quality. M/s JP Test and Research Center (A NABL recognized Laboratory)

was entrusted for carrying out environmental baseline data collection during 1st March

2017 to 31st May 2017. Data thus collected has been utilized here to establish

baseline quality of various environmental parameters.

Environmental Impact Prediction & Evaluation: In this part of the report, the

sources of emissions (Gaseous, Liquid, Solid, Noise) due to the proposed activities

have been identified and based on their emission loads their impacts are to be

predicted. Such predictions are then superimposed on baseline quality (wherever

there is an additional impact) and quantitative/qualitative assessments have been

made for the impacts and synergistic impact is evaluated using the matrix method.

The resultant matrix attempts to give an objective assessment to identify the

mitigation measures needed for abatement of various impacts.

Environment Management Plan (EMP): To mitigate or minimize the negative

impacts (if any) of the proposed project, an effective EMP is delineated. Therefore, in

the final part of the report, the planning and implementation of various pollution

abatement strategies including the proposed monitoring/surveillance network has

been described. Detailed Environment Management Plan (EMP) with specific

reference to details of air pollution control system, water & wastewater management,

monitoring frequency, responsibility and time bound implementation plan for mitigation

measure is formulated.

1.9. Contents of the EIA Report

An “Executive Summary” indicating a brief note on various chapters of EIA report is

prepared which provides a statement on various environmental issues. Further, the

contents and its coverage are explained below:

Chapter-1: Introduction: This chapter provides background information of the

proposed refinery expansion, scope, frame work & methodology of the study.

Chapter-2: Project Description: This chapter presents the details of the proposed

project in terms of location, project configuration of existing and proposed, utilities &



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


off sites, description of the resources required and emissions, solid waste and

wastewater anticipated to be generated.

Chapter-3: Description of Environment: This chapter describes the existing baseline

status of environment components collected in a pre-defined study area based on

primary and secondary data collection.

Chapter-4: Anticipated Environment Impacts and Mitigation Measures: This chapter

describes the potential impacts of the proposed project and evaluates their

significance based on parameters such mathematical models were used to quantify

the intensity and spatial extension of the impacts. Impact avoidance and mitigation

measures are delineated.

Chapter-5: Analysis of Alternatives (Sites and Technology): This chapter indicates the

justification for selection of project sites within existing refinery.

Chapter-6: Environment Monitoring Programme: This chapter describes the details of

the monitoring schedule to be implemented for checking the effectiveness of

mitigation measures. It covers the parameters and its, frequency.

Chapter-7: Additional Studies: This chapter assesses the potential risks involved in

the construction and operation of proposed facilities from this project and provides

broad guidelines for updating existing Disaster Management Plan (DMP) of proposed

plant.

Chapter-8: Environment Management Plan (EMP): This chapter describes the

existing environmental management system, existing CSR, impact analysis &

mitigation measures for various components of environment. It also includes

organizational structure and resources planned for implementing the mitigation

measures and monitoring schedule.

Chapter-9: Project Benefits: This chapter presents the details of direct and indirect

benefits due to proposed project.

Chapter-10: Summary and Conclusions: This chapter summarizes the conclusions,

management of release of pollutants, greenbelt development plan and CSR

Chapter-11: Disclosure of Consultants: This chapter contains the details of various

functional areas in which the consultant is expertise as per Quality Council of India

(QCI) to conduct Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) studies as per the MoEF&CC

Guidelines.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. Site Details

Deepak Fertilisers and Petrochemical Corporation Ltd. (DFPCL) is proposed green

field project a Technical Ammonia nitrate production unit At Village Bagadia,

Chaukimatha, Rangiagarh Tehsil Paradeep, District Jagatsinghpur, Odisha.

2.2. Site Selection & Suitability Study

The site is located along the Cuttack-Paradeep railway line and adjacent to IOCL

Refinery Township.

The existing ground level of the site is approximately 2.5 M to 3.0 M above the Mean

Sea Level. It is planned to have the finished ground level as 5.5 M from the Mean Sea

level as per the available site conditions. Hence, filling of app. 3.00 M depth is

envisaged.

The project location, in addition to proximity to major markets (Coal and Iron Ore

mining) is selected based on the following criterion.

• TAN Plant will be in the eastern part of India at “Kujang (Tehsil), Jagatsinghpur

(Dist.), Paradeep”.

• The site is located along the Cuttack-Paradeep railway line and adjacent to IOC

Refinery Township.

• The distance from the Paradeep sea port to Plant site is a @ 10-12Km.

• Location of plant is close to the major Mining hub especially coal i.e.

Chhattisgarh, Jharkhand, Odisha.

• DFPCL already have possession of 340,000 Sq. Meter of prime land suitable for

industrial activities. The IOCL refinery, Paradeep Phosphates Limited (PPL),

IFFCO etc refinery/petrochemicals/Fertilizer complexes are within the radius of 10

Kms of DFPCL land

• DFPCL Plan to capture both domestic market (eastern & central India) as well as

export market (Australia, SEA etc) from the aforesaid plant.

• Proximity to major port to facilitate export of finished product.

• Location is well connected with rest of the country for movement of finished

product by land.

The project is proposed to be set up in a part of a total 83.26 Acre plot of land. This

area has good infrastructure of roads and good connectivity with the port.

This chapter deals with the project details of the proposed Technical Ammonia

nitrate production plant, with need for the project, location, size & magnitude of

operation including associated activities required by and for the project,

proposed schedule for approval and implementation, including technical details

of raw material, quality and quantity etc.



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The process plants area will be around 25 acres. The area required for supporting

facilities shall be about 10 acres more. Hence land acquired is sufficient to

accommodate the main process plants, other offsite facilities, road, drains, green belt

required for the project and most importantly to meet the revised a regulation related

to storage and transportation of products. The site location on Google image given in

Figure 2.1. Due to restricted area Topo sheet is not available in 1:50000 ratio, we

provided the location map on Topo map on 1:25, 000, 00.

Table 2.1 : Salient Features of the Project

S.No. Features Details

1 Coordinates 20016’52.36 N, 86035’48.36 E

2 Project Status

( New/ Expansion/Amendment)

New

3

Project Area (Area) 336941.27 Sq. M (Aprox 83.26 Acre)

Area for Proposed Project 25 Acres – 101170 sq. mtr approx. (including process

plants & Offsite facilities), 6 Acres for water reservoir,

Plot No. Village Bagadia, Chaukimatha, Rangiagarh Tehsil

Paradeep, district Jagatsinghpur, district Odisha

4 Products with manufacturing

capacity

As Per Proposed TOR

WNA = 900 TPD.

ANS = 1140 TPD.

TAN = 1000 TPD. /330 KTA plant

Ammonia = 380 TPD

5 No. of Boilers/ TFH/Furnaces /DG

sets etc. with capacities

a. Coal / Coke fired Boilers - 45 TPH X 2 nos.

b. DG set for emergency power – approx. 2000

KVA

6 Water Requirement (KLD) 14400 , Sourced fromTaldanda Canal

7 Waste water generation(KL/day) 2044 m3 in Phase-I and 3064 m3 during Phase-II

8 Fuel Coal for boiler & Diesel for DG set

9 Power Requirement 8.5 MW Source through CESCO/GRIDCO in Phase-I

and 15 MW during Phase-II

10 Manpower Requirement

Approx. 400- Skilled / unskilled manpower during

operation of the plants

Approx. 1500 (skilled / unskilled) during construction

phase

11 Green belt 33% (27.47 Acres) of Project Site

12 Project cost including Environmental

controlling equipment 1750 Cr.

13

Environmental Systems Cost

(Scrubbers, Stripper, ETP, STP & if

required RO unit)

ETP will be able to suffice the treatment process that will comply discharging effluent parameters within OSPCB norm. However, RO will be kept as an option to conserve

water. Monitoring and Control Equipment cost shall be

approx.16.8 Cr. As listed in table 8.8 &8.9

14 Recurring cost/ annum for ETP operating cost shall be approx.1.12 Cr./ year



Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


environmental pollution control

measures

15 Neighboring Features

Protected Forest - 5.20 km in SSW, Mahanadi river is

located at 5.40 km in north direction and Bay of Bengal

is located at a distance of 6 km in SE direction.

16 Connectivity NH-5A,5.26 km, E and Rangiagarh RD,0.23 km, E

(Source: Site Visit/PFR)

Setting up of a Manufacturing Complex for Technical Ammonium Nitrate, Weak Nitric Acid plant Ammonium Nitrate Solution plant & Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 2.1 : Location map


Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 2.2 : Topo Map (1:2,500,00)

Setting up of a Manufacturing Complex for Technical Ammonium Nitrate, Weak Nitric Acid plant Ammonium Nitrate Solution plant

& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


2.2.2. Vicinity near project Site

The project site is barren and flat, covered with grass and few HT line passing through project site. The Paradeep phosphate limited Aprox 2-3 Km form from project site. The coordinate of corner of project site is given in Table 2.2 and Figure No 2.3.

Table 2.2 Salient Features of the Project

Corners Coordinates & Direction

Latitude Longitude Direction

A 20°16'56.50"N 86°35'34.01"E W

B 20°17'2.67"N 86°35'38.68"E NW

C 20°16'56.50"N 86°35'34.01"E NE

D 20°16'44.51"N 86°35'56.53"E SE

Figure 2.3 : Coordinate of Corner (Project Site)

2.3. Land Requirement

Proposed green field project a Technical Ammonia nitrate production unit At Village

Bagadia, Chaukimatha, Rangiagarh Tehsil Paradeep, district Jagatsinghpur, and district

Odisha. The details of land area for and land distribution of proposed project is given in

Table no 2.3 and 2.4 and Khasara map and plant layout is given in Figure 2.4 and 2.5


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 2.3 Land Distribution at Site

S. No. Area Description Area (Acres)

1 Used Area – For Process plants 25 2 Water reservoir 6

3 Green Belt Development 27

4 Open Space 25.26

Total plot area 83.26

Site layout is shown in Figure 2.5.

2.4. Infrastructure & Plant Layouts

The building of the Ammonium Nitrate plants being a grass root project shall consist of

the following process and non-process units/facilities:

Inside Battery limit process units:

• Main Battery limit plant for Weak Nitric Acid

• Main Battery limit plants for Ammonium Nitrate Solution –melt

• Main Battery limit plants for Ammonium Nitrate Solution – TAN prills Outside Battery

limit units /facilities:

• Power receiving switch yard and sub-station

• DG set

• Complete fire fighting system

• Fire and smoke / gas detectors

• Intake pipeline for water, unless industrial development corporation does not facilitate

at battery limit

• Water treatment plant

• Water reservoir as separate compartment

• DM Water plant

• DM Water tank

• Condensate tank

• Process water tank (part of the water reserve

• Cooling Tower including pumps, motors and dosing system

• Boilers and stack

• Instrument air compressors, receivers and dryer

• Effluent treatment plant including Reunite

• Storage tanks including pumps for;

o Nitric Acid o Ammonia o Caustic soda o Sulphuric acid

• Ammonia line in phase I & Natural gas transfer pipeline during Phase II

• Weighbridges

• Bagging facility

• Tanker loading bay

• Buildings to house


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


o Control system, Electrical switchgears, MCCs o Plant offices o Laboratory o Administrative offices &canteen o Workshop o Engineering &chemical stores

o Security/Fire &safety

o First aid/Medical Centre o Restrooms

• Pipe racks &cable racks


Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247

EQMS INDIA PVT LTD, DELHI

Figure 2.4 : Khasara Map


Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247

EQMS INDIA PVT LTD, DELHI

Figure 2.5 : Plant Layout


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


2.5. Products with Capacities for the Proposed Projects

DFPCL intend to produce Ammonium Nitrate Melt and TAN Prills at Paradeep, Odisha

utilizing Imported/domestic anhydrous Ammonia and NG as feedstock.

Table 2.4 : List of Products

Products Production Capacity Metric Ton / Day

As per Approved TOR( phase-1)

Nitric Acid (capacity as 100 %) 900 MTPD / 297 KTA

* Ammonium Nitrate Solution

(100%)

1140 MTPD/ 376.2 KTA

Technical AN (TAN) Prill 1,000 MTPD / 330 KTA

AN Melt 140.0 MTPD /46 KTA max

Ammonia 380 MTPD/126 KTA

Note: ‘*’ - Nitric Acid produced will be consumed in Ammonium Nitrate plant.

These facilities will comprise of the following:

• Nitric acid storage tank for minimum 3 days’ capacity;

• Bagged Ammonium nitrate storage, including fully automatic bagging and handling

facilities of up to 80 TPH capacities for filling of 25 Kgs, 50 Kgs bags in the initial

stage and 1000 Kgs jumbo bags.

• Loading of bagged AN prill in trucks for transportation;

• All the required utilities including cooling systems, instrument air system, and

demineralised water to the extent required;

• Ammonium nitrate Melt storage (400 tonnes) and dispatch facilities for 300 MTPD;

• Bullets for ammonia storage approx. capacity 250 MT x 2 nos.

• Liquefied Natural gas receiving and transfer station for proposed ammonia plant

during Phase-II.

• Diesel/ Thermal emergency power generation or Dynamic Un-Interrupted Power

Supply (UPS)systems;

• Boilers for start-up and normal plant operation;

• General facilities such as site development, boundary fencing, security system,

offices, stores & maintenance buildings, administration building, laboratory, canteen,

control room, weigh-bridge, internal roadways, plant lighting.

• Storm water handling;

• Effluent treatment and handling;

• Fire water systems to meet statutory requirements;

The TAN prills will be transported from the site in enclosed trucks or by containers using

25 Kgs, 50 Kgs bags or 1000 Kgs Jumbo bags. The Ammonium Nitrate Solution will be

transported in Road tankers.

For the power supply to the plant, a dedicated power line from the nearest Power

substation of CESCO / GRIDCO will be erected. For the increased power reliability STG

based Captive power plant is being explored.

Raw water will be available from nearby Canal via dedicated pipeline or through IDCO

developed water distribution facility to the site.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Catalysts and chemicals will be delivered to the plant by truck via the public roads.

2.6. Manufacturing Process

There are number of process licensors offering the technologies to manufacture Nitric

Acid and Technical Ammonium Nitrate. A list of some of the reputed Process Licensor is

given below:

• Udhe/TKIS, Germany

• Espindesa, Spain

• Grande Paroisse, France (now owned by Casale, Switzerland)

• Weatherly Inc, USA (now owned by KBR, USA

• Orica Australia

Basically, each of the technologies is not substantially different from the others and

hence there is little difference in cost due to technology adopted.

DFPCL over the years has not only absorbed but improvised these technologies and is

in position to carve out best possible process configuration towards most cost-effective

manufacture of AN- products.

For the Paradeep Project DFPCL has selected the technologies from one of the above

M/s. CASALE, and with them DFPCL has the experience of installation, commissioning

& operation.

2.6.1. Ammonia Plant

Existing Ammonia plant of 380 TPD capacity at Taloja will be relocated to Paradeep

which was based on license provided Fish International Engineering Ltd, USA.

Figure 2.6 : Process flow Diagram for Ammonia Plant

The process conversions are based on NG/methane feedstock, are given in the

following overall chemical reaction: -

0.88CH4 + 1.26Air + 1.24H2O 0.88CO2 + N2 + 3H2

N2 + 3H2 2NH3

Gas receiving, Treatment& metering station


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Gas received from battery limit is first passed through knockout drum to remove

condensate, slugs/droplets and then through a filter separator D8-0119 to eliminate dirt,

dust scales and condensate mist. The pressure of the gas to the battery limit is regulated

at 27 Bar g before metering. The total gas to the plant is metered.

Feed stock desulphurization

Most of the catalysts used in the process are sensitive to sulphur and sulphur

compounds. The feedstock normally contains up to 5mg S/Nm³ as sulphur compounds.

The feed-gas is preheated to 350-400°C, usually in the primary reformer convection

section, and then treated in a desulphurization vessel / reactor D8-0101, where the

sulphur compounds are hydrogenated to H2S, typically using a cobalt molybdenum

catalyst, and then adsorbed on pelletized zinc oxide desulphuriser D8-0102:-

R-SH + H2 H2S + RH

H2S + ZnO ZnS + H2O

In this way, the sulphur is removed to less than 0.1ppm S in the gas feed. The zinc

sulphide remains in the adsorption bed. The hydrogen for the reaction is usually recycled

from the synthesis section.

Primary reforming

The gas from the desulphuriser is mixed with process steam, usually coming from an

extraction turbine, and the steam/gas mixture is then heated further to 500-600°C in the

convection section before entering the primary reformer. Preheated steam/gas mixture is

passed through an adiabatic pre-reformer and reheated in the convection section, before

entering the primary reformer). Part of the process steam is supplied by feed-gas

saturation. The amount of process steam is given by the process steam to carbon molar

ratio (S/Cratio), which should be around 3.57 for the. The optimum ratio depends on

several factors, such as feedstock quality, purge gas recovery, primary reformer

capacity, shift operation, and the plant steam balance.

The primary reformer consists of many high–nickel chromium alloy tubes filled with

nickel-containing reforming catalyst. The overall reaction is highly endothermic and

additional heat is required to raise the temperature to 780-830°C at the reformer outlet.

The composition of the gas leaving the primary reformer is given by close approach to

the following chemical equilibria: -

CH4 + H2O CO + 3H2

CO + H2O CO2 + H2

The heat for the primary reforming process is supplied by burning natural gas or other

gaseous fuel, in the burners of a radiant box containing the tubes.

The flue-gas leaving the radiant box has temperatures more than 900°C, after supplying

the necessary high level heat to the reforming process. Thus, only about 50-60% of the

fuel’s heat value is directly used in the process itself. The heat content (waste heat) of

the flue-gas is used in the reformer convection section, for various process and steam


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


system duties. The fuel energy requirement in the conventional reforming process is 40-

50% of the process feed gas energy.

The flue-gas leaving the convection section at 100-200°C is one of the main sources of

emissions from the plant. These emissions are mainly CO2, NOx, with small amounts of

SO2 and CO.

Secondary reforming

Only 30-40% of the hydrocarbon feed is reformed in the primary reformer because of the

chemical equilibrium at the actual operating conditions. The temperature must be raised

to increase the conversion. This is done in the secondary reformer by internal

combustion of part of the gas with the process air, which also provides the nitrogen for

the final synthesis gas. In the reforming process the degree of primary reforming is

adjusted so that the air supplied to the secondary reformer meets both the heat balance

and the stoichiometric synthesis gas requirement. The process air is compressed to the

reforming pressure and heated further in the primary reformer convection section to

around 600°C. The process gas is mixed with the air in a burner and then passed over a

nickel-containing secondary reformer catalyst. The reformer outlet temperature is around

1,200°C, and up to 99% of the hydrocarbon feed (to the primary reformer) is converted,

giving a residual methane content of 0.6% (dry gas base) in the process gas leaving the

secondary reformer. The process gas is cooled to 350-400°C in a waste heat steam

boiler or boiler/superheated downstream from the secondary reformer.

Shift conversion

The process gas from the secondary reformer contains 9.54 % CO (dry gas base) and

most of the CO is converted in the shift section per the reaction: -

CO + H2O CO2 + H2

In the High Temperature Shift (HTS) conversion, the gas is passed through a bed of iron

oxide/chromium oxide catalyst at around 360°C, where the CO content is reduced to

about 1.8 % (dry gas base), limited by the shift equilibrium at the actual operating

temperature. There is a tendency to use copper containing catalyst for increased

conversion. The gas from the HTS is cooled and passed through the Low Temperature

Shift (LTS) converter. This LTS converter is filled with a copper oxide/zinc oxide-based

catalyst and operates at about 260 °C. The residual CO content in the converted gas is

about 0.1 % (dry gas base). A low residual CO content is important for the efficiency of

the process.

CO2 removal

The process gas from the low temperature shift converter at 220 °C contains mainly H2,

N2, CO2 and the excess process steam. The gas is cooled and most of the excess steam

is condensed before it enters the CO2 removal system. This condensate normally

contains 1,500-2,000ppm of ammonia 800-1,200ppm of methanol. Minor amounts of

amines, formic acid and acetic acid could be present in the condensate. All these

components should be stripped from the condensate and/or recycled in processes. The

heat released during cooling/condensation is used for: -


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• The regeneration of the CO2 scrubbing solution

• Driving an absorption refrigeration unit

• Boiler feed water preheat

The amount of heat released depends on the process steam to carbon ratio. If all this

low-level heat is used for CO2 removal or absorption refrigeration, high-level heat must

be used for the feed water system. An energy-efficient process should therefore have a

CO2 removal system with a low heat demand.

The CO2 is removed in a chemical or a physical absorption process. The solvents used

in chemical absorption processes are aqueous amine solutions Methyl Diethanolamine

(aMDEA.)

Residual CO2 contents are usually in the range 100-1,000ppmv, dependent on the type

and design of the removal unit. Contents down to about 100ppmv are achievable.

Methanation

The small amounts of CO and CO2, remaining in the synthesis gas, are poisonous for

the ammonia synthesis catalyst and must be removed by conversion to CH4 in the

methanator by following reactions: -

CO + 3H2 CH4 + H2O

CO2 + 4H2 CH4 + 2H2O

The reactions take place at around 355°C in a reactor filled with a nickel containing

catalyst. Methane is an inert gas in the synthesis reaction, but the water must be

removed before entering the converter. This is done firstly by cooling and condensation

downstream of the methanation and finally by condensation/absorption in the product

ammonia in the loop or in a make-up gas drying unit.

Synthesis gas compression and ammonia synthesis

Centrifugal compressors for synthesis gas compression, driven by steam turbines, with

the steam being produced in the ammonia plant. The refrigeration compressor, for

condensation of product ammonia, is driven by steam turbine.

The synthesis of ammonia takes place on an iron catalyst at pressures usually in the

range 310 bar g and temperatures in the range 40 °C: -

N2 + 3H2 2NH3

Only 16.5 % is reacted per pass in the converter due to the unfavorable equilibrium

conditions. The ammonia that is formed is separated from the recycle gas by

cooling/condensation, and the reacted gas is substituted by the fresh make-up synthesis

gas, thus maintaining the loop pressure. Synthesis loop arrangements differ with respect

to the points in the loop at which the make-up gas is delivered and the ammonia and

purge gas are taken out. The best arrangement is to add the make-up gas after

ammonia condensation and ahead of the converter. The loop purge should be taken out

after ammonia separation and before make-up gas addition. This configuration is

dependent on the make-up gas being treated in a drying step before entering the loop. A


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


make-up gas containing traces of water or carbon dioxide must be added before

ammonia condensation, with negative effects both to ammonia condensation and

energy.

The size of this purge stream controls the level of inert in the loop to about 10-15%. The

purge gas is scrubbed with water to remove ammonia before being used as fuel or

before being sent for hydrogen recovery.

2.6.2. Nitric Acid Plant

The technology for the Nitric Acid plant is already decided based on performance

evaluation of different Licensors technology by our internal core team who hold

professional operating experience of operating such plants. The process flow diagram is

given in Figure 2.7.

Basically, there are three types of process involved for manufacturing of Nitric Acid.

• Mono Medium Pressure

• Mono High-pressure

• Dual Pressure

Each process is not substantially different from the others and hence there is little

difference in overall cost due to process adopted. The outline of the process flow

description and process flow diagram are given below:

Figure 2.7 : Process flow Diagram for Nitric Acid Plant

The process steps involved in production of Nitric Acid plant can be divided into (8) eight

main sections described as follows:

• Air Compression

• Ammonia Evaporation

• Ammonia Oxidation

• Heat Recovery of low pressure nitrous gas


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Nitrous gas compression

• Absorption

• Acid Bleaching

• Tail gas treatment and NOx abatement

• Steam and Condensates

Air Compression

At this section, air is compressed in air compressor and mixed with ammonia. A small

part of air, called secondary air, is used during the bleaching process.

Ammonia Evaporation

Liquid ammonia coming from battery limit is filtered to eliminate any unwanted particles

present and evaporates in evaporator. Ammonia Gas coming from evaporator is

superheated and mixed with them.

Ammonia Oxidation

The ammonia combustion in the Oxidation Reactor produces nitric oxide, following this

equation:

4 NH3 + 5 O2 → 4 NO + 6 H2O

Other secondary and undesired reactions in the reactor are:

NH3 + 3 O2 → 2 N2 + 6 H2O

NH3 + 2 O2 → N2O + 3 H2O

The ammonia oxidation takes place over a set of Platinum-Rhodium gauzes at a

temperature around 890 ºC. The efficiency of this reaction varies between 96.7% (with

new gauzes, beginning of campaign) to 94-95% (end of campaign, just before changing

the gauzes).

Heat Recovery of LP Nitrous Gases

From the reactor, the gases are sent to a train of heat exchangers, where its

temperature is reduced. While cooling of the Nitrous gases, two reactions are taking

place inside the exchangers in the gas phase:

2 NO + O2 +NO2

NO2 + N2O4

Both reactions, nitric oxide oxidation and nitric dioxide dimerization, are exothermic,

producing an additional heat, also recovered in the exchangers.

Absorption

The absorption of the nitrous dioxide and nitrous tetra oxide in water to produce nitric

acid at 60- 62 %w/w takes places in the upper trays of the Absorption Tower. These are


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


perforated trays with refrigeration coils to reduce the temperature of the gases,

improving the absorption process.

The nitric acid production is achieved through the following reactions:

2 NO2 or N2O4 + H2O + HNO3 + HNO2

HNO2 +HNO3 + 2 NO +H2O

This could be merged in a single reaction:

3 NO2 + H2O +2 HNO3 + NO

The nitric oxide (NO) produced in the reaction is oxidized inside the column, to nitric

dioxide (NO2), which is absorbed in the column.

The process water needed for the absorption can be added as demineralised water or

as clean condensate from Ammonium Nitrate Solution Plant.

Acid Bleaching

Nitric acid coming from the bottom of the absorption tower flows to the bleaching tower

where NOx gases dissolved in the acid are removed. To do this operation, secondary air

is flow counter current, removing the dissolved gases. Bleached Nitric Acid goes to the

Battery Limit.

Tail Gas Treatment and NOx Abatement

Tail gas comes out from the absorption tower having a residual content of nitrogen

oxides of 500 ppm v. It is heated in heat exchanger to recover its energy. The heated tail

gas from the absorption tower with NOx content about 500 ppmv, are mixed with a

stoichiometric amount of ammonia in the Ammonia/ Tail Gas Mixer and sent to the DE

NOx Abator, where a Selective Catalyst Reduction takes place decreasing the nitrogen

oxides concentration in the tail gas below 50 ppm v.

Gas coming out from the DE NOx unit is superheated in normal operation in Tail Gas

Super heater and is sent to the expander that supplies around 57% of the required

energy to compress the air. The additional energy required in the process is supplied by

the steam turbine. Once tail gas is cleaned and expanded it is sent to the atmosphere

through stack. The entire steam produced in the Nitric Acid Plant is sent to the steam

turbine coupled to an electric generator, to generate power for the Nitric Acid plant

and/or to export.

Steam and Condensate

High pressure steam is required for Air compressor steam turbine. In normal operation

HP steam is produced in the nitric acid plant during the cooling of nitrous gases from

converter. But during start-up it is necessary to import steam to move the turbine.

Steam condensate is generated in the surface condenser of turbine and transported by

means of turbine condensate pumps to the de-aerator.

2.6.3. Technical Ammonium Nitrate (TAN)Plant


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The process description for the preparation of Technical Ammonium Nitrate can be

divided in two parts:

Figure 2.8 : Process flow Diagram for Technical Ammonium Nitrate

)TAN(Plant

• Ammonium nitrate solution preparation (wet zone)

• Prilling, drying/ and cooling the product (solid zone)

The ammonium nitrate is obtained by the reaction between the gaseous ammonia and

the nitric acid per the following reaction:

NH3 + HNO3 =NO3NH4 + Heat


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


This reaction is exothermic. When the temperature is above 200°C the ammonium

nitrate decomposes violently per the below shown reactions:

NO3NH4 =N2O + 2 H2O + Heat

2 NO3NH4 =2 N2 + O2 + 4 H2O + Heat

Solution Section (Wet Zone) – AN Solution Plant

The wet zone consists on the preparation of an ammonium nitrate concentrated solution

from Ammonia and Nitric Acid as raw materials. We can divide this zone in three

sections:

• Reaction of reactants in pipe reactor.

• Concentration of the diluted AN solution

• Dry Section – LDAN & HDAN Plant

Reaction of reactants in pipe reactor

Liquid ammonia is evaporated / superheated and fed to Pipe Reactor where it reacts

with the nitric acid, to form ammonium nitrate liquor. The pH of the ammonium nitrate

solution obtained in the reactor controls the feed of ammonia gas to the Reactor. This

flash produces process steam and concentrated solution. Ammonium Nitrate solution of

(ANS) of about 85 - 92% concentrations from the bottom of separator flows to a Tank.

Mist of ammonium Nitrate is removed from Process steam in a scrubber. The clean

steam is used to evaporate and heat the ammonia gas.

AN Liquor Concentration

85 – 92 % Ammonium nitrate solution is pumped to the tube side of Falling Film

Evaporator. Steam is fed to the shell of evaporator to supply necessary heat to

concentrate the solution. The concentrated AN solution (96-99.8% AN) leaves the

bottom of the Falling Film Evaporator and either collected in the intermediate tank or

goes for prilling depending on the grade of Technical Ammonium Nitrate. In case of

former, the tank has internal coils, which are fed with LP steam to increase the solution

temperature. The concentrated AN solution/melt is pumped to the upper part of the

prilling tower.

Dry Section – LDAN & HDAN Plant

The Ammonia Nitrate Dry zone is generally divided in three sections:

• Prilling of ammonium nitrate solution

• Drying

• Screening, Cooling and Coating of the product

Ammonium Nitrate Solution Prilling

The hot concentrated melt is either granulated (fluidize bed granulation, drum

granulation etc) or prilled. Ammonium nitrate is formed into droplets by a prilling bucket

or spray nozzles which then fallen by gravity within a tall tower (prill tower) where they

get cooled and solidified against a counter-current air stream. Technical Ammonium

Nitrate (TAN) prills are collected on the belt conveyors located at the bottom of the


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


prilling tower. The temperature of solid ammonium nitrate at the bottom of the prilling

tower is around 80 °C – 110 °C depending upon the product cycle (start-up and stable

operation respectively).

The air stream leaving the top of the prilling tower is scrubbed and cooled in the prilling

scrubber by means of an AN solution, which is recycled by the prilling scrubber pumps

and recovers most of the AN contained in the air.

The washing AN solution is cooled in exchanger with cooling water. In the scrubber, the

washing AN solution cools the air which is partially recycled the prilling tower, by means

of the air blowers while the rest of the air is sent to the stack.

Ammonium nitrate prills collected at the bottom of prilling tower are sent by belt

conveyors to the drying section

Drying of the prills

The drying of the prills involves slow vaporization of most of the water of the prills

allowing a progressive drying which does not damage the prills and gives hardness

required to the product.

The exhausted hot air loaded with dust leaving the dryer drums is sucked into the

scrubbers by means of blower. The washing of the air is done in the Ventures and

scrubber with an AN washing solution. Clean air is then sent to the stack by means of

the air blower. From the dryer, the prills are sent to the screens through belt conveyors.

Screening, Cooling and Coating of the product

Oversized and fines prills from screen are recycled, to the Wet Zone to be re-melt with

the ammonium nitrate solution. The on-size product is cooled in the fluidized bed cooler

against air conditioned air or in the bulk flow cooler against chilled water.

Depending upon the product application, prills are sent to coating drum after cooling and

sprayed on the outer surface with a coating agent to attain the anti-caking

characteristics. Subsequently the coated/un-coated product is sent to storage/ Bagging

Plant through belt conveyor for storage or Bagging.

Product Handling &Bagging

The coated/un-coated prills are sent to the bin/hopper in the Bagging plant, where they

are packed in HDPE bags for selling. Two automatic bagging machine of sufficient

capacity shall be installed to bag entire production in different packing size as per the

Customer need.

Figure 2.9 Void


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 2.10 Material Balance of products with 380TPD Ammonia

Bagged Storage and Dispatch:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


To load these bags on trucks, two portable type truck loaders with provision of one more

truck loader in future shall be provided to load bags directly on trucks. During the non-

availability of trucks, the same truck loader can be moved to other side for loading the

bags on pellet with same work force. On the availability of trucks, truck loader shall be

diverted to truck end again. Bags from pellets also to be put on truck loader manually for

dispatch.

Bagged storage area equivalent to 5 days’ final production capacity shall be created to

store bagged product during the non-availability of trucks.

AN Melt dispatch

Facilities shall be provided to load 85- 87 % concentrated AN melt by installing loading

bays for tanker.

2.7. Raw Materials, Product Specification & Storage Details

Imported ammonia shall be brought by ships while domestic ammonia if available shall

be brought by road tankers. The Ammonia shall be stored in atmospheric storage tanks

existing in the neighboring plant. Ammonia at – 33 Deg C shall be pumped directly to

DFPCL’s TAN process plants through a pipe line Only a small Ammonia bullets (2) of

250-300 MT capacity shall be provided at DFPCL site to meet the demand in case of

interruption from supplier and due to power failure etc.

Table 2.5 :Raw Material Storage Capacity With Basis

Sr No.

Raw Material Type

Storage Tank

Dyke Details

Remarks Number of storage

Capacity in MT

MOC

1 Weak Nitric acid (100 % Basis)

Intermediate 2 1500 Each (Total 3000

MT)

SS-304 L

RCC dyke of volume 1270 m³

2 Ammonia (Bullets)

Raw Material 2 250 MT Carbon

steel

RCC dyke of volume 255 m³.

Phase-I (Vol = 230 m³)

3

Ammonium nitrate solution storage (100 % Basis)

Intermediate as well as Final Product

2 200 MT Each

(Total 400 MT)

SS-304 L


Total = 400 MT For H/D =1.167)

4 Magnesium Nitrate

Raw Material Under RM

Shed 20

Bag storage

5 Ammonia (Atmospheric storage)

Raw Material 2 1500 MT

Each (Total 3000 MT)

LTCS (SA 537

CL 1)

As per design as double integrity.

Phase-II (For H/D =0.85)

6

Liquefied Natural gas station continuous pipe line supply during Phase-II

Raw Material Receiving

station 20850 sm³/hr CS lines

Not applicable

7 Caustic Lye Aux Chemicals

1 25 CSRL/ IS-2062


8 Sulfuric Acid Aux 1 25 CS/ IS- RCC dyke of


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


(98%) Chemicals 2062 volume 18 m³

9 LDO Fuel 1

900 lit container for emergency requirement

MS

10 Chlorine Aux Chemical (Biocide)

4 Tonners 0.9 MT each

Tonner

Consumption Norms

The requirement of raw materials, Chemicals and utilities for the proposed project has

been worked out based on rated capacity operation of the plants. The requirement of

various inputs is summarized in table below

Table 2.6 Raw Material & Utility Requirement

S. No Raw Material / Chemicals/Utilities Unit Requirement

A Raw Material 380 TPD

Ammonia MT/day 380

NG Gas Sm³/ MT ammonia Sm3 / MT NH3 1000

B Utilities

Power MW 8.5

Raw Water M³/day 14400

Steam (for Phase-I only) MT/hr 55

Basis of Storage Capacity

• Weak Nitric acid storage capacity considered for uninterrupted NA plant running

to accommodate 3 days inventory in case of downstream AN plants are down.

• Ammonium nitrate solution storage is considered with 4 days hold –up in view

of low sales demand.

• For Ammonia storage initially two bullets of 250 MT each proposed to cater the

manufacturing requirement for 10 hrs.

• Two nos. of Atmospheric storages 1500 MT capacity each are proposed in the

second phase comprising of Ammonia plant and Natural gas station with cross

country pipe line.

• The above capacities may get detailed and revised during Detail engineering.

More information can be furnished after carrying out the Detail Engineering.

Table 2.7 : Liquid Ammonia

Description Min Avg. Max Unit

Ammonia content 99.5 Balance % wt

Water 0.5 % wt

Oil 10 ppm wt

Organics Not Detectable ppm wt

Iron 2 ppm wt.

Storage Temperature - 34 20 Deg C

Liquid Ammonia Density 674.4 670.3 kg/m3

Table 2.8 Weak Nitric Acid

Description Min Max Unit

HNO3 58 62 % wt.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


NOx (as NO2) 0.005 % wt.

Chloride (as HCI) 1 Ppm w/w

Silica (as SiO2) 1 Ppm w/w

Storage temperature 40 45 Deg C

Table 2.9 Technical Ammonium Nitrate Prills (LDAN)

Description Value Unit

Total Nitrogen by mass 34 % wt. Min

Ammonium Nitrate 99 % wt. Min

Humidity (H2O) 0.20 % wt.max

Acidic Nature (pH) 4.8 – 5.2 - min

Oil Absorption 6 % wt. Min

Free Flow Bulk Density 0.72 – 0.78 g/cm3

Total Organic Carbon 0.2 % max

Table 2.10 Technical Ammonium Nitrate Prills(HDAN)


Ammonium Nitrate 99 % wt. Min

Humidity (H2O) 0.50 % wt.max

Acidic Nature (pH) 4.8 - min

Chloride as Cl 10 ppm max

Iron as Fe 10 ppm max

Sulphates as H2SO4 15 ppm max

Table 2.11 Ammonium Nitrate Melt


Ammonium Nitrate 84 - 86 % wt. Min

Humidity (H2O) 14 - 16 % wt.max

Acidic Nature (pH) 5 - Min

2.7.2. Coal Requirement, Linkage and Consumption

2 no. coal fired service boiler of capacity 45 T/hr. shall be installed to generate steam at

61 bar pressure and 450 deg C temperatures. The capacity of boiler has been derived

based on start-up case of Nitric Acid Plant. One Boiler will stop after the stabilization of

NA plant, but the other boiler will continue to run for catering the complex steam

requirement inclusive of STG for CPP.

The startup requirement of steam in the complex will be met by these boilers. Suitable

let down station with de-superheating facilities shall be provided to cater the steam

pressure and temperature as per the requirement of downstream process.

At peak load, Coal requirement will be around 100-200 TPD which will be required only

during the start-up of Nitric acid plant. Five days Coal storage on peak load basis shall

be built. Coal shall be sourced from local stockiest / traders. Use of petcock from IOCL

Paradeep refinery shall be explored.

Table 2.12 : Coal Analysis


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Sr No. Composition UOM Specifications

Imported Indian

1 Carbon % 45.09 39.9

2 Hydrogen % 3.48 2.48

3 Oxygen % 11.78 6.76

4 Sulphur % 0.42 0.38

5 Nitrogen % 0.93 0.48

6 Ash % 6.3 42

7 Moisture Content % 32 8

TOTAL 100 100

8 GCV Kcal/Kg 4400 3800

2.8. Infrastructure& Utilities

2.8.1. Power

A reliable power supply arrangement is a pre-requisite for stable operation of the plant at

rated capacities on long-term basis. The normal power requirement for the project would

be around 8.5 MWh (Phase-1) & 15 MWh (during Phase-2). The entire power

requirement is proposed to be taken from the State Electricity Board grid. The power to

the plant shall be sourced from 132 / 33 KV state grid.

Dynamic UPS system with Diesel Generator shall be provided for supply of

uninterrupted / emergency power. To meet the emergency power requirement in plant,

one DG set of approx. 2000 KVA shall be installed.

The Nitric Acid plant is also equipped with turbo generator coupled to air compressor

and can supply 4.7-6 MW if required.

DFPCL is exploring the possibility to put up 8MW, thermal Captive Power Plant having

Steam Turbine Generator and have standby powers from the State Electricity Board

grid.

Emergency Power Supply and Diesel Fuel Supplies

In the case of a power outage, an emergency diesel driven generator would be provided

and sized to run critical users in the plant.The diesel storage capacity will be determined

in the next phase based on the requirements for the consumers listed below:

• Diesel operated fire water pump.

• Emergency diesel driven generator (DG set)

Emergency Power

The essential (critical users) loads to include:

• Safety and automation systems;

• Controls;

• Emergency lighting (plant and buildings);

• Lube oil pumps and ventilation fans in turbines, generators & other major plant

loads;

• Jockey pump;


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Communication systems;

• Process control systems;

• Shutdown systems; and

• Portable water pumps;

• Instrument Air Compressor

The emergency generator system is self-contained and located away from the main

power generator building. The diesel engine will start automatically on loss of main

power and the generator connected to the bus through a transfer switch on failure of

main power. Arrangements for black start will also be provided.

Fuel &Steam:

The start-up requirements of Nitric Acid plant require further investigation at the next

phase of work. But during the normal operation of all plant, there will be hardly any

additional requirement of steam in the process plants other than the waste steam.

Steam and Condensate System & Process Description

Boiler feed water to the plant is produced from two sources, one from the

demineralization plant and the other from condensate water polishing unit. The filtered

water from Raw Water Treatment unit is sent to the demineralization plant whereas

return condensate water from the plant is routed to condensate polishing unit to remove

the dissolved solids.

The demineralization plant is designed to 30 m³/h capacity to meet the Phase-1

requirement. The condensate polishing unit will be designed in the later stage.

Low pressure steam from LP header would be used for stripping the dissolved oxygen

from the condensate water in the deaerator. Oxygen scavenger dosing is required to

remove any residual oxygen present in the condensate water at the outlet of the

deaerators. The condensate from the de-aerator would be approximately 100 deg C, and

routed to the Boiler Feed Water (BFW) pumps. Since the BFW is at boiling point, the de-

aerators will be elevated to avoid pump cavitations.

Condensate from the surface condenser in Nitric Acid plants will be recycled back to the

Waste heat boilers in those plants. Any shortfall in condensate will be made up by DM

Water

General Steam Piping Design

• All steam lines shall be insulated with hot insulation material and cladding.

• The steam header shall be designed with slight gradient towards the steam

trap.

• The steam header shall be provided with steam traps at suitable location.

• Pocketing of the steam line shall be avoided. Steam trap shall be provided at

the low point of the pocketed section.

• Provision of a by-pass around the trap as required for a start-up shall be

provided.

• Proper line rating shall be considered once the P&ID’s are developed.

Cooling Water System


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The cooling tower provides indirect cooling to the heat exchangers to remove the heat

duty from the circulating water. The circulating cooling (cooling medium) water would be

used as a close loop circulating water to cool the coolers/heat exchangers in ammonia,

nitric acid and ammonium nitrate plants. The circulated water from the outlet of the

individual plant would return via a circulating water return header back to the cooling

tower.

A suitably designed and efficient cooling tower will be used for supply of cooling water to

different section of the plant. Maximum temperature difference of 10°C is desirable in the

cooling tower. This will be associated with CW circulating pumps, side stream filtration,

chemical dosing system etc. Three cooling water pumps (electric motor driven) will be

running to meet the process requirements.

The water losses calculated from the cooling tower includes drift and evaporation loss as

well as blow down loss. The blow down rate from the cooling tower would vary, and

depend on the water quality being maintained. Circulating Cooling Water Flow in m3/h

Plan

t

Actual Flow

(m3/h)

Design Flow

ggm3m3/hrmmm

mm(m3/h) Nitric Acid Plant ---- 7200

ANS Plant ----- 1000

AN Prill Plant ----- 800

Utilities area ----- 1000

Total (during Phase-I) ----- 10000 m³/hr

Ammonia plant (Phase-II) --------- 9000 m³/hr

additional

Pumps Design

The main pumps shall be designed with a discharge pressure required to overcome the

highest static head of the downstream process in the Complex and associated frictional

losses. This requires further investigation based on the plant layout and will be

considered in the next phase of work. The discharge pressure requirements need to be

reviewed once the header piping and equipment layouts are finalized.

Design Considerations

• The pump sizing is based on very preliminary information. The sizing shall be

reviewed later when the equipment layout and piping layouts are available.

• The cooling water header should have high point vents and low point drains

• To check the cooling water pumps performance, provision for flow

measurement is advantageous at the individual pump discharge header.

• Proper chemical and hypochlorite treatment would be required to keep the

Legionaries bacteria under control.

Cooling Water Chemistry

Actual cooling water chemistry and quality will be determined upon site selection and

water source and treatment. Cooling water chemistry requires some amounts of free

chlorine, phosphate and dispersant to prevent corrosion, scaling by keeping the

impurities in suspended form.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Free chlorine also keeps bacterial and organic growth under control. Provision of

descale chemical injection point would be required in cooling water circuit.

Air Systems (Compressed Air)

The facilities shall have 2x 1,500 Nm³/hr. Screw compressors which shall cater the

requirement of instrument and Plant Air of the complex. One compressor will be in line

and another shall be kept as standby. 1500 Nm³/hr Dryer unit shall be installed to

necessary conditioning of the air to be used as instrument air.

Detail requirement of complex instrument& plant air will be freeze during detail

engineering stage of project. System will comprise one plant air receiver and one

instrument air receiver.

Design Parameters for Compressed Air System

The instrument air pressure is set by the instrument specification. Typically, it is 700

kPag measured immediately downstream of the final driers.

Description Operating condition Design condition

Plant air header pressure 8 bar g 10 bar g

Instrument air header pressure 7 bar g 10 bar g

Temperature Ambient 65 dig C

Instrument air dew point - 40 deg C At 7 bar g

Compressor and Air Dryer, Receiver Sizing

The system design is based on the following:

• The compressor is sized to 1500 Nm³/h flow considering the ref available from

the designers in line with recommendation consumption per plant. Detail

requirement of instrument air will be estimated and freeze during detail

engineering.

• Dry running oil free reciprocating compressor type is preferred.

• Inter-cooler and after cooler should be part of the compressor vendor skid.

• Instrument air driers have a design dew point of – 40 deg C at the operating

pressure

• Driers will be reactivated by desorption which is a package item

• Two Filters of 100% capacity are provided upstream and downstream of the

driers to provide dust free air supply.

Instrument Controls

• The compressed air system shall include the following controls:

• Operation and control of the compressors within the package (by the vendor)

• Control of the driers within the package (by the vendor)

• Start and stop of the duty compressor with the air demand (low/high instrument

air header pressure)

• Failure of the duty compressor, and further fall in instrument air header

pressure, the control system should start the stand-by compressor

automatically.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Due to criticality, preference would be given to instrument air header pressure

over the plant air. Therefore, in the event of fall in instrument air header

pressure, plant air supply will be shut. As discussed, the stand-by compressor

would come online to cope with the additional demand.

• One of the two instrument air compressors would be connected to the

emergency power system for black start scenario.

Fire Water System

Fire water system will be provided as per the regulation. The firewater system should be

designed to the following criteria:

• The main firewater pumps (both diesel and electric drive) designed to have

water which will be finalized during detail engineering stage of project.

• A minimum of two main independent power 100% for firewater pump systems

shall be made available. One Electric motor and one diesel engine driven pump

shall be provided.

• The main pumps shall can operate for 24 hrs.continuously

• The main pump shall be capable of developing pressure of 9 bar g at the

discharge flange

• Firewater pumps shall be located within a safe area if possible, such that a fire

in one area will not put both the fire pumps out of action

• The jockey pump should can maintain the firewater system pressure at 8 barg

Diesel driven firewater pump will be a package item. The package should

Include the following:

• Start-up – Cranking (battery / Air receiver /Hydraulic)

• Diesel day tank should have capacity for 8 hrs.continuous operations

• Auxiliary system

• Local control panel

• The firewater ring main sized to 350m³/h

• The firewater piping design to 16 bar g and the firewater pump shutoff head not

to exceed the FW header design pressure

• Firewater pumps should be designed to applicable NFPA / API codes

• A provision of a spill back line is provided back to the FW storage to bleed-off

the excessive pressure from the firewater header

2.8.2. Product Handling

Ammonium Nitrate melt shall be dispatched through road Tankers. Tanker loading

system will be provided for handling product evacuation.

Technical Ammonium Nitrate (TAN) prill shall be bagged in bags in Bagging Plant. Filled

bags shall be loaded in trucks and then dispatched by road. Truck loader shall be

provided for loading the bags in truck. All aspects to comply with latest a rule shall be

taken during layout, manufacturing, storage and delivery stages.

2.8.3. Manpower

The manpower required for the operation of the proposed facility will be met by

deployment of personnel with requisite experience and skill. The manpower will be


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


adequately trained before start of operation. Focus shall be training and employing

locals to the extent possible and based on availability of workforce with required skill

sets.

2.8.4. Laboratory

Adequate laboratory facility will be provided to check the all the raw materials, products,

by products, water and steam system, effluent system parameters during day to day

operation.

2.9. Water Requirement

The raw water requirement for the proposed project is approx. 14400 KLD, which will be

available from the common facilitates developed by state development authorities who is

likely to source the water from the nearby river / canal and supply near the plant site.

The requirement of water is mainly for cooling water make up. Other requirement of

process water is as make up to DM plant, utility water, etc. Water requirement indicated

above has been worked out based on recycle of majority of steam condensate to DM

plant.

Raw Water Treating

The overall water users are listed below

• Dematerialized water production

• Portable water and safety showers

• Fire water and make-up

• Chemical mixing(Intermittent)

• Other users in the plant

• Cooling water (circulating water) make-up

Raw water shall be sourced from Taldanda Canal and will be stored in a reservoir

before feeding to the treatment unit.

Raw Water Reservoir

Water reservoir shall be designed to store the water for 10 days during phase-1 and 5

days during Phase-2. Approx. capacity will be 60000 M³

Table 2.13 Raw Water Consumption Basis

Water Demand Normal, m³/h

Portable Water 4

Dematerialized Water make-up 10

Other users 4

Cooling Tower make up 232

Total requirement of water during Phase-1 250

Ammonia plant (C.T. make up+ DM plant) during

Phase-II

250


2.9.1. Potable Water


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The total requirement of whole plant is likely to be 100 M³/day, which is further used for

various applications within the plant premises.

Basis of Design

• 10 nos of 500 ltr. Capacity Sintex tanks will be installed at different locations of

the plant for storage of potable water.

• These tanks will be fed by filtered water pumps.

• UVR unit will be provided wherever potable water shall be used for drinking

purpose.

• Network of piping for safety shower and eyewash.

• Number of safety showers and eye wash points required.

• pH and free Chlorine analyzer at the pump discharge.

Figure 2.11 Water Balance

2.10. Environmental Aspects:

2.10.1. Solid Waste Management:

Proposed project does not generate solid wastes on continuous basis. However solid

waste generated because of the following

• Spent Ion exchange resins – from DM plant

• Oily cotton rags from maintenance activities

• Filter media used for filtration of air / water / cutting or lubricating oil

Empty chemical containers, drums Include NOx abator used catalyst & Ammonia plant

used catalyst.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The wastes indicated above are of special concern since they could be eco- toxic or

hazardous and special attention needs to be given to their handling, treatment and

disposal.

Spent Filter Cartridge:

After analysis under hazardous waste these wastes will be disposed off at their

hazardous waste site in sealed containers after obtaining requisite approvals.

The other generated waste is municipal solid waste, scrap –metal, paper, plastics, waste

packaging material etc. These miscellaneous wastes will also be disposed of through

local / federal approved vendors.

2.10.2. Liquids Effluent

The current source of water supply is from nearby canal and or through the common

infrastructure being developed by the state industrial development authorities (IDCO).

The total requirement of the water for the proposed project is 14,400 KLPD during

phase-1 and Phase-2. Part of the liquid effluents generated will be recycled into the

process units and remaining effluent will be treated in a suitable designed ETP and final

treated effluent compiling the regulatory norm will be partly used to developed / maintain

green belt and balanced shall be discharged to the nearby Nalah / creek through

bioassay pond, if necessary. Domestic effluent will be treated in a common ETP.

A suitable effluent treatment plant shall be installed to take care of all the effluents.

Following will be the characteristics and quantity of the liquid effluent.

Table 2.14 Effluent Standard as CPCB

Plant Source Qty CMD

pH TSS O & G

BOD COD

Nitric Acid Plant Floor Washing 9 2-7 50 5 80 200

Nitric Acid Plant Boiler Blow down 53 11-12

NIL NIL NIL NIL

Ammonia Plant Synthesis loop NH3 recovery section & floor washing

60 7-8 NIL NIL NIL NIL

Ammonia plant cooling water Blow down and filter Backwash

960 7-9 20 <10 20 30

AN Solution Plant Floor Washing 9 3-9 50 5 80 200

AN Solution Plant Clean /Process Condensate

222 5-8 5 NIL 20 50

TAN Plant washings 17 3-9 50 5 100 250

TAN Plant process condensate 72 5-8 5 NIL 20 50

AN Storage and Handling area Spillage and Plant washings

5 2 - 7 50 5 20 50

Nitric Acid Storage Area Spillages and plant washings

5 2-7 50 5 80 200

Boiler Area + DM Water Plant + Sulphuric Acid and caustic storage area

Boiler Blow Down 20 11-12

Nil Nil Nil Nil

Boiler Area + DM Water Plant + Steam Network

Plant washings, regeneration effluent

480 7-8 10 5 20 50

Cooling Water Tower Blow down and filter Backwash

1104 7-9 20 <10 20 30


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Domestic effluent

Domestic Effluent 48 5.5-7

160- 200

20-30

250- 300

400

Liquid effluent from process plants / ancillary units shall be collected through drain

channels and taken to a centralized effluent treatment plant for Primary and Secondary

bio-treatment consisting of a stripper, equalization tank, aeration basin, clarifier etc to

further reduce the COD and Nitrate contents to the levels well below the specified limits.

In addition to the above, a guard pond shall be provided to collect the initial washings

from the storm water drains during the first monsoon shower. The washings shall be

routed though the effluent treatment plant.

2.10.3. Liquid Effluent Management

The effluent streams originating from various plants will essentially consist of

Ammoniacal nitrogen, Nitrate Nitrogen, Acidity/Alkalinity.

The flow sheet of the proposed effluent treatment plant is attached herewith and will

serve as a guide to visualize the key steps in various stages of removal of polluting

constituents.

Oil-water-ammonia mixture coming out of the ammonia evaporator in Nitric acid plant,

Ammonium Nitrate plant and compressor sets of Ammonia plant will be taken to a sump

where the oil will be separated by gravity. Oil & water mixture separated here will be sold

to outside authorized parties.

Residual Ammonia-water mixture & other effluents from various plants and tank farm

area will be first equalized in a holding tank to take care of fluctuations both in terms of

quality & quantity and also to ensure that the ETP operates at fairly steady state

condition.

From the equalization tank the effluent will flow to the reaction tank where caustic will be

added to increase pH to 10.5 to 11.0. At this pH, Ammonium ion present in the effluent

gets dissociated in to Ammonia gas & H+ ion. Ammonia can be removed from effluent by

two stage stripping method. After first stage pH will be lowered to some extent. Hence

the effluent will be taken to another reaction tank wherein the pH will be raised to 10.5 -

11.0 again by dosing caustic solution in a controlled manner before charging to the

second stripper.

Effluent coming out of the second stripper will be further treated with DM plant effluent or

fresh acid to bring down pH and will be diluted with cooling tower blow down water to

bring free ammonia level below 50 ppm in reaction tank 3.

Effluent coming out of reaction tank -3 will contain mainly Nitrate Nitrogen pollutants

which will be removed by two stage De-Nitrate Bioreactor. Output of bioreactor will

gravitate into a clarifier for the separation of biomass. The biomass sludge produced will

be recycled into the bioreactor for stabilization. Excess sludge will be sent to the sludge

drying beds for final disposal as manure.

Sewage from collection tank will feed to reaction tank-3 for treatment of sewage and

utilization as bio feed to reaction.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Overflow from the clarifier will be taken to polishing pond where the dissolved oxygen

content of the effluent will be increased by mechanical aeration prior to final discharge

into external water body by complying SPCB, Odisha norms.

Table 2.15 Waste Water Generation in Phase I and Phase II

Sr. No.

Source Description Frequency UOM Quantity Phase- I

Quantity Phase- II

(with ammonia)

1

Ammonia plant

Ammonia recovery effluent from synthesis loop Continuous

m³/h 0 1.5

2 Ammonia compressor oil + water drain Continuous m³/h 0 0.1

3 Floor washings Intermittent m³/h 0 1

4 Cooling tower blow down & back wash Continuous m³/h 0 40.00

1

WNA plant

Boiler blow down Continuous m³/h 2.21 2.21

2 Ammonia stripper drain oil-water Intermittent m³/h 0.1 0.1

3 Sampling drain Intermittent m³/h 0.01 0.01

4 Floor washing Intermittent m³/h 0.375 0.375

1

ANS plant

Clean Condensate Continuous m³/h 9.25 9.25




1 TAN plant

Process Condensate Continuous m³/h 3 3



1

O & U

Cooling tower blow down Continuous m³/h 45 45

2 Cooling tower back wash Intermittent m³/h 1 1

3 DM plant back wash Intermittent m³/h 20 20

4 Boiler blow down Continuous m³/h 0.83 0.83

5 Storage, Tank Farm & Handling area Intermittent m³/h 0.42 0.42

1 Non plant

Sanitary drain Intermittent m³/h 1 1

2 Sewage Intermittent m³/h 1 1

Grand Total m³/h 85 128

Total continuous m³/h 62 103

Total Intermittent m³/h 24 25

Total effluent m³/day 2044 3064

Please note that raw water detail analysis not available based on that necessity of

pretreatment and reject handling water increase effluent load.

2.10.4. Effluent Treatment Plan

Suitable capacity of DM water plant with ion exchange resin beds, ultra filtration and

necessary facilities will be installed to handle high TDS water. These DM water will be

utilized as boiler feed water and process use.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 2.12 : ETP Scheme

Depending upon the source of raw water (Taldanda canal or Paradeep infrastructure

development plan by IDCO, Orissa), TDS treatment of inlet water will be facilitated (pre-

treatment by lime and alum treatment).

Special Civil Works

• The open drain lining shall be resistant to acid and alkali.

• Underground neutralizing pit may be considered for mixing the acid and alkali

before discharging to effluent treatment plant.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Effluents Plant Design Basis

The process water effluents from the Ammonia, AN, NA and Utilities area are effluents

included in the effluent plant design. The effluent water from the plant would be

segregated and routed to a holding pond or evaporation pit prior to treatment and

disposal. The holding pond or evaporation pit should be lined to prevent soil

contamination/pollution.

The composition of the pond water may change drastically during turn-around due to the

discharge of large amounts of acid or other product effluent from the plant.

The following are important while designing and segregation.

• Determination of composition and amount of each stream entering the holding

pond.

• Determination of cyclic change, discharge period and frequency.

• Determination of corrosively, suspended solids, and compatibility of the various

streams.

Effluent treatment plant design is based on the constituents present in the influent and

the quality of water to be achieved at the outlet of the treatment plant.

Plan to install RO system:

The above type ETP plant shall suffice the facility to comply the imposed norm by

OSPCB. However, to conserve the water and achieve minimum discharge from the

complex, we may plan to install RO system to remove majority of dissolved salts,

organics, bacteria and suspended solids from aqueous liquid effluent and recover pure

water which will be suitable for make up as cooling towers and other process use. The

RO treated water shall be re-used in the process to the maximum extent. Balance RO

treated water if any shall be stored in bio-assay pond of suitable capacity.

2.10.5. Emission Control System: Emission Points, Stack and Control Strategy

The major source of air emissions from Process area during the operational phase of

the Ammonia plant reformer, gas engines, CO₂ stacks as mentioned.

Ammonia Plant gaseous emissions stacks:

• Reformer stack.

• Gas engine.

• CO2 scrubber.

More details of emissions will be included based on existing Ammonia facility of Taloja

plant.

• NOx in Tail gas from the Nitric Acid Plant: Before venting the tail gas in to

atmosphere, NOx level in the tail gas shall be reduced to the acceptable limit by

selective catalytic reduction with ammonia in presence of Vanadium pentoxide,

platinum or iron/chromium oxides catalysts

• Ammonia and ammonium nitrate laden air from the prilling scrubber: This air is

cooled and scrubbed to remove most of the ammonia and Ammonium Nitrate

from them.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Air emission from utility area is through boiler stack which will operate on fuel

oil. Dedicated stack will be attached for the service boilers.

The approximate quantity and quality of gaseous emission from Spent Air and boiler

stack are furnished below:

The other non-specific sources of gaseous emissions are from vents of storage tanks,

Vessels and other process equipment.

2.10.6. Air Pollution control Systems with Stack Details

To ensure air pollution control measures with in statutory requirement following

provisions were proposed in this project:-

• Nitric acid plant with NOx abatement system to reduce NOx content in tails gas by

selective catalytic reduction process to bring within PCB consented norm (NOx

content less than 3 Kg/MTof nitric acid).

• Ammonium nitrate prilling and evaporation unit with ventury scrubber provision to

bring down emission with in PCB consented norm. (Particulate matter less than 150

mg/Nm³ & Ammonia less than 50 ppm). Additionally entropy exchanger, cyclonic

column and ventury scrubber

• Boiler chimney stack specification will be provided as per sulfur content of the fuel.

• Adequate flare stacks provision as per statutory requirement for hydrocarbon and

Ammonia handling facilities.

Odour Control System Planning:

In general necessary gas detector, ventilation and air handling units shall be provided as

per the statutory requirements during detail engineering & construction phase of the

project for early detection and necessary correction.

Specifically for cross country ammonia line, Gas detector and pressure transmitter will

be interlocked with motorized ON/OFF valve provided at required places in case of

leakage. The indications of gas detectors, pressure transmitter and valve positions may

be repeated in PC/PLC system through cables. Positioning of motor operated isolation

valve will also be explored during the detail engineering stage at suitable location with

Leakage Class 5 or 6 and will be facilitated with auto and manual mode of operation. If

leak is detected or ammonia line pressure goes Low, then motorized valve shall be

closed.

A local control panel will be installed at site for gas detectors and pressure signal.

Interlocking will be implemented through relays installed in local panel. The above

signals may be transmitted to control room.

All safety equipment such as gas masks, breathing apparatus, oxygen respirators etc.

except safety shower/eye wash will be kept available in adequacy. Additionally,

patrolling of the cross-country pipelines will be carried out with the availability of

emergency kit.

Table 2.16 Plant Stacks

Sr Stack Attached Stack Diameter Flow in Nm³/hr Pollutants Concentration in


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


No height in Meter

in Meter /Temp in ºC. mg/Nm³

Phase-II (with ammonia)

1 Tail gas stack (WNA plant)

60.5 1.8 120612

/128 NOx =Max 50 ppmv. Ammonia = Max 5 ppmv

2 Primary reformer (Ammonia plant)

30 1.373 53000 /170

SO2 = 4.5 ppm. NOx =Max 50 ppmv. Ammonia = Max 50 ppmv.

3

Compressor –A gas engine exhaust (Ammonia plant)

30.75 1.5 40000 /205

SO2 = Nil ppm. NOx =Max 50 ppmv.

4

Compressor –B gas engine exhaust (Ammonia plant)

30.75 1.5 40000 /205

SO2 = Nil ppm. NOx =Max 50 ppmv.

5 Ammonium nitrate plant scrubber stack

85 2.3 177000 Particulate Matter < 150mg/Nm³., NOx< 50 ppm, NH3 < 50 ppm.

6 CO2 vent stack (Ammonia Plant)

12 0.6 14200 CO2=20 ppm

7 Boiler stack 60 1.5 80000 Particulate Matter < 150mg/Nm³. SO2 < 100 mg/Nm³.

The pollution load due to the unit is as given below:

Table 2.17 Pollution Load

Sr No

Stack Attached Stack height in Meter

Diameter in Meter

Flow in Nm³/hr /Temp in ºC.

Pollutants in g/s


1 Tail gas stack (WNA plant) 60.5 1.8 120612

/128

NOx= 2.056 NH3= 0.117


30 1..373 53000 /170

SO2 = 0.18, NOx= 2.056 NH3= 1.17

3 Compressor –A gas engine exhaust (Ammonia plant)

30.75 1.5 40000 /205

NOx= 2.056 g/s

4 Compressor –B gas engine exhaust (Ammonia plant)

30.75 1.5 40000 /205

NOx= 2.056


12 0.6 14200 CO2= 0.007g/s

6 Boiler stack 60 1.5 80000 Particulate Matter = 3.3 SO2= 2.2


85 2.3 177000

Particulate Matter = 3.3 NOx= 2.056 NH3= 1.17


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


2.10.7. CO2 Utilization

The CO2 generated at primary and secondary reformer and after heat recovery leaves

with fue gases at 100-200ºC, is the main source of emission. It is proposed to recover

CO2 after re-gasification, which can be utilize/ used in industries, where the CO2 used

as a raw material. Few type Industries CO2 can be used are listed below,

Multi-Industry Uses for Carbon Dioxide (CO2):

Carbon dioxide in solid and in liquid form is used for refrigeration and cooling. It is used

as an inert gas in chemical processes, in the storage of carbon powder and in fire

extinguishers.

Metals Industry:

Carbon dioxide is used in the manufacture of casting molds to enhance their hardness.

Manufacturing and Construction Uses:

Carbon dioxide is used on a large scale as a shield gas in MIG/MAG welding, where the

gas protects the weld puddle against oxidation by the surrounding air. A mixture of

argon and carbon dioxide is commonly used today to achieve a higher welding rate and

reduce the need for post weld treatment.

Dry ice pellets are used to replace sandblasting when removing paint from surfaces. It

aids in reducing the cost of disposal and cleanup.

Chemicals, Pharmaceuticals and Petroleum Industry Uses:

Large quantities are used as a raw material in the chemical process industry, especially

for methanol and urea production.

Carbon dioxide is used in oil wells for oil extraction and to maintain pressure within a

formation.. When CO₂ is pumped into an oil well, it is partially dissolved into the oil,

rendering it less viscous, allowing the oil to be extracted more easily from the bedrock.

Considerably more oil can be extracted from through this process.

Rubber and Plastics Industry Uses:

Flash is removed from rubber objects by tumbling them with crushed dry ice in a rotating

drum.

Food and Beverages Uses for Carbon Dioxide:

Liquid or solid carbon dioxide is used for quick freezing, surface freezing, chilling and

refrigeration in the transport of foods. In cryogenic tunnel and spiral freezers, high

pressure liquid CO2 is injected through nozzles that convert it to a mixture of CO2 gas

and dry ice "snow" that covers the surface of the food product. As it sublimates (goes

directly from solid to gas states) refrigeration is transferred to the product.

Carbon dioxide gas is used to carbonate soft drinks, beers and wine and to prevent

fungal and bacterial growth.

Liquid carbon dioxide is a good solvent for many organic compounds. It is used to de-

caffeinate coffee.

It is used as an inert “blanket”, as a product-dispensing propellant and an extraction

agent. It can also be used to displace air during canning.

Supercritical CO2 extraction coupled with a fractional separation technique is used by

producers of flavors and fragrances to separate and purify volatile flavor and fragrances

concentrates.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Cold sterilization can be carried out with a mixture of 90% carbon dioxide and 10%

ethylene oxide, the carbon dioxide has a stabilizing effect on the ethylene oxide and

reduces the risk of explosion.

Health Care Uses:

Carbon dioxide is used as an additive to oxygen for medical use as a respiration

stimulant.

Environmental Uses:

Used as a propellant in aerosol cans, it replaces more environmentally troublesome

alternatives.

By using dry ice pellets to replace sandblasting when removing paint from surfaces,

problems of residue disposal are greatly reduced.

It is used to neutralize alkaline water.

Miscellaneous Uses for Carbon Dioxide (CO₂):

Liquid carbon dioxide's solvent potential has been employed in some dry cleaning

equipment as a substitute for conventional solvents. This use is still experimental -

some types of soil are more effectively removed with traditional dry cleaning equipment,

and the equipment is more expensive.

Yields of plant products grown in greenhouses can increase by 20% by enriching the air

inside the greenhouse with carbon dioxide. The target level for enrichment is typically a

carbon dioxide concentration of 1000 PPM (parts per million) - or about two and a half

times the level present in the atmosphere

2.10.8. Noise Environment

The proposed project will have various machines and equipment which will generate

noise. The equipment and machines will have adequate provision to minimize the

noise generation. The manufacturing process is batch process.

➢ Plant personnel working in the noisy area will be provided with earplug.

➢ Installation of the plant machinery will be done after due consideration to design

noise levels and noise mitigation measures.

➢ The green belt developed helps in reducing noise levels generated due to plant

operations.

➢ There will be few major sources of industrial noise; minor noise generated from

the industrial operations will be controlled by proper maintenance.

➢ Proper mitigation measures will be taken in addition to above for the reduction of

noise levels i.e. use of acoustic enclosures and providing personal protective

equipment etc. to the workers.

➢ Periodical monitoring for noise will be carried out on regular basis.

➢ Proper maintenance, oiling and greasing of machines at regular intervals is done

to minimize generation of noise at source.

➢ The D.G. sets will be provided with acoustic enclosures.

2.11. Project Cost &Time Schedule

The project is approximate 1750 Cr. The overall time schedule for the proposed project

including pre-project activities is 36 months. There shall be overlap in procurement to

reduce the overall time schedule.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


A preliminary bar chart showing the details of activities and their completion time is

provided on the next page

2.12. Type of industries near the project site

As many large scale industries exists in the district there exists a very good scope for

vendorisation and ancilarisation in the district. Many MSMEs of the district are vendors

to these big units supplying a number of items to them. These large scale units are

having the vendorisation policy to procure their needy items. Till date there is no great

scope for ancilirasation in the district but once the upcoming projects are completed i.e

PCPIR and POSCO, there will be a very good scope for ancilarisation in the district.

✓ Iffco Fertilisers Ltd. , Musadiha,Paradeep

✓ Cargil India (P) Ltd. , Oil Terminal Road , Atharabanki.Paradeep

✓ Paradeep Carbons Ltd. Udayabata, Paradeep

✓ Skol Breweries Ltd. Atharabanki,Paradeep

✓ Paradeep Phospates Ltd. Paradeep

✓ Paradeep Port Trust, Paradeep, Jagatsinghpur.

✓ Indian Oil Limited Refinary

✓ Essar Steel's Pellet plant

✓ Paradeep Phosphates Limited, a fertilizer company height

✓ Paradeep Plastic Park Limited

✓ Indian Oil marketing terminal

✓ Bharat Petroleum Corp. Ltd. - marketing terminal

✓ Hindustan Petroleum Corp. Ltd. - marketing terminal.

✓ Indian Oil Corporation Limited IOCL

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Essar_Steel

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fertilizer

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/IOCL


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 3. : Description of the Environment

3.1. Background and Salient Environmental Features of the Study Area

Generation of environmental baseline of a project area is an important phase of any

Environmental Assessment process. Baseline data provide vital information on the

existing environmental quality in which a development is planned. It is also useful for

delineating environmental sensitive areas and for preparing an Environmental Sensitivity

Map for contingency planning. In this study, the environmental characteristics of the

project area (within 10-km radius study area) were established through extensive

literature search, field sampling/measurements, laboratory analysis, consultation and

data interpretation.

Secondary data from literature search were also obtained from the Govt. sources i.e.

Meteorological Department, CPCB Publications, Forest Department and other Govt.

Sources. The baseline environmental data generation has been done for the period of 1st

March 2017 to 31st May 2017. M/s JP Test & Research Center, Sahibabad, Uttar

Pradesh field monitoring team with EQMS field team, carried out sampling and testing

work. The study area within a 10 km radius around the proposed plant site has been

considered as impact zone for EIA study. Primary and secondary data has been

collected for 10 Km radius of the project site.

3.1.1. Environmental Setting and Salient Environmental Features of the Project Area

The M/s DFPCL is proposed green field project a Technical Ammonia nitrate production

unit At Village Bagadia, Chaukimatha, Rangiagarh Tehsil Paradeep, District

Jagatsinghpur, Odisha. The site is located along the Cuttack-Paradeep railway line and

adjacent to IOCL Refinery Township. The project site is barren and flat, covered with

grass and HT line passing through project site. The coordinate of corner of project site is

given in Table 3.1 and Figure 3.1.

Table 3.1 Geo-coordinates of the Project site

Corners Coordinates & Direction

Latitude Longitude Direction

A 20°16'56.50"N 86°35'34.01"E W

B 20°17'2.67"N 86°35'38.68"E NW

C 20°16'56.50"N 86°35'34.01"E NE

D 20°16'44.51"N 86°35'56.53"E SE

This Chapter describes the baseline environmental conditions around the M/s Deepk

Fertilizers and Petrochmical Corporation Limited (DFPCL) project site for various

environmental attributes, i.e. physical, biological and socio-economic conditions, within the

10-kms radial zone of the proposed project site, which is termed as the study area.

Topography, drainage, meteorology, air, noise, water, soil and land constitute the physical

environment, whereas flora and fauna constitute the biological environment. Demographic

details and occupational pattern in the study area constitute Socio-economic environment.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Proposed site is well connected to national highway-5A through QICL Road which is

passing about 140 m east of the proposed site. National Highway-5A is passing about

3.24 km northeast of the site. cuttack-Paradeep rail line is passing close to the southern

boundary of the site. Nearest railway station is Bagadia railway station located about 0.8

km from site in west direction. Paradeep railway station is located about 1.2 km east of

the site. Nearest air port is Biju Patnayak airport at Bhubaneswar located about 100 km

away from site. Road and rail connectivity map of the site is provided in Figure 3.2.

Nearest settlement to the site is Chaukimatha village located about 600 m east of the

site. The other nearest villages are Bagadia, Kau bedi, Chauliaplanda and Siju.

Paradeep town is located about3 km north of the site. Paradeep port is located about 7.7

km east of the site.

Figure 3.1 Coordinates of Project Site


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.2 Road Connectivity Map

Mahanadi river, Santranala, Matianga nala and Bay of Bengal are the main surface

water bodies located within the study area. Mahanadi River is located about 5.9 km

north of the project site. Santra nala is located about 1.83 km south of the project site.

Matianga nala is located about 4.7 km southwest of the site. Bay of Bengal is about 5.9

km in south of the project site.

There are no environmentally sensitive components such as National Park, Wildlife

Sanctuary, Elephant / Tiger Reserve, migratory routes of fauna and wet land present

within 10 Km radius of plant site. However there is patch of protected forest is present

within 10 km area of the site. The PF is located about 5.2 km south of the project site.

Location map, showing site and surrounding environment features within the 10 km area

is provided in Figure 3.3 and Google map provided in Figure 3.4. The Salient

Environmental Features of plant site within 500m, 2 Km and 10 Km radius is

summarized at Table 3.2.

Table 3.2 : Salient Environmental Features of Proposed Site

S. No.

Environmental Features

Within 500 m area around Project Site

Within 2-km area around Project Site

Within 10 km area around Project Site

1 Ecological Environment

A Presence of Wildlife Sanctuary/ National Park/Biosphere Reserves

None None None

B Reserved /Protected Forests

None None yes located about 5.2 km S


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


C Wetland of state and national interest

None None None

D Migratory route for wild animals

None None None

E Presence of schedule-I Fauna

None None None

2. Physical Environment

F Road connectivity None Yes, QICL road 140 m east.

NH-5A about 3.24 km NE

G Rail connectivity None Bagadia Rl stn. 0.72 km, Paradeep rl st. 1.2 km E

Bagadia Rl stn. 0.72 km, Paradeep rl st. 1.2 km E

H Defence Installation None None None

I Densely Populated Area

None None Paradeep city 3 km N

J Other village close to plant site

Chaukimatha village about 600 m E Other nearest villages are Bagadia, Kau bedi, Chauliaplanda and Siju.

K Topography Plain, elevation of site ranges between 2 to 4 amsl.

---

L Seismicity Seismic zone-III ( Low damage Risk Zone)

M Surface Water Resources (Rivers)

None Santra nala: 1.83 km S

Mahanadi River: 5.9 km N, Santra nala: 1.83 km S Matianga nala: 4.7 km SW of the site. Bay of Bengal: 5.9 km S

N Groundwater Safe category

O Soil and Land-use Sandy clay, landuse of site is barren land

Sandy loam & sandy clay. landuse agriculture, water body and settlement

Sandy loam & sandy clay loam landuse agriculture, waterbody and settlement

3. Social Environment

P Physical Setting Barren land Urban and Rural Uraban, rural and agricultural

Q Physical Sensitive Receptors

None School, Hospitals, Temple etc.

School, Hospitals, Temple etc.

R Archaeological Monuments

None None None


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.3 Location Map of Study area


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.4 Google Map of 10 km Study area


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.1.2. Primary Data Collection: Monitoring Plan and Quality Assurance Procedures

Primary baeline data has been collected as per the TOR prescribed by MOEF during 1st

March 2017 to 31st May 2017 for one complete season. The study period and

methodology for primary data collection is summarized in Table 3.3.

Table 3.3 : Summary of Methodology for Primary/Secondary Baseline Data

Collection

Parameters No. of Sampling

Locations Frequency/ Season

Remark

Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2 NOx, NH3, CO, HC and HF

Eight (08) locations (Refer Fig. No.3.5 )

Twice a Week For winter season

AAQ monitoring was carried out at eight (08) locations (representing upwind, downwind and sensitive locations). 24 hourly sampling at each location was carried out as per CPCB guide lines (CPCB Gazette notification dated 18.11.2009 on AAQ).

Meteorology

Temperature, Humidity, Wind speed, Direction, Rainfall etc.

One location

Hourly for winter season

Met station was established close to the site to record the site specific hourly met data.

Ground Water Quality

Physical, chemical and biological parameters as per IS: 10,500

Eight (08) locations in study area (Fig 3.5)

Once in a season

Ground water: Sampling was conducted at eight (08) locations. Samples were preserved, transported and analysed for different parameters based on APHA methods. Temp, conductivity and pH which were measured intently at site itself.

Surface Water Quality

Physical, chemical and biological parameters as per IS: 10,500

Five (05) locations in study area (Fig 3.5)

Once in a season

Surface Water: Sampling was conducted at five (05) locations. Samples were preserved and transported for analysis for different parameters based on APHA methods. Temp, conductivity, DO and pH which were measured intently at site itself.

Soil Quality Environment

Texture, bulk density, pH, conductivity, cation exchange capacity, organic matter, Total N,P & K

Six (06) locations in study area (Fig 3.5)

Once in a season

Soil samples were collected at six (06) locations within the study area and analysed as per IARI methods.

Noise Environment

Noise profiling for 24 hrs

Eight (08) locations in study area (Fig 3.5)

Once in a season

Noise measurement survey was conducted at different location within the 10-km area of project site for noise profiling for 24 hrs using integrated sound level meter, as per CPCB guidelines.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Parameters No. of Sampling

Locations Frequency/ Season

Remark

Ecology (Flora & Fauna)

Flora & Fauna - Once in a season

Primary survey and Secondary sources

Demography & Socio-economics

Demography & Socioeconomic

- Once in a season

Primary survey / Secondary sources

Standard methods and procedures have been strictly adhered to in the course of this

study. QA/QC procedures were strictly followed which covers all aspects of the study,

and includes sample collection, handling, laboratory analyses, data coding, statistical

analyses, presentation and communication of results. All analysis was carried out in

NABL/MoEF accredited/recognized laboratory. Environment sampling location map is

shown below as Figure 3.5.

For evaluation of the air quality of study area secondary data1 has also been referred.

Ambient air quality of the Pradip Port area monitored by Odisha Pollution Board are

provided in Table.

Ambient Air Quality of Paradip Port Area (24-hour average)

Location

Year Annual Average (Range value)

SPM

(g/m3) RSPM (g/m3) SO2 (g/m3) NOx (g/m3)

PPL guest house 2014 162 84 9.8 11.4

IFFCO STP 2014 179 93 9.9 11.3

Paradip Port Trust 2014 182 95 8.9 12.9

Source: SPCB Odisha

The base line air pollution results as well as the secondary data analysis reflect that the

ambient air quality of the study area well within the NAAQS. It is also clear that the

RSPM level in study area is little bit on higher side but within the NAAQS.

\

1 Ambient Air Quality Status and Trends in Odisha 2006-2014 by SPCB Odisha


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.5 Monitoring Location Map


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.2. Physical Environment

3.2.1. Topography and Physiography

The study area falls in Jagatsinghpur district. The study area is spread over alluvial

plains of the river Mahanadi. The deposit of silt of rivers has built up the present alluvium

tracts at their meeting places with the sea. Due to creation of swamp at the meeting

places with the sea, dense jungles have grown up. The study area is situated in coastal

plain zone as per agro- climatic classification and in deltaic alluvial plains of the

Mahanadi river system.

The study area being a part of Mahanadi delta is a flat land with hardly a relief. The

topography of proposed site is almost plain. The site elevation ranges between 1 to 4

amsl. The site is sloping towards south side.

3.2.2. Drainage

The study area is drained by Mahanadi River and other streams. The northern part of

the study area is drained by the Mahanadi River, Nuna nadi and its distributary

channels. All drainage of the northern part of the study area drains into Mahanadi. The

Bay of Bengal in the eastern part of the study area confluence point of river Mahanadi

river. The western and southern part of the study area is drained by Santra nala,

Mahanga Nala and Jatadhar Mohan Creek. All the drainage of the study area is towards

sea cost/Bay of Bengal in eastern direction. Drainage map of the study area is shown as

Figure 3.6.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.6 Drainage Map of the Study Area


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.2.3. Geology

The study area forms a part of the Mahandi valley overlain by the Quaternary formation.

The study area is floored by thick Quaternary sediment that is underlain in the sub-

surface successively by rocks from early Cretaceous resting on metamorphic basement.

The thickness of the Quaternary deposit is in excess of 500-m. It is built up by stacking

of repeated sequences of sand, silt and clay beds. On the surface the delta plain could

be divided into two broad areas. The upper delta plain (UDP) lying beyond the tidal

influence has been shaped by the fluvial action of the distributaries of the Mahanadi

River system providing the landscape of point and channel bars, levee, back swamp,

abandoned meander loops and undifferentiated flood plains. On the seaward side of the

UDP, the lower delta plain (LDP) represents a zone shaped by fluvial action, tides and

the marine processes. Therefore the geomorphology is variable with low levee on banks

of the distributaries, inter-distributary marshes in between the distributaries, stranded

beach ridges amidst flood plains, wide mud flats, lagoons, creeks, sand bars, barrier

beach/sand spit and active dune -berm-beach face complex facing the open sea.

Geological succession of the area is presented in Table 3.4.

Table 3.4 Sub-surface Stratigraphy in the Paradeep Depression of Mahanadi onshore areas

Sl. No. Age Lithology

1 Pleistocene to Recent Unconsolidated sand and clay

2 Pliocene Sandstone and clay stone/clay

3 Middle Miocene Sandstone and claystone

4 Early Miocene Sandstone and claystone with occasional coal streaks

5 Precambrian Unconformity Precambrian Metamorphics

3.2.4. Ground water Resources

As per CGWB classification the 10-km study area falls in Kujang block of Jagatsinghpur

District. The annual replenishable ground water resources in the district are computed as

45029 Ham. The ground water draft for irrigation is through dug wells and shallow tube

wells. So far ground water development in the district has been meager and all the

blocks fall under the safe category. The stage of ground water development varies from

31.53 % to 67.26 in different blocks.

The study area falls in Kujang block of the district. The Net annual Ground Water

Availability in the Kujang block is computed as 6440 Ham. The Existing Gross Ground

Water Draft for all uses in the Kujang block is 3998 ham. Stage of Ground water

development in the Kajung block is 62.38%. Overall the study area including Kajungar

block fall under the safe category.The overall stage of ground water development of the

district is 47.37%. The block wise computation of ground water resources in the district

has been presented in the Table 3.5 and Figure 3.7.

Table 3.5 Stage of Block wise Ground water Development of Jagatsinghpur District


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Sl. No

Assessment Unit/Block

Net annual Ground Water

Availability

Existing Gross

Ground Water

Draft for irrigation

Existing Gross

Ground Water

Draft for domestic

and industrial

water supply

Existing Gross

Ground Water Draft for all uses

Allocation for

domestic and

industrial requirem

ent supply

upto next 25 years

Net Ground Water

availability for future

irrigation develop

ment

Stage of Ground Water

Development (%)

1 Balikuda 5052 1890 281.90 2172 360 2802 42.99

2 Biridi 6814 2813 190.28 3004 233 3767 44.09

3 Erasama* 0 0 0.00 0 0 0 0.00

4 Jagatsinghpur 8222 3167 376.97 3545 479 4575 43.12

5 Kujang 6409 3583 415.16 3998 554 2272 62.38

6 Naugaon 2786 1752 122.27 1874 162 872 67.26

7 Raghunathpur 7340 2106 208.31 2314 239 4995 31.53

8 Tirtol 8406 4086 339.57 4425 436 3884 52.64

Total 45029 19397 1935 21332 2463 23167 47.37

Source-http://www.cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Orissa/jagasingpur.pdf

(As on 31st March 2009), *-Fresh water unconfined aquifers either absent or available in

pockets

Figure 3.7 Ground Water Resources of Jagatsinghpur District

Project Site


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.2.5. Depth to Ground Water Table

The 10 km study area falls in Kujang block of Jagatsinghpur District. The depth to water

level in the study area during pre monsoon season varies from 2 m bgl to 5 m bgl and in

post monsoon season depth to water table ranges 2 m to 4 m.

Figure 3.8 Depth to Water Level (Pre-Monsoon Season)

Figure 3.9 Depth to Water Level (Post-Monsoon Season) (Source-http://www.cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Orissa/jagasingpur.pdf)

Project Site

Project Site


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.2.6. Seismicity of the Study Area

Orissa is vulnerable to multiple disasters. Due to its sub-tropical littoral location, the state

is prone to tropical cyclones, storm surges and tsunamis. Though a large part of the

state comes under Earthquake Risk Zone-II (Low Damage Risk Zone), the Brahmani

Mahanadi graben and their deltaic areas come under Earthquake Risk Zone-III

(Moderate Damage Risk Zone).

Based on tectonic features and records of past earthquakes, a seismic zoning map of

Odisha State has been prepared by a committee of experts under the auspices of

Bureau of Indian Standard (BIS Code: IS: 1893: Part-I, 2002). According to the seismic-

zoning map of Orissa, the project area falls in Zone-III (Moderate Damage Risk Zone) of

seismicity. The seismicity map of study area is shown in Figure 3.8.

(Source-http://www.ndma.gov.in/en/odisha-sdma-office)

Figure 3.10 Seismic Zones Map of Odisha

Project Site


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.3. Land use

Land use analysis was carried out using remote Sensing Data. Interpretation approach

based on systematic digital imaging was used for delineating the land use classes. The

demarcation of boundaries falling under different land use/land cover units is done using

different colours assigned to different land use/land cover units of satellite imagery2.

Most of the land within the 10 km area of the project site is under agricultural land. As

per the land use based on satellite image, about 40.91% of the land is Agricultural land,

about 23.58% land is under water body, 15.56% land is open shrub & grass land and

about 4.02% land is under settlement, 8.31% land is under vegetation and rest is other

uses. (Refer Figure : 3.11 and Table 3.6)

Table 3.6 : Land use of the Study Area

Class Area(Sq km) Percentage,%

Agricultural land 138.06 40.91

Settlement 13.58 4.02

Vegetation 28.03 8.31

Open shrub and grass land 52.49 15.56

Water body 79.55 23.58

Barren land 16.91 5.01

Marshy land 8.80 2.61

Total 337.42 100

Source: Satellite Image analysis

2 The satellite Imagery of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS- ID, sensor P6, LISS III) of 24 m resolution was used. The Swath

of the imagery is 141 Km x 141 Km. Band used are 4, 3, 2 and 5. LANDSAT imagery of 30 meter resolution and 185 x 185 km

swath is also used for the comparative and overall analysis of the area. LISS III imagery and LANDSAT 4-5 TM imagery were

used for the complete coverage of the study area

Agricultural land40.91%

Settlement4.02%Vegetation

8.31%

Open shrub and grass land

15.56%

Water body23.58%

Barren land5.01%

Marshy land2.61%

Land use Pattern of Study Area


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Source: Interpretation of Satellite image

Figure 3.11 Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.4. Meteorology

Based on Past Data

The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and dispersion of pollutants in

the atmosphere. Historical meteorological data were obtained from climatological tables

pertaining to Paradeep Port, Odisha (as per the nearest representative IMD station) for

the period of 1961-90 and is summarized in Table 3.7.

Table 3.7 Long Term Meteorological Data of Paradeep Port, 1961-90 (30

years average)

Month Temperature )oC(

Relative Humidity )%(

Rainfall, mm

Predominant Wind Direction

)from(

Calm Period All Cloud Amounts Oktas

Wind Speed, kmph

Max Min Max Min 08:30 17:30 08:30 17:30

January 27.2 15.7 78 71 11.3 N, NE 5 0 1.0 0.9 10.7

February 28.7 18.7 78 75 16.4 S,SW, N 6 0 1.8 1.5 12.2

March 30.8 22.4 78 79 34.9 SW, S 3 0 2.2 2.0 14.8

April 31.8 24.8 81 84 30.7 SW, S 1 0 2.7 2.6 18.0

May 32.8 25.9 81 83 78.8 SW, S 2 0 3.2 3.0 18.5

June 32.7 26.1 82 83 215.5 SW, S 2 2 5.1 5.2 17.1

July 31.4 25.3 86 86 277.4 SW, S 2 1 5.9 5.8 16.4

August 31.3 25.5 86 85 335.5 SW, S 4 1 5.7 5.7 15.2

September 31.7 25.6 83 83 247.2 SW, S 3 2 4.9 5.0 14.1

October 31.6 24.0 80 78 172.2 N, NE 5 6 3.0 3.2 10.1

November 30.1 20.0 77 73 90.9 N, NE 2 5 2.3 2.4 10.0

December 27.8 15.7 76 69 18.4 N, NE 2 1 1.3 1.5 9.5

Yearly average/ Total

26.8 22.5 81 79 1529.2 N, NE, S,SW 3 2 3.3 3.2 13.9

(Source: Past IMD Data)

Temperature–During the summer months i.e., April - June, the daily mean minimum

temperature are around 24.8ºC and daily mean maximum temperature around 32.7ºC.

During winter months i.e. December – January the daily mean maximum temperature

remains around 27.8º0C and daily mean minimum temperature remains around 15.7ºC.

Graphical representation of monthly minimum and maximum temperature at IMD

Paradeep Port is presented in Figure 3.12.

Relative Humidity– The humidity remains high throughout the year. The relative humidity

ranges between 69-86% throughout the year. The maximum humidity observed during

rainy season is 86%. Graphical representation of monthly minimum and maximum

humidity at IMD Paradeep Port is presented in Figure 3.13.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.12 Graph of Minimum and Maximum Temperature at

IMD Paradeep Port

Figure 3.13 Graphical representation of Minimum and Maximum Humidity at IMD Paradeep Port

Rainfall– The total annual mean rainfall received at Paradeep port IMD is about 1529.2

mm. Rainfall peaks during the month of August (mean monthly being about 335.5 mm)

followed by July (mean monthly being about 277.4 mm) with the four monsoon months


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


(June to October) contributing about 70.3% (about 1075.6 mm) of the total annual rainfall.

Graphical representation of monthly rainfall is presented in Figure 3.14.

Figure 3.14 : Monthly Rainfall at IMD Paradeep Port

Cloud Cover – In the study area, clear weather prevails in most of the time during post

monsoon, winter and summer seasons. Only during monsoon months of July, August and

September, moderate to heavy clouds are observed. Relevant details about the number

of days with zero oktas of cloud cover (all clouds) for all months are presented in Table

3.8.

Table 3.8 No. of Days with Zero Oktas of Cloud Cover (Paradeep Port)

Cloud Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec

Time 08:30 22 15 13 10 8 3 1 2 3 9 15 20

17:30 22 16 16 12 9 3 1 1 2 8 14 19

Wind Speed– Generally, light to moderate winds prevail throughout the year. Winds were

light and moderate particularly during the morning hours. While during the afternoon

hours the winds were stronger. The mean wind speed ranges from 9.5 to 10.1 kmph

during post-monsoon, 14.1 to 17.1 kmph during monsoon and 14.8 to 18.5 kmph in pre-

monsoon season. Graphical representation of wind speed is presented in Figure 3.15.

Wind Direction– The predominant wind direction at IMD Paradeep Port is from north and

northeast direction during winter months and rest of the season the wind blows from

south and southwest direction. Season wind rose of Paradeep Port IMD sites is

presented in Figure 3.16 to 3.18.

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400Ja

nu

ary

Feb

ruar

y

Mar

ch

Ap

ril

May

Jun

e

July

Au

gust

Sep

tem

be

r

Oct

ob

er

No

vem

be

r

De

cem

ber

Rai

nfa

ll in

mm

Monthly Rainfall at IMD Paradeep Port


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.15 Graphical Representation of wind speed at IMD Paradeep Port

0

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

16

18

20

Jan

uar

y

Feb

ruar

y

Mar

ch

Ap

ril

May

Jun

e

July

Au

gust

Sep

tem

be

r

Oct

ob

er

No

vem

be

r

De

cem

ber

Win

d S

pe

ed

km

ph

Monthly wind Speed at IMD Paradeep Port


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.16 :Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Pre-monsoon Season)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.17 : Wind rose Diagram of IMD Paradeep Port (Monsoon Season)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.18 : Wind rose Diagram

of IMD Paradeep Port (Post-monsoon Season)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Cyclone & Strom Surge:

The most destructive element associated with an intense cyclone is storm surge. Past

history indicates that loss of life is significant when surge magnitude is 3 m or more. The

severity of cyclone occurs when wind speed reaches 89 to 118 kmph, very severe

cyclone when wind speed ranges in between 119 to 221 kmph and the wind speed due to

Super Cyclonic storm exceeds 222 kmph. Paradeep and its adjoining areas in recent

times faced super cyclones on 29th October 1999 having wind speed as high as 260

kmph and the radius of maximum wind was 10 to 15 km. While crossing the coast, the

Super Cyclone produced 5.5 m storm surge above Chart Datum for above 6-7 hours

duration, which inundated land up to about 30 km inland. This had a toll of nearly 9500

human lives and 10 million people got affected.

Special Weather Phenomena- The occurrence of thunderstorm is 13.3 days per year,

mostly spread across the months of May to September. No annual Dust Storm is reported

in the area. Annually one day has visibility less than 1 km, 16 days has visibility in the

range of 1 - 4 km, 214 days have visibility in the range of 4 -10 km, 69 days between 10 -

20 km and 65 days have visibility above 20 km.

3.4.2. Met Data Generated at Site

Met data for the period of 1st March 2017 to 31st May 2017 was generated at site. An

automatic weather monitoring station was installed at Project site, keeping the sensors

free exposed to the atmosphere and with minimum interference with the nearby

structures. The micro-meteorological data like wind speed, wind direction, temperature,

relative humidity and atmospheric pressure were collected using the weather stationed

cloud cover was recorded manually for the study period.

The wind directions, wind speed, temperature, rainfall and humidity recorded at site

during study period are presented in Table 3.9. Graphical represention of wind class

frequency distribution pattern is provided in Figure 3.19. Site specific wind rose diagram

for study period (1st March to 31st May 2017) is presented in Figure 3.11.

Table 3.9 Site Specific Meteorological Data

Month/Year Temperature (deg 0C)

Relative Humidity,

%

Average Wind

Speed (m/s)

461. Predominant 462. wind

Direction (Blowing from)

463. Calm 464. Period,

%

Min Max Min Max

March 2017 21 39 11 100

4.34

SW

6.39 April 2017 22 41 14 100

May 2017 24 42 24 100 (Source: Field Survey)

Temperature – During the study period daily mean minimum temperature was 210C and

daily mean maximum temperature was 420C.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Relative Humidity –The maximum relative humidity during entire study period of March

to May 2017 was recorded as 100% and minimum was recorded as 11%. Highest relative

humidity was observed during night time and lowest relative humidity value was recorded

during day time.

Wind Speed– The wind speed was recorded between 1.0 to >6 m/sec during study

period. Average wind speed during the whole study period was observed as 4.34-m/sec.

Wind class frequency distribution during the study period is presented in Figure 3.19.

Wind Direction – The predominant wind direction at site is from SW direction. Combined

Windrose diagram for the study period of March to May 2017 as pre-monsoon season is

presented in Figure 3.20.

Calm Periods – Calm period was observed more during night time comparatively day

time. Average Calm condition during the entire study period of pre-monsoon season

(March to May 2017) was observed as 6.39%.

Figure 3.19 Wind Class Frequency distribution


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.20 Wind Frequency Distribution

3.5. Ambient Air Quality

CPCB guidelines were applied for selecting the appropriateness of monitoring locations.

The location and height of the stations were so selected (>5 m from base) to avoid the

capture of re-suspended road dust and fugitive domestic emissions due to burning. All

the ambient air analysis with respect to each parameter were analysed as per CPCB

guidelines. AAQ monitoring was done at eight (8) locations within the study area

considering dominant wind direction, populated area and sensitive receptors. Details of

monitoring locations are shown in Table 3.10. Monitoring Location map is shown in

Figure 3.5. The summary of Ambient Air quality results is presented in Table 3.10.

Table 3.10 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Location Code

Monitoring Location

Direction wrt Plant Site with approx. distance in km

Terrain features Geo-coordinates

AAQ-1 Near Project Site

Site Flat terrain, open land, project site

20°16'54.60"N,86°35'50.02"E


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


AAQ-2 Paradeep 4.9 km, NE Populated area, Flat terrain, located in downwind direction.

20°19'24.81"N 86°37'9.53"E

AAQ-3 Kau-bedi 1.05km, S Flat terrain, located in upwind direction.

20°16'10.86"N 86°35'39.42"E

AAQ-4 Niharuni 1.4km, NE Flat terrain, located in downwind direction.

20°17'37.95"N, 86°36'31.46"E

AAQ-5 Paradeepgarh 4.5km, N Populated area, Flat terrain, located in downwind direction.

20°19'18.55"N 86°36'13.28"E

AAQ-6 Udayabhata 3.30km, NE Flat terrain, located in downwind direction.

20°18'19.33"N 86°37'20.35"E

AAQ-7 PPL Township 3.06km, SE Flat terrain, located in crosswind direction.

20°16'15.40"N 86°37'42.44"E

AAQ-8 Pratappur 3.22km, SW Flat terrain, located in upwind direction.

20°16'10.36"N 86°33'57.01"E

Table 3.11 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Results (24-hour average)

Location

Code Monitoring

Location

PM2.5 (g/m3) PM10 (g/m3)

Min Max Mean

98

Percentile Min Max Mean

98

Percentile

AAQ-1 Near Project

Site

24 35 28 35 54 78 66 77

AAQ-2 Paradeep 26 48 38 46 60 96 82 93

AAQ-3 Kau-bedi 25 38 32 38 55 85 73 85

AAQ-4 Niharuni 21 32 26 32 50 79 65 79

AAQ-5 Paradeepgarh 27 40 35 40 62 90 79 90

AAQ-6 Udayabhata 19 30 25 30 47 73 60 72

AAQ-7 PPL Township 20 34 28 34 48 81 64 80

AAQ-8 Pratappur 22 38 29 36 52 85 70 85

Source: Primery Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory

Table 3.11 continued……

Location Code

Monitoring Location

SO2(g/m3) NOx (g/m3)

Min Max Mean 98

Percentile Min Max Mea

n 98

Percentile

AAQ-1 Near Project Site

8.5 13.4 10.6 13.1 19.4 30.5 25.2 30.2

AAQ-2 Paradeep 9.2 16.2 13.8 16.0 21.8 37.4 29.4 36.3

AAQ-3 Kau-bedi 8.2 13.7 11.0 13.4 20.7 31.8 26.5 31.2

AAQ-4 Niharuni 7.6 12.5 10.1 12.3 18.5 28.0 23.4 27.6

AAQ-5 Paradeepgarh 8.9 15.5 12.8 15.3 22.5 36.6 29.0 36.2

AAQ-6 Udayabhata 7.0 11.6 9.5 11.4 16.3 27.4 22.1 27.1


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


AAQ-7 PPL Township 7.5 12.8 10.3 12.6 19.4 29.5 24.2 28.8

AAQ-8 Pratappur 8.0 13.2 10.5 12.8 20.3 30.2 25.8 30.1

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory Table 3.11 continued……

Locatio

n Code Monitoring

Location

NH3(g/m3) CO, mg/m³ (8 hrs. Conc.)

Min Max Mean

98

Percentil

e Min Max Mean

98

Percentile

AAQ-1 Near Project

Site

14.2 22.4 18.4 22.2 0.21 0.38 0.29 0.38

AAQ-2 Paradeep 18.0 29.4 22.4 29.1 0.46 0.66 0.51 0.63

AAQ-3 Kau-bedi 14.6 22.8 19.3 22.4 0.36 0.52 0.45 0.52

AAQ-4 Niharuni 13.5 20.3 16.8 19.9 0.28 0.44 0.38 0.44

AAQ-5 Paradeepgarh 17.0 26.3 21.2 26.1 0.42 0.56 0.49 0.56

AAQ-6 Udayabhata 11.7 19.5 15.4 19.4 0.35 0.50 0.43 0.50

AAQ-7 PPL Township 13.8 21.2 18.0 21.0 0.30 0.45 0.36 0.43

AAQ-8 Pratappur 15.7 22.0 18.6 21.4 0.37 0.51 0.43 0.50

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory Table 3.11 continued……

Location

Code

Monitoring

Location

HC (PPM) HF (g/m3)

Methane Non- methane

AAQ-1 Near Project Site 0.6 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-2 Paradeep 1.2 0.4 <0.1

AAQ-3 Kau-bedi 0.8 0.2 <0.1

AAQ-4 Niharuni 0.5 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-5 Paradeepgarh 1.3 0.5 <0.1

AAQ-6 Udayabhata 0.6 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-7 PPL Township 0.5 <0.1 <0.1

AAQ-8 Pratappur 0.4 <0.1 <0.1

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory

3.5.2. Observations on Ambient Air Quality:

Particulate Matter (PM2.5): The highest PM 2.5 level was found at Paradeep town as 48-

µg/m3and lowest PM2.5 level was observed at Udayabhata as 19- µg/m³, while the mean

concentration of all monitoring locations ranges between 25 to 38- µg/m³ . The PM 2.5

level at all the monitoring locations is observed within permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level

60- µg/m³. The graphical representation of PM2.5 level in the study area is presented in

Figure 3.21.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.21 PM2.5 Level in Study Area

Particulate Matter (PM10): The highest PM10 level was found at Paradeep as 96- µg/m³

and lowest PM10 level at Udayabhata as 47- µg/m3 and the PM10 was observed at

Project Site between 54 to 78 µg/m³ while the mean concentration at all monitoring

locations ranges between 60 to 82- µg/m³. The PM10 level in all the monitoring locations

is within permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level 100- µg/m³. The graphical representation of

PM10 level in the study area is presented in Figure 3.22.

Figure 3.22 PM10 Level in Study Area

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2): The highest SO2 level was found at Paradeep as 16.2- µg/m³ and

lowest SO2 level was observed at Udayabata as 7.0- µg/m³ while the mean concentration

of all location ranges between 9.5 to 13.8- µg/m³. The SO2 level at all the monitoring


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


locations is found within permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level 80- µg/m³. The graphical

representation of SO2 level in the study area is presented in Figure 3.23.

Figure 3.23 SO2 Level in Study Area

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx): The highest NOx levels was found at Paradeep as 37.4- µg/m³

and the lowest NOx level was observed at Udayabata as 16.3- µg/m³, while the mean

concentration of all monitoring locations ranges between 22.1 to 29.4- µg/m³. The NOx

level at all monitoring locations was found under permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level 80-

µg/m³. The graphical representation of NOx level in the study area is presented in Figure

3.24.

Figure 3.24 NOx Level in Study Area

Ammonia (NH3): The highest NH3 levels were found at Paradeep as 29.4- µg/m³ and

lowest NH3 level was observed at Udayabata as 11.7- µg/m³, while the mean

concentration at all monitoring locations ranges between 15.4 to 22.4- µg/m³. The NH3

01020304050

Nea

r P

roje

ctSi

te

Par

adee

p

Kau

-be

di

Nih

aru

ni

Par

adip

garh

Ud

ayab

hat

a

PP

L To

wn

ship

Pra

tap

pu

r

un

it µ

g/m

³

NOx Level in study area (NAAQS for NOx (80 µg/m³)

Min Max


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


level at all monitoring location are observed under permissible limit i.e. NAAQMS level

400 µg/m³

Carbon Monoxide (CO): The highest CO level was found at Paradeep as 0.66-mg/m³

and the lowest CO level was observed at Project site as 0.21- mg/m³ while the mean

concentration of all location ranges between 0.29-0.51- mg/m³. The 8hrs. CO level at all

monitoring locations quite below the NAAQMS level i.e 2.0- mg/m³

Hydrocarbon (HC): The Methane and non methane hydrocarbon level in study area

ranges between 0.4 to 1.3 and <0.1 to 0.5 ppm respectively. Maximum concentration of

the Methane and non methane hydrocarbon were observed at Paradeepgarh.

Fluoride (HF): Fluoride values were found below detection limit.

3.6. Noise Environment

Noise after a certain level can have a very disturbing effect on the people and animals

exposed to it. Hence, it is important to assess the present noise quality of the area in

order to predict the potential impact of future noise levels due to the proposed project.

Ambient noise measurements were undertaken at Eight (8) locations, represented in

Table 3.12 Location wise result for day time and night time are presented in Table 3.13.

The monitored levels were compared against the Noise Pollution (Regulation and

Control) Rules 2000, as amended through the Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)

Amendment Rules 2010 dated 11th January 2010. The project site falls in designated

industrial area and the noise levels at all the locations were found within the ambient

noise standards.

Table 3.12 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

S. No.

Measurement Location Direction wrt Plant site with approx.

distance

Category Tentative Geo-coordinates

N-1 Project Site 00 Residential 20°16'54.60"N,86°35'50.02"E

N-2 Chaukimata 0.6 km, SE Residential 20°16'47.72"N 86°36'3.18"E

N-3 Bagadia 0.9 km, W Residential 20°16'47.57"N 86°35'8.00"E

N-4 Siju 1.35 km, NW Residential 20°17'40.88"N 86°35'17.72"E

N-5 Kau-bedi 1.05 km, S Residential 20°16'10.86"N 86°35'39.42"E

N-6 PPL Township 3.06 km, SE Residential 20°16'15.40"N 86°37'42.44"E

N-7 IOCL Road Near Project Site

0.28 km, NE Commercial

20°17'4.12"N 86°36'14.16"E

N-8 Chaulipalanda 1.28 km, SE Residential 20°16'15.99"N 86°36'29.39"E

Table 3.13 Ambient Noise Quality in the Study Area

Location Code

Name of Measurement

Location

Day Time Leq dB(A)

Night Time Leq dB(A)

National Standard Day Time Leq dB(A)

National Standard

Night Time Leq dB(A)

N-1 Project Site 51.7 40.9 55.0 45.0

N-2 Chaukimata 53.2 42.0 55.0 45.0


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


N-3 Bagadia 51.8 41.3 55.0 45.0

N-4 Siju 52.6 41.1 55.0 45.0

N-5 Kau-bedi 51.7 41.6 55.0 45.0

N-6 PPL Township 52.8 41.2 55.0 45.0

N-7 IOCL Road Near Project Site

62.2 53.4 65.0 55.0

N-8 Chaulipalanda 52.5 42.3 55.0 45.0

Source: Primary Data Collection and analysis

3.6.2. Observation on Ambient Noise Quality:

The ambient noise quality of the study area is found within the prescribed National

Ambient Noise Quality Standards prescribed for residential area (Standards - 55 dBA

during day time and 45 dBA during night time) and commercial area (Standards - 65 dBA

during day time and 55 dBA during night time).

3.7. Water Quality

3.7.1. Ground Water Quality

Eight ground water samples and five surface water sample were collected from different

locations around the site during study period. The water samples were examined for

physico-chemical parameters and bacteriological parameters. The samples were

collected and analysed as per the procedures specified in Standard Methods. Samples

for chemical analyses were collected in polyethylene carboys. Samples for bacteriological

analyses were collected in sterilized bottles. Temperature, pH, conductivity and dissolved

oxygen were measured at site itself. Surface water sample were analyzed for various

parameters and assessed using the CPCB’s BDU Criteria.

The name of ground water sampling locations is presented in Table 3.14. The analysis

results of groundwater are presented in Table 3.15.

Table 3.14 Ground Water Sampling Locations

S. No.

Location Source Distance & Direction w.e.f., from the Site

Coordinates

GW1 Project Site Hand Pump 00 20°16'54.60"N, 86°35'50.02"E

GW2 Udayabata Hand Pump 3.3 km, NE 20°18'19.33"N, 86°37'20.35"E

GW3 Katakulla Hand Pump 2.4 km, N 20°18'16.03"N, 86°36'1.20"E

GW4 Chaukimatha Hand Pump 0.6 km, SE 20°16'47.72"N, 86°36'3.18"E

GW5 Paradeepgarh Hand Pump 4.4 km, N 20°19'18.55"N, 86°36'13.28"E

GW6 PPL Township Hand Pump 3.0 km, SE 20°16'15.40"N, 86°37'42.44"E

GW7 Kau-Bedi Hand Pump 1.0 km, S 20°16'10.86"N, 86°35'39.42"E

GW8 Pratappur Hand Pump 3.2 km, SW 20°16'10.36"N, 86°33'57.01"E


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 3.15 Ground Water Quality in the Study Area

S.N. Parameters GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 Method Desired Limit /Permissible Limit

1 pH Value 7.98 7.76 7.58 8.02 APHA-4500 6.5-8.5/No relaxation

2 Temperature 0C 25.4 25.7 25.8 25.5 Part 9 --

3 Conductivity, mhos/cm 2978 2496 1456 1880 APHA-4500 --

4 Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 APHA-2030B 1-5

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 2180 1576 852 1182 APHA-2540B 500/2000

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l 6 4 2 2 APHA-2540D --

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 392 378 298 384 APHA-2340C 200/600

8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 1082 756 486 546 APHA-4500B 250/1000

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 486 412 246 332 Part -23 200/600

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 98.6 86.2 49.5 92.0 APHA-4500E 200/400

11 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 7.6 7.2 5.8 6.2 APHA-4500 45/No relaxation

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 1.2 0.92 0.58 0.72 APHA-4500D 1/1.5

13 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.29 0.24 0.20 0.22 APHA-3111B 0.3/No relaxation

14 Zinc as Zn mg/l 1.3 0.92 0.76 1.0 APHA-3111B 5/15

15 Calcium as Ca mg/l 108 96 64 76 APHA-3500B 75/200

16 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 29.6 33.5 31.1 28.7 APHA-3500B 30/100

17 Sodium as Na mg/l 694 547 212 265 APHA-3500 --

18 Potassium as K mg/l 39 31 17 22 APHA-3500 KB --

19 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.003/No relaxation

20 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.05/1.5

21 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.02/No relaxation

22 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.01/No relaxation

23 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112 0.001/0.001

24 Chromium (Total as Cr) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B 0.5/No relaxation

25 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 APHA-3114 0.01/0.05

26 Phenolic compound mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 Part 43 0.001/0.002

27 Total coliform MPN/100ml Nil Nil Nil Nil APHA-9230B Nil


Table 3.15 continued..........Ground Water Quality in the Study Area


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


S.N. Parameters GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Method Desired Limit /Permissible Limit

1 pH Value 7.32 7.90 7.76 7.96 APHA-4500 6.5-8.5/ No relexation

2 Temperature 0C 25.7 25.8 25.5 25.3 Part 9 --

3 Conductivity, mhos/cm 2068 734 1348 1480 APHA-4500 --

4 Turbidity (NTU) <1 <1 <1 <1 APHA-2030B 1-5

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 1305 458 846 928 APHA-2540B 500/2000

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l 4 2 3 3 APHA-2540D --

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 342 256 268 284 APHA-2340C 200/600

8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 692 122 412 508 APHA-4500B 250/1000

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 388 242 318 218 Part -23 200/600

10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 72.8 32 62 36.8 APHA-4500E 200/400

11 Nitrates as NO3 mg/l 6.6 4.2 5.5 4.8 APHA-4500 45/No relaxation

12 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.88 0.82 0.80 0.85 APHA-4500D 1/1.5

13 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.22 0.20 0.26 0.26 APHA-3111B 0.3/No relaxation

14 Zinc as Zn mg/l 0.98 0.78 0.58 <0.01 APHA-3111B 5/15

15 Calcium as Ca mg/l 84 78.4 62.4 52 APHA-3500B 75/200

16 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 32.1 14.6 27.2 7.4 APHA-3500B 30/100

17 Sodium as Na mg/l 430 52 196 321 APHA-3500 --

18 Potassium as K mg/l 27 8 13 17 APHA-3500 KB --

19 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.003/No relaxation

20 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.05/1.5

21 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.02/No relaxation

22 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B 0.01/No relaxation

23 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112 0.001/0.001

24 Chromium (Total as Cr) mg/l <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B 0.5/No relaxation

25 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 <0.025 APHA-3114 0.01/0.05

26 Phenolic compound mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 0.02 Part 43 0.001/0.002

27 Total coliform MPN/100ml Nil Nil Nil Nil APHA-9230B Nil



& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Observation on Ground water Quality

➢ The pH value of drinking water is an important index of acidity or alkalinity. pH value of

the sample vary from 7.32 to 8.02 in all locations. The pH of the ground water in study

area is slightly basic in nature but found well within the specified limit of Indian drinking

water standard (IS: 10500-2012).

➢ Electric Conductivity levels vary from 734 to 2978 µmho/cm. Total dissolved solids

ranges from 458 to 2180 µg/l which is found well within the permissible limit of Indian

drinking water standard except project site.

➢ The total hardness is an important parameter of water quality. The hardness values in

ground water of the study area ranges between 252 to 392 mg/l which is well within the

permissible limit. The calcium and magnesium values in ground water of the study area

are well within the specified permissible limit of Indian drinking water standard.

➢ The chloride values in ground water samples of the study area ranges between 122 to

1082 mg/l which is found well within the permissible limit of Indian drinking water

standard except project site.

➢ No biological and metallic contamination has been found in any of the ground water

sample collected from the study area.

➢ Overall the ground water quality of the study area were found well within the permissible

limit of Indian Standard IS: 10500-2012, except project site where the TDS, and chloride

values were found slightly higher as than the specified permissible limit of Indian drinking

water standard (IS: 10500-2012).

3.7.2. Surface Water Quality

Santra nalla, Mahanadi River and Sea are the source of surface water in the study area.

Water for the project will be sourced from Taldanda canal (intake point source point no.

16) which located out of the study area. Five (05) surface water samples including Tandla

canal were collected and examined for major physico-chemical parameters and

bacteriological parameters. CPCB best designated Use standards are shown in Table

3.16. Sea water Sample was analysed for various parameters using the Receiving Sea

Water Standards for SW-II Category (ref Table 3.20). Surface water sampling locations

are presented in Table 3.17. Surface water and sea water results provided in Table 18

and Table 3.19.

Table 3.16 CPCB Best Designated Use Standard (Source-CPCB)

Designed Best Use Class of Water

Criteria

Drinking water Source without conventional treatment but after disinfection

A Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5, Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l or less


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Outdoor bathing (Organized) B Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 500 or less, pH between 6.5 and 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 5mg/l or more, Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

Drinking water source after conventional treatment and disinfection

C Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or less, pH between 6 to 9 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

Propagation of Wild life and Fisheries

D pH between 6.5 to 8.5 Dissolved Oxygen 4mg/l or more Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

Irrigation, Industrial Cooling, Controlled Waste disposal

E pH between 6.0 to 8.5 Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm Max.2250 Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26 and Boron Max. 2mg/l

Table 3.17 Surface Water Sampling Locations

S. No. Location Source Distance from Plant Site

Coordinates

Inland Water

SW-1 Taldanda (Water intake location, Point No. 16)

Canal More than 15.0 km away, West

20°18'0.56"N, 86° 4'54.94"E

SW-2 Mahanadi River 5.90km,N 20°20'2.69"N,86°36'51.04"E

Sea water & Creaks

SW-3 Sea Water Sea 4.73km,SE 20°14'29.68"N, 86°37'24.27"E

SW-4 Santra Up Stream of Project Site

Nalla 1.97km,W 20°16'56.15"N, 86°34'26.00"E

SW-5 Santra Down Stream of Project Site

Nalla 1.72km, SW 20°16'21.10"N, 86°34'48.59"E

Table 3.18 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area

S.N. Parameters SW-1

SW-2

Method

1 pH Value 7.32 7.96 APHA-4500

2 Temperature 0C 25.5 25.2 IS:3025:Part 9

3 Conductivity, mhos/cm 452 342 APHA-4500

4 Turbidity (NTU) <5 <5 APHA-2030B

5 Total Dissolved solids mg/l 286 214 APHA-2540B

6 Total Suspended solids mg/l 23 12 APHA-2540D

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 192 114 APHA-2340C 8 Chloride as Cl mg/l 36 52 APHA-4500B

9 Total Alkalinity mg/l 156 102 IS:3025:Part -23


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


10 Sulphates as SO4 mg/l 16.2 14.2 APHA-4500E

11 Fluoride as F mg/l 0.52 0.42 APHA-4500D

12 Iron as Fe mg/l 0.16 0.18 APHA-3111B

13 Zinc as Zn mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

14 Calcium as Ca mg/l 56.0 38.4 APHA-3500B

15 Magnesium as Mg mg/l 12.6 4.4 APHA-3500B

16 Cadmium as Cd mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

17 Copper as Cu mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

18 Nickel as Ni mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

19 Lead as Pb mg/l <0.01 <0.01 APHA-3111B

20 Mercury as Hg mg/l <0.001 <0.001 APHA-3112

21 Total Chromium

(Total as Cr) mg/l

<0.05 <0.05 APHA-3111B

22 Arsenic as As mg/l <0.025 <0.025 APHA-3114

23 Oil & Grease mg/l ND ND IS:3025:Part -39

24 Chemical Oxygen Demand

(as COD mg/l)

14 12 IS:3025:Part -58

25 Bio- Chemical Oxygen Demand as

BOD (for 3 Days 27 ˚C) mg/l

3.2 2.8 IS:3025:Part -44

26 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.5 6.7 APHA

27 Total Coliform MPN/100ml 1568 1248 APHA-9230B

Source: Primery Data Collection and analysis during study period by Laboratory

Observation on Surface water Quality:

The analysis results indicate that the pH ranges in between 7.3 to 7.96, which is well

within the specified standard of 6.8 to 8.5. Surface water quality of the Mahanadi river

and Tandula canal was found to meet the Best Designated Use – ‘C’ Criteria of CPCB (i.e

fit for drinking after conventional treatment). No bacterial contamination was observed in

the surface water samples. No metallic contamination was found in surface water

samples.

Table 3.19 Surface Water Quality in the Study Area

Sl. No.

Parameters Units SW-3 SW-4

SW-5

1 pH Value - 7.84 8.12 8.10

2 Temperature 0 C 25.2 25.0 25.1

3 Turbidity NTU <5 7 8

4 Total Suspended Solids mg/l 42 54 62

5 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 31038 12950 13970

6 Salinity % 28.8 24.3 24.8

7 Dissolved Oxygen mg/l 6.4 5.8 6.1

8 B.O.D (27 0C, 3 days) mg/l 2.8 3.4 3.6

9 C.O.D. mg/l 12 14 16

10 Oil & Grease mg/l ND ND ND


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


11 Nitrite as N mg/l 0.32 0.24 0.27

12 Nitrate as N mg/l 0.15 0.12 0.12

13 Phosphates mg/l 0.18 0.11 0.12

14 Silicates mg/l 2.6 2.1 2.4

15 Total Coliform MF Count./100ml

185 190 195


Table 3.20 Receiving Sea Water Standards for SW-II Category

(Commercial Fishing, Contact Recreation, Bathing Water)

S. No. Parameter Criteria Rationale/ Remarks

1 pH range 6.5 – 8.5 Range does not skin or eye irritation and is

also Conducive for propagation of aquatic

lives

2 Dissolved

solids

4.0 mg/l Not less than 3.5 mg/ l at any time for

protection of aquatic lives

3 Colour and

Odor

No noticeable

color ,odor and

floating matters

Specially caused by chemical compound like

creosols Phenols, Naphtha , Benzene ,

Pyridine, Toluene etc. causing visible

coloration of water and tainting of and odor in

fish flesh

4 Floating

matters

Nothing obnoxious

or detrimental for

use purpose

None in concentration that would impair

usages specially assigned to the class.

5 Fecal Coliform 100 per 100 ml The average value not exceeding 200/100 ml

in 20% of the sample in the year and in 3

consecutive samples in the monsoon months

6 Biochemical

Oxygen

Demand

(BOD 5 days at

20 ˚C)

3 mg/l Restricted for bathing (aesthetic quality of

water) Also prescribed by IS:2296-1974

7 Turbidity 30 NTU (Nephelo-

Turbidity Unit)

Measured at 0.9 depth

Source: Water quality standards for coastal waters marine Outfalls (EPA Rule 1986).

Observation on Sea water Quality:

The sea water quality parameters are compared with water quality standards for coastal

waters marine Outfalls (EPA Rule 1986). The sea water quality is comply with the Class

SW-II of coastal waters marine Outfalls (EPA Rule 1986) which suits for Bathing, Contact

Water Sports and Commercial marine fishing.

3.8. Soil Quality


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth's crust that serves as a natural medium for

the growth of plants. It is the unconsolidated mineral matter that has been subjected to

and influenced by genetic and environmental factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of

nutrients for plants and crops and also provide mechanical anchorage and favorable

tilts.Soil is our most important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that

comes from the earth and is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter,

minerals, clay & water. Soil is the seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi,

earthworms, bacteria etc. These are very beneficial in promoting soil reactions and

decomposing the organic matter by which essential nutrients for plants are liberated.

Most of the soils are made-up of two main parts:

➢ Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is dark

brown in color and consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.

➢ Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria, earthworms,

roundworms, insects, etc. Actually more living organisms live in the soil than above it.

For general characterization of soil a few random samples from the study area to the

depth of about 15-cm may sufficient. Deeper soil samples may be needed only for the

study of soil Profile.

3.8.1. General Characteristics of the Soil in the District

Different types of soils are encountered in different topographical, biological, hydrological

and geological conditions within the district. Coastal Saline and Alluvial Soil are also

observed in the district. Alluvial soils of clayey texture crack upon drying and become

sticky when wet. Water holding capacity (WHC) of this type of soil is high. Once water-

logged, the clay soil takes more time to become ready to plough. Drainage is also difficult

due to slow permeability. The coarse textured soil (sands) are deficient with N, P, K and

S. Texturally the soils of the district are sandy, sandy loam, silty loam & clay loam.

Salinity is the important factor effecting soil characteristics, texture and mineral content of

soil, which has adverse effect on plant growth3. Soil map of the district is presented by

Figure 3.25.

3Source:http://www.orissa.gov.in/eagazine/Orissareview/nov2005/engpdf/Soil_of_Orissa_and_Its_Management.pdf)

http://www.orissa.gov.in/eagazine/Orissareview/nov2005/engpdf/Soil_of_Orissa_and_Its_Management.pdf


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.25 Soil Map of Jagatsinghpur District4

3.8.2. Methodology

The soil samples were collected from Six (06) selected locations during the pre-monsoon

season (March to May 2017). The samples collected from all the locations were

homogeneous representative of each location. At random five sub-locations were

identified at each location and soil samples were collected from 5 to15-cm below the

surface. It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the soil samples. The samples

about 500-gms were packed in polythene bags labeled in the field with location & number

and sent to the laboratory for the analysis of physicochemical parameters.

4Source-ttp://agricoop.nic.in/Agriculture%20Contingency%20Plan/Orissa/Orissa%2018%20Jagatsinghpur%2031.05.2011.pdf)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.8.3. Soil Sampling Locations

Soil sampling was conducted once during the study period of pre-monsoon season. Six

(06) soil samples were collected from selected locations in the vicinity of the proposed

project. For studying soil quality in the study area, sampling locations were selected to

assess the existing soil conditions in and around the existing plant area representing

various land use conditions. The homogenized samples were analyzed for

physicochemical characteristics. Soil sampling locations with their distance & directions

with respect to the proposed project site are presented in Table 3.21.

Table 3.21 Soil Sampling Locations

Sampling Code

Sampling Locations

Distance, km

Direction Coordinates

S-1 Project Site 00 00 20°16'54.60"N,86°35'50.02"E

S-2 Siju 1.3 km NW 20°17'40.87"N,86°35'17.71"E

S-3 Katakulla 2.3 km N 20°18'16.02"N, 86°36'1.19"E

S-4 Chaukimatha 1.7 km NE 20°17'49.64"N,86°36'30.10"E

S-5 Kau-Bedi 1.0 km S 20°16'10.85"N, 86°35'39.41"E

S-6 Pratappur 3.2 km SW 20°16'10.35"N,86°33'57.02"E

Source: Soil Analysis

3.8.4. Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine

the existing soil characteristics of the study area. Soil samples were collected from the

vicinity of proposed project site. Physicochemical characteristics of soil are presented in

Table 3.22.

Table 3.22 Physicochemical Characteristics of Soil

S. No.

Parameters Analytical Results

S-1 S-2 S-3 S-4 S-5 S-6

1. Color Light Grey

Blackish Grey

Blackish Grey

Light Grey

Blackish Grey

Blackish Grey

Physical Characteristics

2. Texture Class Sandy Clay

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Loam

Sandy Clay

Sandy Clay

3. Particle Size Distribution

i Sand (%) 58 66 62 58 55 53

ii Silt (%) 2 16 21 26 6 11

iii Clay (%) 40 18 17 16 39 36

4. Porosity ,% 46.8 50.2 49.1 47.9 49.5 48.7

5. Bulk Density, (gm/cc)

1.41 1.32 1.35 1.38 1.34 1.36

6. Water Holding Capacity, %

30.5 31.2 32.8 31.9 29.5 30.2

7. Permeability, cm/hr 0.13 0.89 1.03 1.20 0.15 0.18

Chemical Characteristics


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


8. pH (20%Slurry) 7.52 7.45 7.18 7.75 7.54 7.63

9. Conductivity,

mho/cm

445 368 398 385 428 378

10. Cation Exchange Capacity, meq/100gm

18.5 17.2 26.8 24.6 26.4 22.5

11. Organic Carbon, % 0.55 0.68 0.53 0.79 0.72 0.62

12. Organic Matter, % 0.95 1.17 0.91 1.36 1.24 1.07

13. Chloride as Cl, mg/kg

98.6 112.8 106.9 124.5 116.4 118.7

14. Fluoride, mg/kg <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1

15. Iron as Fe, mg/kg 5.82 7.22 6.75 7.64 6.71 6.35

16. Manganese, mg/kg 1.55 1.62 2.42 1.45 1.24 2.16

17. Zinc, mg/kg 0.33 0.24 0.26 0.18 0.35 0.22

18. Boron, mg/kg 0.62 0.54 0.64 0.75 0.77 0.68

19. Available Nitrogen

i Nitrogen as N, kg/ha

286.5 256.2 294.8 264.5 258.8 278.4

ii Phosphorus as P, kg/ha

12.6 10.5 13.4 16.2 14.4 14.6

iii Potassium as K, kg/ha

165.5 155.4 172.6 125.5 161.8 182.8

(Source:JP Lab)

3.8.5. Observation on Soil Quality

Physical property

Soil Texture: Texturally the soils of study area are observed as Sandy Clay and Sandy

Loam Soils.

Bulk Density: Bulk density of soil relates to the combined volumes of the solids and pore

spaces. Soil with a high pore space with loose solid particles will have lower bulk density

than those that are more compact and have less pore space. This is directly related to the

movement of air and water through soil thus affecting the productivity. The bulk density of

the soils was found in the range of 1.32 to 1.41-gm/cm3.

Water Holding Capacity: Water-holding capacity is usually defined as the amount of water

that soil can hold. Soil that have fine particles are able to hold more water than coarse

soils while rock fragments cannot hold any water and contribute negatively to soil water-

holding capacity. The type and composition of soil are the controlling factors in this case.

Water Holding Capacity of study area soils was observed as 29.5 to 32.8%.

Permeability: Permeability is the measure of the ability of a soil to transmit water under a

unit hydraulic gradient. For a particular soil, it represents its average water transmitting

properties, which depends mainly on the number and the diameter of the pores present.

Permeability values were found between 1.37 to 2.04-cm/hr under Sandy Clay and Sandy

Loam textured soil in the study area.

Chemical Property


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Soil Reaction Classes and Critical Limits for Macro & Micro Nutrients in Soil: According

to Soil Survey Manual (IARI,1970), the soils are grouped under different soil reaction

classes viz extremely acidic (pH<4.5), very strongly acidic (pH 4.5-5.0 ), strongly acidic

(pH 5.1-5.5), moderately acidic (pH 5.6-6.0), slightly acidic (pH 6.1-6.5), neutral (pH 6.6-

7.3), slightly alkaline (pH 7.4-7.8), moderately alkaline (pH 7.9-8.4), strongly alkaline (pH

8.5-9.0).The soils are rated as low (below 0.50 %), medium (0.50-0.75 %) and high

(above 0.75 %) in case of organic carbon, low (<280-kg/ha), medium (280 to 560-kg/ha)

and high (>560-kg/ha) in case of available nitrogen, low (<10-kg/ha), medium (10 to 25-

kg/ha) and high (>25-kg/ha) for available phosphorus, low (< 108-kg/ha), medium (108 to

280-kg/ha) and high (>280-kg/ha) for available potassium and low (<10-mg/kg), medium

(10-20-mg/kg) and high (>20-mg/kg) for available Sulphur, (Singh et. al. 2004, Mehta et.

al.1988). Critical limits of Fe, Mn, Zn, Cu and B, which separate deficient from non-

deficient soils followed in India, are 4.5, 2.0, 0.5, 0.2 and 0.5-mg/kg respectively. (Follet &

Lindsay-1970 and Berger & Truog-1940)

Soil Reaction: Soil pH is an important soil property, which affects the availability of

several plant nutrients. It is a measure of acidity and alkalinity and reflects the status of

base saturation. The soil pH ranges from 7.18 to 7.63, thereby indicating the soils are

neutral to slightly alkaline in nature.

Organic Carbon: The effect of soil organic matter on soil properties is well recognized.

Soil organic matter plays a vital role in supplying plant nutrients, cation exchange

capacity, improving soil aggregation and hence water retention and soil biological activity.

The Organic Carbon content of soil varied from 0.53 to 0.79% (0.91 to 1.36 % as organic

matter), thereby implying that soils are medium to high in organic content.

1. Macronutrients

Nutrients like nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P) and potassium (K) are considered as primary

nutrients and Sulphur (S) as secondary nutrient. These nutrients help in proper growth,

development and yield differentiation of plants and are generally required by plants in

large quantity.

Available Nitrogen: Nitrogen is an integral component of many compounds including

chlorophyll and enzyme essential for plant growth. It is an essential constituent for amino

acids which is building blocks for plant tissue, cell nuclei and protoplasm. It encourages

aboveground vegetative growth and deep green color to leaves. Deficiency of nitrogen

decreases rate and extent of protein synthesis and results into stunted growth and

develop chlorosis. Available nitrogen content in the surface soils ranges between 256.2

& 294.8-kg/ha thereby indicates that soils are low in available nitrogen content.

.Available Phosphorus: Phosphorus is an important component of Adenosine Di-

Phosphate (ADP) and Adenosine Tri-Phosphate (ATP), which involves in energy

transformation in plant. It is essential component of deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA), the seat

of genetic inheritance in plant and animal. Phosphorous take part in important functions

like photosynthesis, nitrogen fixation, crop maturation, root development, strengthening

straw in cereal crops etc. The availability of phosphorous is restricted under acidic and


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


alkaline soil reaction mainly due to P-fixation. In acidic condition it gets fixed with

aluminum and iron and in alkaline condition with calcium. Available phosphorus content

ranges between 17.8 & 24.6-kg/ha, thereby indicating that soils are medium in available

phosphorus content.

Available Potassium: Potassium is an activator of various enzymes responsible for plant

processes like energy metabolism, starch synthesis, nitrate reduction and sugar

degradation. It is extremely mobile in plant and help to regulate opening and closing of

stomata in the leaves and uptake of water by root cells. It is important in grain formation

and tuber development and encourages crop resistance for certain fungal and bacterial

diseases. Available potassium content in these soils ranges between 125.5 & 182.8-

kg/ha, thereby is indicating that the soils are medium in availability potassium content.

2. Micronutrients

Proper understanding of micronutrients availability in soils and extent of their deficiencies

is the pre-requisite for efficient management of micronutrient fertilizer to sustain crop

productivity. Therefore, it is essential to know the micronutrients status of soil before

introducing any type of land use.

Available Manganese: Manganese is essential in photosynthesis and nitrogen

transformations in plants. It activates decarboxylase, dehydrogenize, and oxides

enzymes. The available manganese content in surface soils was recorded as 1.24 to

2.42-mg/kg as the critical limit of available manganese is 2.0-mg/kg.

Available Zinc: Zinc plays role in protein synthesis, reproductive process of certain plants

and in the formation of starch and some growth hormones. It promotes seed maturation

and production. The available zinc in surface soils of the study area ranges from 0.18 to

0.35-mg/kg. As per the critical limit of available zinc 0.5-mg/kg, most of the study area

soils are more than sufficient in available zinc in the vicinity of the project.

Available Boron: Boron increases solubility and mobility of calcium in the plant and it act

as regulator of K/Ca ratio in the plant. It is required for development of new meristematic

tissue and also necessary for proper pollination, fruit and seed setting and translocation

of sugar, starch and phosphorous etc. It has role in synthesis of amino acid and protein

and regulates carbohydrate metabolism. The available boron content in the soils ranges

from 0.54 to 0.77-mg/kg. The critical limit for deficiency of the available boron is 0.5-mg/

kg.

3.8.6. Cropping Pattern

Agriculture is the main occupation of the district ‘Jagatsinghpur’ population. The rich

fertile soil of Mahanadi, make the region good for cultivation of different crops. The district

is also having some problems in relation to agriculture, such as saline soils, water logging

area, which have some adverse effect on agricultural production & productivity of

cultivated crops. Paddy is the main staple food crop of the area as well as the district.

Cropping Pattern (for Kharif and Rabi season) along with the production and productivity

of major crops in Jagatsinghpur District are presented in Table 3.23 and 3.24.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 3.23 Area under Major Field Crops (As per latest figures 2008-09)

Table 3.24 Production and Productivity of Major Crops

Major Cultivated Field Crops

Area (‘000 ha)

Kharif Rabi Summer Grand Total

Irrigated Rain fed

Total Irrigated Rain fed

Total

Cereals 90.2 -- 90.2 3.3 -- 3.3 -- 93.5

Paddy 90.2 -- 90.2 3.07 -- 3.1 -- 93.2

Wheat -- -- -- 0.14 - 0.1 -- 0.1

Maize -- -- -- 0.09 - 0.1 -- 0.1

Ragi -- -- -- 0.006 -- 0.006 -- 0.006

Pulses -- -- -- 19.7 28.8 49.1 -- 49.0

Mung -- -- -- 12.6 16.3 28.9 -- 28.9

Biri -- -- -- 7.1 10.1 17.2 -- 17.2

Kulthi -- -- -- -- 2.4 2.4 -- 2.4

Cow pea -- -- -- 0.5 -- 0.5 -- 0.5

Gram -- -- -- 0.05 -- 0.05 -- 0.05

Oilseeds -- -- -- 10.6 -- 10.6 -- 10.6

Groundnut -- -- -- 6.9 -- 6.9 -- 6.9

Mustard/Toria -- -- -- 2.8 -- 2.8 -- 2.8

Til -- -- -- 0.4 -- 0.4 -- 0.4

Sunflower -- -- -- 0.4 -- 0.4 -- 0.4

Sugarcane 0.6 -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.6

Condiments & Spices

5.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 5.3

Chilli 0.3 -- -- -- -- -- -- 0.3

Turmeric 0.2 --- -- -- -- -- -- 0.2

Other Spices 2.6 --- -- -- -- -- -- 2.6

Total Condiments & Spices

8.4 - -- -- -- -- -- 8.4

S.

No.

Horticulture Crops -

Fruits

Area (‘000 ha)

Total Irrigated Rain

fed

A Fruits 0.2 0.2 0.03

Kagji Lime (Neebu) 0.04 0.04 --

Mango 0.04 0.02 0.03

Banana 0.15 0.15 -

B Horticulture Crops-Vegetables

Potato 0.4 0.4 -

Onion 1.7 1.7 -

Other 18.3 18.3 -

C Coconut

75000 bearing Coconut trees

(0.43) 0.08 0.35


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


(Source-http://agricoop.nic.in/Agriculture%20Contingency%20Plan/Orissa/Orissa%2018-%20Jagatsinghpur%2031.05.2011.pdf)

Table 3.25 Production and Productivity of Major Crops

Name of Crop

Kharif Rabi Total

Prodn.

('000 t)

Prodty.

(kg/ha)

Prodn.

('000 t)

Prodty.

(kg/ha)

Prodn.

('000 t)

Prodty.

(kg/ha)

Major Field Crops (Crops to be identified based on total acreage)

Paddy 87.794 2064 3.7 3070 91.6 2890

Wheat -- -- 0.1 1806 0.1 1806

Maize --- -- 0.1 1891 0.1 1891

Ragi -- -- 0.006 833 0.006 833

Gram -- -- 0.04 826 0.04 826

Mung -- -- 28.9 371 28.9 371

Biri --- -- 17.2 443 17.2 443

Kulthi -- -- 2.4 442 2.4 442

Cowpea -- -- 0.5 471 0.5 471

Groundnut -- -- 6.9 2078 6.9 2078

Til -- -- 0.4 343 0.4 343

Sunflower -- -- 0.4 436 0.4 436

Mustard/ Toria -- -- 2.8 250 2.8 250

Sugarcane 0.6 50083 -- -- 0.6 50083

Major Horticultural Crops (Crops to be identified based on total acreage)

Potato -- -- 4.9 13006 -- --

Onion -- -- 16.1 9503 -- --

Other Vegetables -- -- 243.1 -- -- --

Total Veg. -- -- 264.0 -- --

Chilli 4.5 -- -- 850 -- --

Ginger 0.5 -- -- 1852 -- --

Turmeric 0.5 -- -- 2238 -- --

Other Spices 3.8 -- -- -- -- --

Total Condiment s &

Spices 9.3 -- -- -- -- --

(Source-http://agricoop.nic.in/Agriculture%20Contingency%20Plan/Orissa/Orissa%2018%20Jagatsinghpur%2031.05.2011.pdf)

(Average of last 5 years, 2004-08)

Areca nut 0.03 - 0.03

Cashew 0.490 - 0.490

D Hybrid Napier 0.02 0.02 0.003

Fodder Oat 0.01 0.01 -

Barseem 0.008 0.008 -

Total Fodder Area 0.04 0.04 0.003

Grazing Land 7.4 - 7.4


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.9. Triffic Study

Traffic levels in the study area were selected for 1 monitoring stations at IOCL Road.

Date of Monitoring

: 12.04.2017

Road Lane: 4 Lane

60 ft.

Location: IOCL Road (Near

Niharuni)

Time (Hrs.) Two wheelers

Four wheelers Light vehicles

Heavy vehicles

Total

6:00 95 72 29 39 235

7:00 122 104 52 78 356

8:00 159 121 43 89 412

9:00 229 233 72 121 655

10:00 197 222 73 86 578

11:00 231 130 68 150 579

12:00 228 147 70 105 550

13:00 225 112 60 122 519

14:00 187 255 55 182 679

15:00 147 231 90 142 610

16:00 134 196 68 124 522

17:00 230 218 82 157 687

18:00 165 148 102 140 555

19:00 200 188 143 135 666

20:00 169 153 111 148 581

21:00 130 133 93 107 463

22:00 128 112 68 123 431

23:00 67 77 55 100 299

0:00 38 81 68 92 279

1:00 30 52 36 63 181

2:00 14 44 30 52 140

3:00 13 34 34 26 107

4:00 29 21 54 41 145

5:00 36 28 39 52 155

Total 3203 3112 1595 2474 10384

3.10. Ecological Environment

The Botanical and wildlife species in an area depend on the availability of suitable habitat

for survival. Habitat loss and increasing habitat fragmentation are the primary causes of

species decline in these environments. This section provides an overview of flora and

fauna observed in study area during site visit.

Vegatation at proposed site: The total land identified for establishing proposed plant is

about 83.26 acres. There is no forest land is involved with the proposed project. The

identified land is barren land with seasonal grasses. No trees are present on the identified

land. Photographs of the proposed land are provided in Figure 3.26.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.26 Type of vegetation on identified land for proposed project

3.10.2. Forest/Vegetation in Jagatsinghpur District

The district has a meager forest area. The total forest area of the district is estimated to

be 132.92 Sq. Kms. Out of the total forest area, the reserve forest area is only 1.23 sq.

km and demarcated protected forest area is 4.77 sq. kms. Un-demarcated forest area is

83.06 sq. km. unclassified forest area is 0.02 sq. km. and other forest area is 43.84 sq.

kms. The major forest products of the district are mango, sopeta, kendu leaves, sal

leaves and tamarind. Important minor forest produces are sunari barks, arjuna barks,

karanja seeds, neem seeds, mushroom, sal leaves etc.

3.10.3. Vegetation in Study Area (10 Km study Area)

The study area forms a part of the Mahanadi delta plain on the east coast. Alluvial and

fluvio tidal settlements cover the area. The soil cover in the study area is mostly alfisols

and entisols formed in recent times. It has got moderate level of nutrients. The study area

falls in coast of Paradeep and vegetation type is coastal vegetation. Most of the land

within 10 km radius of the project site is under cultivation, water bodies, open shrub and

grasses and settlement respectively. There is about 15.56% land is under open shrub &

grass land. The percentage land cover with different types of vegetations in the study

area is about 8.3 %. The vegetations include trees, as well as shrubs and herbs

excluding grass cover. There is a patch of the protected forest namely Jogidhankud P.F

is present within the study area. Jogidhankud P.F is present about 4.8 km south of the

proposed plant site.

There are no protected areas of national ecological significance like Reserved Forests,

National Park, Wild Life Sanctuary, Biosphere Reserves and Ramsar Site within the study

area.

Most of the natural vegetation cover has been extensively damaged from time to time due

to natural calamities like cyclones, super cyclone in 1999, storm surge and inundation.

The vegetation in the study area is meagre and scanty. In few locations away from the

coast is extremely rich in vegetation the luxuriant green leaves covered. Different species

of pandanus species are very common by the side of village road. The dominant species


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


found is Albizia lebbeck (Sirish) and co-dominant species found are again Casuarina

equisetifolia (Jhau) and Anacardium Occidentale respectively. In the beach area

Casuarina equisetifolia form a beautiful green cover. The shrubs like piper betel,

Calotropis, Datura, Solanum, Acanthus, Opuntia and Lantana etc.are also dominant in

this area areas.

The coastal area is few patches of mangrove were observed near Mahanadi estuary area

and Jatadhar creek. Typical among them as observed is Avicennia officinalis, Bruguiera

gymnorrhiza, Ceriops decandra etc. List of the flora observed in the study area is

provided in Table 3.25 & Table 3.26.

Table 3.26 List of Flora present in Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Family Common Name

1 Aegle marmelos Rutaceae Bel

2 Alangium salvifolium Lecythidaceae Akar Kanta

3 Albiziz libbek Mimosaceae Sirish

4 Annona reticulate Annonaceae Nona ata

5 Atrocarpus heterophyllus Moraceae Kanthal

6 Azadirachta indica Meliaceae Neem

7 Acacia euriculiformis Mimosaceae Akashmoni

8 Achrus zapota Sapotaceae Sabada

9 Ailanthus excelsa Simaroubaceae Maharukk

10 Albizia odoratissima Mimosaceae Kalo Sirish

11 A. procera Mimosaceae Safed Sirish

12 Alstonia macrophylla Apocynaceae Match Stick Tree

13 Anthocephalus cadamba Rubiaceae Kadam

14 Acacia nilotica Mimosaceae Black Babool

15 Anogeissus acuminate Combretaceae Dhaura

16 Barringtonia acutangula Lecythidaceae Hijal

17 B. racemosa Lecythidaceae Samudra

18 Bombax ceiba Bombacaceae Shimul

19 Butea monosperma Papillonaceae Palash

20 Carica papaya Caricaceae Pepe

21 Caesalpinia pulcherrima Caesalpiniaceae Krishnachura

22 Callistemon lanceolatus Myrtaceae Bottle Brush

23 Calophyllum inophyllum Clusiaceae Sultani Champa

24 Cassia biflora Leguminosae Cassia

25 Polyalthia longifolia Annonaceae Debdaru

26 Dillenia indica Dilleniceae Chalta

27 Cassia fistula Caesalpiniaceae Bandar Lathi

28 Cassia siamea Caesalpiniaceae Holud Sandal

29 Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarinaceae Jhau

30 Crescentia cujete Bignoniaceae Calabus Tree

31 Coccoloba uvifera Polygonaceae Sea Grape

32 Diospyros kaki Ebenaceae Gab

33 D. Peregrina Ebenaceae Gab

34 Delbergia sissoo Fabaceae Shishu


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


35 D. lanciolaria Fabaceae Chakemdia

36 Delonix regia Caesalpiniaceae Radha Chura

37 Delbergia spinasa Fabaceae Red Wood

38 Erythrina ovalifolia Papillonaceae Harikakra

39 E. variegata Papillonaceae Farah

40 Eucalyptus globules Myrtaceae Blue Gum

41 E. citriodara Myrtaceae Citron Scented Gum

42 Excoecaria agallocha Euphorbiaceae Geon

43 Feronia limonia Rutaceae Kad Bel

44 Ficus benghalansis Moraceae Bat Gach

45 Ficus hispida Moraceae Fig

46 Ficus racemosa Moraceae Gular

47 Ficus religiosa Moraceae Ashwatha

48 Ficus benjamina Moraceae Javan Fig

49 Grewia asiatica Tiliaceae Phalsa

50 Gliricidia sepium Leguminosae Mougi Sirish

51 Gmelina arborea Verbenaceae Gamar

52 Hibiscus tiliaceous Malvaceae Bola, Chelwa

53 Holarrhena antidysenterica Apocynaceae Kurchi

54 Inga dulc Papilionaceae Jilibi Babla

55 Jacaranda mimosifolia Bignoniaceae Vila Gulmohar

56 Kandelia candel Rhizophoraceae Candel Tree

57 Leucaena leucocephala Mimosaceae Subabool

58 Lagerstroemia speciosa Lythraceae Jarul

59 Lagerstroemia indica Lythraceae Pharas

60 Lumnitzera racemosa Combretaceae Kripa

61 Mangifera indica Anacardiaceae Mango

62 Moringa oleifera Moringaceae Sajne

63 Mangolia grandiflora Magnoliaceae Barachampa

64 Michelia champa Magnoliaceae Champa

65 Morinda citrifolia Rubiaceae Achamia

66 Mymusops elangi Sapotaceae Bakul

67 Memecylan umbellatum Melastomataceae Iron wood tree

68 Memecylan edule Melastomataceae Iron wood tree

69 Nactyanthus arbor-tristis Oleaceae Sheuli

70 Polyalthia suberosa Annonaceae Barachali

71 Pongamia pinnata Papilionaceae Karanja

72 Populus deltoides Salicaceae Poplar

73 Psidium guajava Myrtaceae Amrud

74 Pterocarpus indicus Papilionaceae Malay Paduka

75 Putranjiva roxburghii Euphorbiaceae Child Life Tree

76 Premna barba Verbenaceae Premna

77 Peltophorum Ferrugineum Caesalpiniaceae Radha Chura

78 Plumeria acutifolia Apocynaceae Garur Champa

79 Plumeria rubra Apocynaceae Garur Champa

80 Parkinsonia aculeate Caesalpiniaceae Vilayati Babool

81 Saraca indica Caesalpiniaceae Ashok

82 Sesbania grandiflora Papilionaceae Bak Phool


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


83 Sesbania sesbsn Papilionaceae Jainti

84 Spondius pinnata Anacardiaceae Amra

85 Streblus asper Moraceae Sheara

86 Strychnos nuxvomica Lagamiaceae Kuchila

87 Syzygium cuminii Myrtaceae Kalo Jam

88 Samanea saman Mimosaceae Vilayati Sirish

89 Swietenia mahogani Meliaceae Mehagani

90 Swietenia macrophylla Meliaceae Barapata

91 Spathodia campanulata Bignoniaceae African Tulip Tree

92 Sonneratia alba Sonneratiaceae Urava

93 Sonneratia apetala Sonneratiaceae Keora

94 Tamarindus indica Caesalpiniaceae Tentul

95 Trema orientalis Moraceae Jibanti

96 Trewia nudiflora Euphorbiaceae Pittuli

97 Tabebuia pallida Bignoniaceae Parul

98 Tecoma stans Bignoniaceae Chandra Prabha

99 Tectona grandis Verbenaceae Sagaun

100 Terminalia catappa Combretaceae Kath Badam

101 Terminalia arjuna Combretaceae White Murdah

102 Thespesia populnea Malvaceae Palas Pipul

103 Wrightia tomentosa Apocynaceae Dudhkoraiya

104 Ziziphus mauritiana Rhamnaceae Kul

Table 3.27 List of Herbs & Shrubs

S. No. Scientific Name Family Common Name

105 Acalypha hispida Euphorbiaceae Acalypha

106 Abelmoschus manihot Malvaceae Bon Vendi

107 Abutilon indicum Malvaceae Patari

108 Achyranthes aspera Amaranthaceae Apang

109 Bryophyllum sp Crassulaceae Patharkuchi

110 Calotropis procera Asclepiadaceae Akanda

111 Calotropis esculanta Asclepiadaceae Sweet Akanda

112 Canna indica Cannaceae Kalabati

113 Carissa carandas Apocynaceae Karamcha

114 Carissa esculanta Apocynaceae Karamcha

115 Cassia tora Caesalpiniaceae Chakundi

116 Catharanthus roseus Apocynaceae Nayantara

117 Capparis spinosa Capparidaceae Kabra

118 Cestrum nocturnum Solanaceae Hasnuhama

119 Celosia cristata Amaranthaceae Morog Jhuri

120 Datura metel Solanaceae Dhatura

121 Euphorbia leucocephala Euphorbiaceae Pheeljhuri

122 Lantana camara Verbenaceae Chotra

123 Moringa pterygosperma Moringaceae Sajna

124 Nerium indicum Apocynaceae Karobi

125 Nerium oleander Apocynaceae Rose Bay

126 Opuntia dillenii Cactaceae Phanimansa


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


127 Ocimum sp. Labiatae Tulsi

128 Pandanus tectorius Pandanaceae Keya

129 Pandanus foetidus Pandanaceae Keya Kanta

130 Pandanus fascicularis Pandanaceae Keya

131 T. diuaricata Apocynaceae Tagar

132 Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae Kolkaful

133 Tephrosia purpurea Papilionaceae Ban Neel

134 Tridax procumbens Compositae Tridakshya

135 Piper betle Piperaceae Betel

3.10.4. Medicinal Plants

Ayurveda says “There is no plant on the earth, which does not possess medicinal

property”, this means that each and every plant is equally important for its biological

activities, ecology and environment. The conservation of medicinal plants means every

species of plants in its natural habitat should be protected and preserved. Conservation

of invaluable biodiversity is a national and international agenda. Because of continuous

exploitation of medicinal plants from their natural habitats, it is required to replant and

regenerate them in other areas having similar habitat or environment. Due to over

exploitation of natural resources many plant species have become extinct from the world.

During the field survey of the study area, it was observed that the medicinal plant species

occurred in a sporadic manner and only a few medicinal plant species could be identified.

Some of the medicinal plant species as could be recorded are Acalypha sps.

(Muktajhuri). Ocimum sanctum (Tulasi), Cassia fistula, Aegle marmelos (bel) etc are

common varieties of medicinal plant species.

3.10.5. Agricultural crop

The study area is under the agro ecological region of hot subhumid to semi-arid eco

region with coastal alluvium derived soils. The length of growing period of corps is 90–

210 days. The normal annual rainfall is about 1,600 mm. The soil is sandy clayey with

medium nutrient level. The microbial population indicates that the soil is favorable for the

growth of agricultural crops. The principal food crop is paddy followed by pulses,

potatoes, oil seeds and vegetables etc. Fruit trees are mango, jack fruit, guava, tamarind,

banana etc. The garden vegetables are onion, cucumber, tomato, beans, pea, cabbage,

cauliflower etc.

3.10.6. Mangrooves

Mangrove vegetation together with mud flats traversed through a network of tidal creaks

like Jatadhar Mohan creek etc., except some areas which are Sandy shoreline. Mangrove

vegetation provides food for fishes, prawns and other animals. The mangrove plays a

vital role in the economy of the area both for human beings as well as for the fauna. Main

flora of mangroves are fonned of Avicennia officina/es, A. alba, A. marina, Rhizophora

mucronate which are more abundant on the banks of the Mahanadi river mouth and are

characterized by reddish and jo~nted pneumatophores.

3.10.7. Threatened Plant Species


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Threatened taxa are those species which are vulnerable to endangerment in the near

future. Threatened status of any taxa is not a single category but is a group of three

categories, critically endangered, endangered and vulnerable. On the application of

different criteria of IUCN for the assessment of conservation status of taxa, no taxa were

found threatened in the study area. The reported taxa have also not been enlisted in the

Red Data Book of Indian plants (Nayar and Shastry, 1988).

Rare and Endangered Plant Species in the Study Area: No rare and endangered plant

species was observed in the study area (Source: Red Data Book of Indian Plants, N.P

Nayar and A. P. K. Sastry, B.S.I. 1988).

3.10.8. Faunal Biodiversity

Most of the land within 10 km radius of the project site is under cultivation, waterbodies,

open shrub and grasses and settlement respectively. There is about 15.56% land is

under open shrub & grass land. The percentage landcover with different types of

vegetations in the study area is about 8.3%. Such scanty vegetation coupled by speedy

industrial development has left the area devoid of any significant faunal species or

wildlife. A faunistic checklist of the study area has been prepared that brings out that the

study area is not a habitat for wild lives. The fauna species as observed during field

survey and reported by the local people are mostly of Schedule IV and V categories such

as Funambulus pennant (Palm Squirrel), Hystrix indica (Procupine), Naja naja (Indian

Cobra), Vipera sp (Bora Snake) etc and are also commonly sited. List of fauna found in

the study area is presented in Table.3.27. The listed fauna has been cross-checked with

Red Data Book of Indian Animals (Zoological Survey of India). There is no endangered or

critical faunal species in the study area.

Table 3.28 List of the Fauna Recorded in Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Conservation status as per Wildlife Protection

Act (1972)

Mammals

1 Macaca mulatta Rhesus Monkey Sch-II

2 Presbytis entellus Langur Sch-II

3 Funumbulus pennant Palm Squirrel Sch-IV

4 Hystrix indica Procupine Sch-IV

Reptiles & Amphibians

1 Gecko gecko Tucktoo Sch-IV

2 Hemidactylus leschenumti Tree Gecko Sch-IV

3 Hemidactylus flavivirids Wall Lizard Sch-IV

4 Calotes versicolor Garden Lizard Sch-IV

5 Trimeresures gramineus Bamboo Pit Riper Sch-IV

6 Varanus sp Water Monitor Sch-IV

7 Ptyas mucosus Common Rat Snake Sch-II

8 Vipera russielli Ressell’s Viper Sch-II

9 Naja naja Indian Cobra Sch-II

10 Bungarus Caeruleus Common Indian Krait Sch-IV


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


11 Bungarus Fasciatus Sakhamuti Sch-IV

3.10.9. Avifaunal Investigation

Avifauna is an important part of the ecosystem playing the various roles as scavengers,

pollinators, predators of insect, pest, etc. They are also one of the bio indicators of

different status of environment and affected by urbanization, industrialization and human

interference. They can be used as sensitive indicators of pollution and malfunction of

ecosystem. The study area is inhabited by thirty seven species of birds. The list of

avifauna obsereved in the study area is given in Table 3.28.

Table 3.29 List of the Birds Surveyed / Recorded in the Study Area

S. No. Scientific Name Common Name Conservation status as per Wildlife Protection

Act (1972)

1 Acridotheres tristis Common Myna Sch-IV

2 Acrocephalus aedon Thick Billed Wrabler Sch-IV

3 Acrocephalus stentoreus Indian Great Red Wrabler Sch-IV

4 Apus pacifieus House Swift Sch-IV

5 Artamus tuscus Ashy Wood Swallow Sch-IV

6 C. macrorhynchos Large billed Crow Sch-IV

7 Centropus sinensis Coucal Sch-IV

8 Clamator Pied Cuckoo Sch-IV

9 Columba livia Rock Pigeon Sch-IV

10 Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin Sch-IV

11 Corvus splendens House Crow Sch-IV

12 Cuculum varius Common Hawk Cuckoo Sch-IV

13 Cypsiurus balasiensis Palm Swift Sch-IV

14 D. aeneus Bronzed Drongo Sch-IV

15 D. leucophaeus Ashy Drongo Sch-IV

16 Dendrocitta vagabunda Refous Treepie Sch-IV

17 Dicrurus macrocurcus Black Drongo Sch-IV

18 Hirundo rustica Barn Swallow Sch-IV

19 Lanius tephronotus Gray Backed Shrike Sch-IV

20 Lenchura malacca Black Headed Munia Sch-IV

21 M. flava Yellow Wagtail Sch-IV

22 Milvus migrans Pariah Kite Sch-IV

23 Motacilla alba White Wagtail Sch-IV

24 O. xanthornus Black Hooded Oriole Sch-IV

25 Oriolus oriolus Eurarian Golden Oriole Sch-IV

26 Orthotomus sutorius Common Tailored Bird Sch-IV

27 P. cafer Red Vented Bulbul Sch-IV

28 P. krameri Rose ringed Parakeet Sch-IV

29 Passer domesticus House Sparrow Sch-IV

30 Pluvialis apricaria Golden Plaver Sch-IV

31 Psittacula cupatria Alexandrine parakeet Sch-IV

32 S. decaocta Collarded Dove Sch-IV

33 Streptopeliua chinensis Spotted Dove Sch-IV


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


34 Sturnus contra Asian Pied Myna Sch-IV

35 Upupa epops Common Hoopoe Sch-IV

36 V. indicus Red Wattled Lapwing Sch-IV

37 Vanellus cinereus Grey Headed Lapwing Sch-IV

Aquatic Environment

The land based water bodies in the study area occupy about 23.58 per cent comprising

ponds, standing flood water, rivers/streams and sea. The major water body is sea

occupying maximum part. The main land based water bodies present in the study area

are Mahanadi river, Santra nala, Mahanga nala, Taldanga canal, other streams and

Jatadharmohan River Creek.

Fisheries: Fishing is the main occupation of the fisherman. As per the informal

consultation with the fishermem at present more than 600 small fishing trawlers and

about seventy large fishing trawlers are engaged in coastal fishing and deep sea fishing

through Paradeep Port day in and day out. Presently, they are not directly operating

through the Port but through the Fishing Harbour connected to the Bay of Bengal through

the river Mahanadi. Variety of marine fishes catches reported from the study area. The

marine fish catch comprises of Rays, cat fishes, Clupeids, Crockers, Threadfin, Breams,

Ribbon fishes, sole, Crabs, Prawns and Stomatopod.

Inland water Fishery: the riverine resources of the study area comprises namely

Mahanadi river, Santra nala, Mahanga nala, Taldanga canal, other streams and

Jatadharmohan River Creek. Because of high salinity mostly estuarine fishes, prawn and

crabs are captured by various means of gears. The important fish varieties are Mysteus

guilio, Mugil cephalus, M. parsian, M macrolepi, Polyneuis spp. Glossogebius spp.

Penaeus indicus, P. mondon and crabs.

With reference to the fresh water culture fishes, the dominant catches are Catla catla,

Lebeo rohita, Lebeo bata, Catla catla, cyprinus carpio and cat fishes.

3.11. Socio-Economic Environment

3.11.1. Demographic & Socio-Economic Features

Demography is one of the important indicators of environmental health of an area. It

includes population, sex ratio, number of households, literacy, population density, etc. In

order to assess the Demographic & Socio-economic features of the area, Census data of

2011, for the concerned District Jagatsinghpur, in Odisha State was compiled and placed

in the fo

rm of tabulation and graphical representation.

As per the census records5 2011, Jagatsinghpur district has a population of 1,136,971

persons. The district has a population density of 682 inhabitants per square kilometre. Its

5 (Source-https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Jagatsinghpur_district)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


population growth rate over the decade 2001-11 was recorded as 7.5%. Jagatsinghapur

District also has a sex ratio of 968 females for every 1000 males, and an average literacy

rate of 86.6%. In terms of population per sq.km Jagatsinghapur is 2nd densely populated

district in the state.

3.11.2. Population Distribution in the Study Area

As per the census records 2011, the total population of the study area was recorded as

173282 persons of ninety five (95) revenue villages including one town named Paradeep

(M) of Jagatsinghpur District in Odisha. All the revenue villages/towns are mainly under

seven (07) Tehsils namely Paradeep, Paradeep Lock, Kujang, Abhyachandpur, Ersama,

Tirtol, and Jagatsinghapur of Jagatsinghapur District in Odisha. Total number of

‘Households’ was recorded as 40114 in the 10-km radius study area. Male-female wise

total population was recorded as 91044 males and 82238 females respectively.

Caste-wise population distribution of the study area revenue villages / towns is shown in

Table 3.29 as follows;

Table 3.30 Caste-wise Population Distribution of Study Area Villages

Name of Village

No of

Household

s

Total Population

Scheduled

Castes

Scheduled

Tribes

Persons Male Female Male Female Male Female

Musadia 810 2852 1625 1227 105 81 21 6

Keruadia-kandha …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Musadia Jungle …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Baharatari 32 140 72 68 20 20 0 1

Baharataridia …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Bhutumundai 850 3933 2035 1898 422 389 2 2

Telengadia …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Thanaharadia …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Singitalia 170 880 457 423 55 45 0 0

Pipal 480 2573 1326 1247 438 416 0 0

Chakradharpur 180 851 432 419 96 102 3 1

Balidia 386 1972 989 983 29 37 2 2

Nuagarh 525 2565 1282 1283 116 120 0 0

Aganasi …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Udayabata 449 1953 1008 945 61 50 7 4

Chunabelari 353 1717 878 839 44 38 2 2

Nimidhihi 261 1371 704 667 73 78 3 2

Katakulla 182 890 464 426 22 20 0 0

Katha-ada 107 417 243 174 21 20 0 0

Koladia 96 430 225 205 186 166 0 0

Jagati 245 1232 611 621 86 101 0 0

Nunukua 293 1380 696 684 184 155 0 0

Narendrapur 319 1442 750 692 256 222 0 0


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Kothi 425 2074 1063 1011 194 167 0 0

Jhimani 595 2963 1502 1461 245 257 2 1

Siju 303 1531 776 755 110 109 0 0

Pitambarpur 143 680 343 337 17 15 0 0

Niharunikandha 58 251 129 122 29 26 0 0

Niharuni 72 314 160 154 27 25 0 0

Bhandua 129 551 277 274 96 98 0 0

Kujanga 825 3686 1914 1772 160 152 1 3

Balarampur 1143 5464 2838 2626 651 596 0 0

Badanga 225 1095 565 530 21 19 0 0

Baidigadi 52 227 115 112 3 2 17 12

Naladia Palanda …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Santara 338 1683 872 811 218 219 0 0

Talapada 80 342 182 160 20 21 0 0

Mangarajpur 724 3314 1674 1640 838 809 0 0

Hasina 509 2252 1170 1082 650 610 2 0

Duadia 485 2282 1155 1127 661 633 4 3

Pangara 98 478 249 229 90 92 0 0

Fatepur 581 2840 1495 1345 485 443 0 0

Pratappur 223 945 455 490 7 8 0 0

Mirigidiakandha …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Kharigotha 210 1057 538 519 35 26 0 0

Gopiakuda 962 4293 2211 2082 1676 1588 1 0

Ghodamara 121 593 309 284 188 171 0 0

Panpalli 372 1591 791 800 89 90 0 0

Mallipura 147 686 366 320 37 21 0 0

Jamukana …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Mahakaldia …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Baulanga 300 1429 738 691 100 96 1 0

Badabandha 196 889 460 429 55 43 3 3

Balia 361 1681 828 853 103 130 0 0

Parianga 152 625 313 312 61 52 0 0

Balipari 128 721 356 365 10 11 0 0

Alligarh 122 506 269 237 0 0 0 0

Badagabapur 279 1193 623 570 75 77 0 0

Manapur 277 1166 594 572 116 110 0 0

Parapada 71 360 189 171 49 37 0 0

Mulakani 47 238 127 111 0 0 0 0

Bamadeipur 710 3161 1592 1569 469 450 1 2

Chhatarakandha 124 524 268 256 0 0 0 0

Jalapadakandha 3 11 8 3 0 0 0 0

Kuatarakandha 17 65 35 30 0 0 0 0

Kokakhandha 35 129 65 64 0 0 0 0

Balitutha 297 1231 598 633 154 166 0 0

Badabuda 149 688 353 335 37 37 0 0

Kankardia 445 2086 1050 1036 116 124 0 0


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Sunadiakandha 90 342 183 159 19 16 0 0

Badakantakandha …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Firikichhitakandha …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Chaukimatha …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Bagadia 544 2736 1422 1314 469 418 0 0

Kau-Bedi …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Kaduapalli-kandha …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Chauliapalanda 6 30 13 17 0 0 0 0

Khasulidia …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Barkuda …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Panigadiakandha 4 12 6 6 1 2 0 0

Gobindapur 661 2743 1369 1374 512 533 0 0

Dhinkia 832 4141 2114 2027 831 818 2 0

Trilochanpur 554 2803 1436 1367 475 460 0 0

Baradakandha …………………………………Uninhabited Village…………………………..

Abhayachandapur 8 28 13 15 0 0 7 5

Kansaripatia 5 9 4 5 2 3 0 0

Garadamalla 118 530 270 260 27 23 0 0

Raghunathpur 101 481 246 235 59 61 0 0

Srirampur 155 747 386 361 45 48 0 0

Anantapur 103 405 200 205 56 54 0 0

Madhusudanpur

Sasan 362 1587 806 781 391 385 0 0

Kodala 102 442 235 207 0 0 0 0

Akasudha 162 689 330 359 14 17 0 0

Alipingal 551 2479 1299 1180 300 263 10 12

Paradeep (M) 17485 68585 37300 31285 3884 3283 1553 1371

TOTAL 40114 173282 91044 82238 17191 15974 1644 1432

Source: Census 2011 Sex Ratio

The ‘Sex Ratio’ of the study area is a numeric relationship between females and males of

an area and bears paramount importance in the present day scenario where the un-

ethnic pre-determination of sex and killing of female foetus during pregnancy is practiced

by unscrupulous medical practitioners against the rule of the law of the country. It is

evident that by contrast the practice of female foeticide is not prevalent in the study area.

As per the census records 2011, the entire study area is falling in Jagatsinghpur district of

Odisha. The ‘Sex Ratio’ was observed as 968 females per 1000 males in the District. The

same was recorded as 903 females for every 1000 males in the study area. The child sex

ratio of the district was observed as 904 female children per 1000 male children. The

village wise male-female population distribution for the study area is depicted and shown

by graphical representation in Figure 3.27.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.27 : Male-Female wise Population Distribution

Scheduled Caste & Scheduled Tribe Population

On the basis of the village wise SC & ST population distribution of the study area during

2011, the ‘Scheduled Castes’ population was observed as 33165 persons consisting of

17191 males and 15974 females respectively in the study area which accounts as 19.1%

to the total population (as 173282 persons) of the study area. ‘Scheduled Tribes’

population was observed as 3076 persons, accounting as 1.8% to the total population of

the study area consisting of 1644 males and 1432 females. It implies that the rest 79.1%

of the total population belongs to the General category. Male-female wise distribution of

‘SC’ & ‘ST’ population in the study area is graphically shown in Figure 3.28 & 3.29.

0

50000

100000

150000

200000

Total Population Male Population Female Population

Total Population

Total Population


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.28 : Male-Female wise ‘SC’ Population in Study Area

Figure 3.29 : Male-Female wise ‘ST’ Population in Study Area

Literacy Rate

Literacy level is quantifiable indicator to assess the development status of an area or

region. Male-Female wise literates and illiterates population is represented in Table

3.30.Total literates population was recorded as 133609 persons (77.1%) in the study

area. Table 7.30 reveals that Male-Female wise literates are observed as 74457 & 59152

persons respectively, implies that the ‘Literacy Rate’ is recorded as 77.1% with male-

female wise percentages being 43.0% & 34.1% respectively. The total illiterate’s

population was recorded as 39673 persons (22.9%) in the study area. Male-Female wise

0

10000

20000

30000

40000

Total SCPopulation

Male SCPopulation

Female SCPopulation

Total SC Population

Total SC Population

0

1000

2000

3000

4000

Total STPopulation

Male STPopulation

Female STPopulation

Total ST Population

Total ST Population


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


illiterates were 16587 (9.6%) and 23086 (13.3%) respectively. The Male-Female wise

graphical representation of literates & illiterates population in study area villages/town is

shown in Figure 3.30.

Figure 3.30 : Male-Female wise Distribution of Literates & Illiterates

Table 3.31 : Male-Female wise Literates & Illiterates Population

Name of the Village

Total

Population

Literates Illiterates

Persons Males Females Persons Males Females

Musadia 2852 2205 1334 871 647 291 356



Baharatari 140 123 64 59 17 8 9


Bhutumundai 3933 3001 1676 1325 932 359 573



Singitalia 880 717 388 329 163 69 94

Pipal 2573 1991 1104 887 582 222 360

Chakradharpur 851 720 383 337 131 49 82

Balidia 1972 1506 809 697 466 180 286

Nuagarh 2565 2003 1056 947 562 226 336


Udayabata 1953 1308 719 589 645 289 356

Chunabelari 1717 1357 730 627 360 148 212

Nimidhihi 1371 1053 575 478 318 129 189

Katakulla 890 702 390 312 188 74 114

Katha-ada 417 332 194 138 85 49 36

0

50,000

100,000

150,000

TotalLiterates

MaleLiterates

FemaleLiterates

TotalIlliterates

MaleIlliterates

FemaleIlliterates

Literates and Illiterates Population

Literates and Illiterates Population


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Koladia 430 342 197 145 88 28 60

Jagati 1232 982 504 478 250 107 143

Nunukua 1380 988 538 450 392 158 234

Narendrapur 1442 1173 640 533 269 110 159

Kothi 2074 1644 909 735 430 154 276

Jhimani 2963 2166 1187 979 797 315 482

Siju 1531 1195 658 537 336 118 218

Pitambarpur 680 547 297 250 133 46 87

Niharunikandha 251 196 110 86 55 19 36

Niharuni 314 221 118 103 93 42 51

Bhandua 551 432 227 205 119 50 69

Kujanga 3686 3003 1631 1372 683 283 400

Balarampur 5464 4438 2434 2004 1026 404 622

Badanga 1095 863 475 388 232 90 142

Baidigadi 227 167 88 79 60 27 33


Santara 1683 1351 731 620 332 141 191

Talapada 342 280 157 123 62 25 37

Mangarajpur 3314 2668 1432 1236 646 242 404

Hasina 2252 1674 945 729 578 225 353

Duadia 2282 1675 920 755 607 235 372

Pangara 478 388 222 166 90 27 63

Fatepur 2840 2145 1220 925 695 275 420

Pratappur 945 682 350 332 263 105 158


Kharigotha 1057 810 443 367 247 95 152

Gopiakuda 4293 3281 1821 1460 1012 390 622

Ghodamara 593 443 238 205 150 71 79

Panpalli 1591 1232 660 572 359 131 228

Mallipura 686 521 297 224 165 69 96



Baulanga 1429 1148 618 530 281 120 161

Badabandha 889 752 407 345 137 53 84

Balia 1681 1251 674 577 430 154 276

Parianga 625 488 271 217 137 42 95

Balipari 721 644 335 309 77 21 56

Alligarh 506 437 249 188 69 20 49

Badagabapur 1193 967 530 437 226 93 133

Manapur 1166 884 481 403 282 113 169

Parapada 360 288 162 126 72 27 45

Mulakani 238 199 107 92 39 20 19

Bamadeipur 3161 2362 1282 1080 799 310 489

Chhatarakandha 524 407 226 181 117 42 75

Jalapadakandha 11 10 7 3 1 1 0

Kuatarakandha 65 53 29 24 12 6 6


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Kokakhandha 129 95 47 48 34 18 16

Balitutha 1231 970 501 469 261 97 164

Badabuda 688 553 298 255 135 55 80

Kankardia 2086 1566 856 710 520 194 326

Sunadiakandha 342 250 146 104 92 37 55




Bagadia 2736 1985 1135 850 751 287 464



Chauliapalanda 30 22 10 12 8 3 5



Panigadiakandha 12 10 6 4 2 0 2

Gobindapur 2743 2114 1117 997 629 252 377

Dhinkia 4141 3181 1750 1431 960 364 596

Trilochanpur 2803 2135 1156 979 668 280 388


Abhayachandapur 28 13 7 6 15 6 9

Kansaripatia 9 7 3 4 2 1 1

Garadamalla 530 439 235 204 91 35 56

Raghunathpur 481 388 210 178 93 36 57

Srirampur 747 622 328 294 125 58 67

Anantapur 405 319 170 149 86 30 56

Madhusudanpur

Sasan 1587 1181 646 535 406 160 246

Kodala 442 360 206 154 82 29 53

Akasudha 689 565 294 271 124 36 88

Alipingal 2479 1844 1018 826 635 281 354

Paradeep (M) 68585 52575 30069 22506 16010 7231 8779

TOTAL 173282 133609 74457 59152 39673 16587 23086

Source-Census Records 2011

3.11.3. Occupational Pattern

‘Occupational Pattern’ was studied to assess the skills of people in the study area.

Occupational pattern helps in identifying major economic activities of the area. The main

and marginal workers population with further classification as casual, agricultural,

households and other workers is shown in Table 3.31. village wise occupational pattern is

provided in Table 3.33. In the study area the Main and Marginal Workers population was

observed as 48481(28.0%) and 10544(6.1%) respectively of the total population (173282)

while the remaining 114257(65.9%) persons were recorded as non-workers. Thus it

implies that the semi-skilled and non-skilled work-force required in study area for the

project is available in aplenty. Graphical representation of Workers Scenario is given

below as Figure 3.30.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 3.32 :Distribution of Work Participation Rate

Occupation Class 2011

Main Workers 48481 (28.0%)

Male 43830 (90.4 %)

Female 4651 (9.6 %)

Marginal Workers 10544 (6.1%)

Male 7659 (72.6 %)

Female 2885 (27.4 %)

Non-Workers 114257 (65.9%)

Male 39555 (34.6 %)

Female 74702 (65.4 %)

Total Population 173282

Source: Census of India Records, 2011

Figure 3.31 : Workers Scenario of the Study Area

Main Workers:

The ‘Main Workers’ were observed as 48481 persons (28.0%) to the total population of

the study area and its composition is made-up of Casual laborers as 8406 (17.3%),

Agricultural laborers as 4084 (8.4%), Household workers 1451 (3.0%) and other workers

as 34540 (71.3%) respectively. Composition of Main workers is shown below as Figure

3.31.

Main Workers28.0%

Marginal Workers6.1%

Non-Workers65.9%

Workers Scenario


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 3.32 : Composition of Main Workers Population

Marginal Workers:

The total marginal workers are observed as 10544 which constitute 6.1% of the total

population

(173282) comprise of Marginal Casual Laborers as 1355 (12.8%), Marginal Agricultural

Laborers as 3475 (33.0%), Marginal Household laborers as 593 (5.6%) and marginal

other workers were also observed as 5121 (48.6%) of the total marginal workers

respectively. Details about marginal workers in the study area are tabulated in Table

3.28. Composition of Marginal workers is shown in Figure 3.32 as follows.

Figure 3.33 : Composition of Marginal Workers

MAIN_CL_P17.3%

MAIN_AL_P8.4%

MAIN_HH_P3.0%

MAIN_OT_P71.3%

Composition of Main Workers Population

MARG_CL_P12.8%

MARG_AL_P33%

MARG_HH_P5.6%

MARG_OT_P48.6%

Composition of Marginal Workers Population


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Non-Workers:

The total Non-workers population was observed as 114257 which constitute 65.9% to the

total population (173282) of the study area. Male-female wise Non-workers population

was recorded as 39555 Males (34.6%) and 74702 Females (65.4%) respectively. Details

about Total Non-workers in the study area are compiled in Table 3.32. Graphical

representation of Non-workers population is shown in Figure 3.34 as follows;

Table 3.33 : Composition of Non-Workers

Non-Workers Population

Persons Males Females

114257 39555 (34.6%) 74702 (65.4%)

Figure 3.34 : Composition of Non-workers Population

0

20000

40000

60000

80000

100000

120000

Total Non-Workers

Male Non-Workers

Female Non-Workers




& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 3.34 : Village-wise Occupational Pattern

Name of the Village

MAIN WORK_P

MAIN_CL_P

MAIN_AL_P

MAIN_HH_P

MAIN_OT_P

MARG WORK_P

MARG_CL_P

MARG_AL_P

MARG_HH_P

MARG_OT_P

Musadia 1168 19 14 5 1130 20 1 6 0 13



Baharatari 45 4 0 3 38 2 0 1 1 0


Bhutumundai 1021 514 21 15 471 108 15 67 2 24



Singitalia 257 71 7 5 174 8 0 0 0 8

Pipal 520 235 30 17 238 253 14 97 25 117

Chakradharpur 253 45 1 0 207 11 2 8 0 1

Balidia 540 141 27 7 365 103 5 73 2 23

Nuagarh 662 171 29 55 407 16 3 6 0 7


Udayabata 464 18 111 22 313 162 6 53 10 93

Chunabelari 417 86 37 53 241 114 9 56 19 30

Nimidhihi 426 42 36 38 310 16 2 2 0 12

Katakulla 235 14 117 60 44 331 85 38 60 148

Katha-ada 29 6 3 2 18 101 5 7 18 71

Koladia 72 30 2 5 35 61 4 22 12 23

Jagati 319 159 3 53 104 42 6 8 9 19

Nunukua 220 52 2 1 165 183 12 60 3 108

Narendrapur 222 26 27 32 137 342 23 31 119 169

Kothi 615 218 35 23 339 58 8 13 5 32

Jhimani 780 230 40 133 377 122 9 7 3 103

Siju 380 134 5 7 234 129 3 21 12 93

Pitambarpur 68 5 6 0 57 141 61 69 1 10

Niharunikandha 88 0 14 0 74 1 0 0 0 1

Niharuni 94 1 40 0 53 0 0 0 0 0

Bhandua 53 24 0 0 29 102 2 59 5 36

Kujanga 1005 177 106 15 707 74 4 24 2 44

Balarampur 1400 230 164 40 966 247 15 65 6 161


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Badanga 228 36 82 17 93 181 16 42 1 122

Baidigadi 63 16 7 2 38 22 1 0 0 21


Santara 716 192 69 7 448 109 7 70 3 29

Talapada 119 93 16 0 10 1 0 0 0 1

Mangarajpur 974 227 237 48 462 241 16 203 5 17

Hasina 492 216 27 13 236 206 10 34 5 157

Duadia 710 201 136 29 344 196 6 179 1 10

Pangara 82 1 1 6 74 82 20 17 5 40

Fatepur 1010 178 254 9 569 346 198 36 4 108

Pratappur 288 170 42 1 75 46 1 37 0 8


Kharigotha 271 163 38 16 54 83 14 30 13 26

Gopiakuda 973 193 87 116 577 358 67 75 14 202

Ghodamara 158 27 9 2 120 90 15 39 0 36

Panpalli 439 231 81 1 126 53 1 36 4 12

Mallipura 161 96 9 4 52 23 3 3 2 15



Baulanga 226 75 86 15 50 155 120 17 1 17

Badabandha 219 173 8 1 37 7 1 0 0 6

Balia 456 228 46 8 174 61 11 37 4 9

Parianga 43 15 2 1 25 142 3 55 1 83

Balipari 218 92 54 1 71 24 4 4 1 15

Alligarh 151 100 1 9 41 12 3 0 0 9

Badagabapur 203 71 79 3 50 274 21 193 4 56

Manapur 374 169 131 4 70 17 0 11 3 3

Parapada 62 50 1 2 9 67 9 50 0 8

Mulakani 46 31 1 4 10 37 0 33 0 4

Bamadeipur 655 274 145 10 226 392 66 257 3 66

Chhatarakandha 93 63 1 0 29 142 2 18 2 120

Jalapadakandha 3 3 0 0 0 4 0 0 0 4

Kuatarakandha 18 18 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 3

Kokakhandha 8 2 2 0 4 33 2 30 0 1

Balitutha 206 25 12 2 167 165 25 109 4 27

Badabuda 44 19 1 0 24 167 1 155 2 9

Kankardia 418 230 136 11 41 270 94 90 35 51


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Sunadiakandha 78 75 0 0 3 40 0 0 0 40




Bagadia 528 133 11 14 370 302 23 9 7 263



Chauliapalanda 12 0 8 1 3 0 0 0 0 0



Panigadiakandha 3 1 0 0 2 1 0 1 0 0

Gobindapur 441 229 123 2 87 368 146 187 2 33

Dhinkia 1136 603 342 12 179 176 48 58 7 63

Trilochanpur 804 506 175 12 111 80 11 29 5 35


Abhayachandapur 12 0 1 0 11 2 0 0 0 2

Kansaripatia 4 0 0 0 4 1 0 0 0 1

Garadamalla 121 18 79 3 21 73 3 65 1 4

Raghunathpur 149 114 11 3 21 1 1 0 0 0

Srirampur 170 137 3 0 30 64 2 40 17 5

Anantapur 123 15 63 0 45 2 1 0 0 1

Madhusudanpur Sasan 199 6 43 28 122 360 18 266 2 74

Kodala 70 22 3 1 44 55 4 26 0 25

Akasudha 194 73 21 1 99 18 2 11 0 5

Alipingal 781 88 435 15 243 297 4 113 25 155

Paradeep (M) 22176 56 88 426 21606 1948 61 17 96 1774

TOTAL 48481 8406 4084 1451 34540 10544 1355 3475 593 5121

Source-Census Records 2011

❖ Abbreviations used in the Table 3.33 are as follows; MAIN WORKERS POPULATION: MAIN WORK_P : Main workers total population MAIN_CL_P : Main cultivated labour population MAIN_AL_P : Main agricultural labour population MAIN_HH_P : Main workers population involved in household industries MAIN_OT_P : Main other workers population

MARGINAL WORKERS POPULATION: MARG WORK_P : Marginal workers total population MARG_CL_P : Marginal cultivated labors total population MARG_AL_P : Marginal agricultural labors population MARG_HH_P : Marginal workers involved in household industries MARG_OT_P : Marginal other workers Population


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3.11.4. Economic Structure

The majority of people in rural sector are cultivators & agricultural labors which indicates

dominant agricultural economy. A small section of people are engaged as workers in

household industries. But in urban sector the existing scenario is completely reversed as

most of the people there are engaged in non-agricultural activity especially in local

hotels/restaurants and as drivers some people also operates their vans/jeeps/cars as

tourist vehicle.

Annual income helps in identifying families below poverty line. During the field survey,

income of a household through all possible sources was recorded. Agriculture and allied

activities was reported to be the major source of income followed by non-farm wage

labor, business, Government and Private Service etc. The other important sources of

income include government pension and income from selling of fodder.

3.11.5. Basic Infrastructure Facilities Availability (Census 2011)

A review of Basic infrastructure facilities (Amenities) available in the study area has been

done on the basis of the Field survey and Census records, 2011 for the study area

inhabited revenue villages of Seven (07) Tehsils namely Paradeep, Paradeep Lock,

Kujang, Abhyachandpur, Ersama, Tirtol, and Jagatsinghapur tehsil of Jagatsinghpur

District in Odisha. The study area has an average level of basic infrastructure facilities

like educational, medical, potable water, power supply, and transport & communication

network. Entire study area is predominantly rural except one town namely; Paradeep (M).

Agriculture is the main occupation of the study area inhabitants. Village wise basic

aminities provided in Table 3.34.

Education Facilities: As per the Census Records of India 2011, there are a total Ninety

Five (95) revenue villages including one (01) town namely, Paradeep (M) of Odisha. All

revenue villages/Towns are under seven (07) Tehsils namely, Paradeep, Paradeep Lock,

Kujang, Abhyachandpur, Ersama, Tirtol, and Jagatsinghapur tehsil of Jagatsinghpur

District in Odisha. Seventeen (17) villages are uninhabited villages in the study area.

There are about ninety three (93) Primary Schools existing in the study area. Middle

schools are Forty (40 no’s) in the study area villages. Only twenty (20 no’s) Higher

Secondary Schools are available in the study area. Senior Secondary School facility is

available only in four (04) revenue villages named Jhimani, Kujanga, Balrampur and Balia

of the study area. The educational facilities have been further strengthening now and a

number of private public schools and colleges are also functioning in the surroundings of

the study area. Besides, there are Engineering and Medical colleges available in Towns

and District headquarters only. Higher education facilities are available in Towns of the

area. There is considerable improvement in educational facility. The villages/towns of the

study area have no such facilities can reach within 5.0 to 10.0-km range.

Medical Facilities: The medical facilities are provided by different agencies like Govt. &

Private individuals and voluntary organizations in the study area. As per the district

census handbook information of 2011, no primary health center exists in the study area;


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


most of the study area villages depend upon the towns / district HQ of the study area

having such facility. Thirteen (13) Primary Health Sub-centers are exists in the rural part

of the study area. Mother & Child Welfare Centre is not exists in the study area. No family

welfare centre (FWC) exists in the study area. Overall study area villages are served by

average type of medical facilities. Specialized medical facilities are available only in

towns and District Headquarter (HQ) only.

Potable Water Facilities: Potable water facility is available in most of the villages/towns of

the study area. The entire study area has plenty of good potable water facilities. Most of

the villages (about 63% villages) having Hand Pumps (HP) as potable water facility. Out

of total ninety five (95) revenue villages including one town named Paradeep (M), only

thirty eight (38) villages (40%) are served with River/Canal water in the study area. As per

the census records of 2011, about forty nine (49) villages (51.6%) are being served with

Tank/Pond/Lake in the study area. In the majority of the villages, hand pumps are

commonly observed in the study area.

Communication, Road & Transport Facilities: Apart from Post &Telegraph (P & T)

services, transport is the main communication linkage in the study area. About twelve

(12) villages (12.6%) out of ninety five (95) are served with Post Office facilities in the

study area, remaining villages are depending upon these twelve (12) villages and towns

of the study area. The study area has average rail and road network, passes from the

area. Five (5) villages named Nimidhihi, Badanga, Mangrajpur, Badabandha and Bagadia

itself are served with railway station facility in the study area and remaining villages

depend upon these villages with this facility. Nearest town/city is Paradeep (M) at about

2.38-km away from the project site. The East Coast Railway line also passes across the

area as well as the District HQ and most of the villages availing this facility through the

nearest railway station. Nearest Railway Station is Bagadia Railway Station located at

1.5-km away in West direction w.r.t., the proposed project site. Bhubaneswar Airport is

about 110-kms away from the proposed site in West direction. Most of the villages are

served with Pucca road facility in the study area.

About nineteen (19) villages are being served with navigable waterways facility in the

entire study area. The villages in the study area which do not have such facility can reach

within 5 to 10-km range. Mainly two (02) towns named Paradeep (M) and Jagatsinghpur

are available within the distance range of 6 to 52-kms from the villages of the study area.

Banking Facility: The study area has almost all the schedule commercial banks with ATM

facility at urban areas and the district HQ.

Power Supply: It is revealed from the compiled information on Amenities availability as

per the census record of 2011; most of the villages and towns (about 100%) are

electrified for domestic purpose and about twenty five (25) villages (26.3%) and towns of

the study area are electrified for the agricultural purposes. About 18 villages/towns (19%)

are electrified for all purpose in the study area. Overall 100% villages and towns of the

study area are electrified. Village/town wise ‘Basic Amenities’ availability data for the

entire study area is compiled and presented in Table 7.6 as follows;


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 3.35 : Village wise Basic Amenities Availability in the Study Area

Educational Medical Potable Water

P & T Services

Communication

Approach to Village

Power Supply Nearest Town & Distance, km

P M SS

SSS

PHC

PHSC

D T W HP

TW

R Tk

PO

P & T

Tele.

Mob.

BS

RS

NW

PR

KR

FP ED

E. Ag.

EC

EA

Musadia 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (6.0km)

Keruadia-kandha ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (15.0km)

Musadia Jungle ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (8.0km)

Baharatari 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (15.0km)

Baharataridia ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (15.0km)

Bhutumundai 3 1 1 0 0 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (15.0km)

Telengadia ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (15.0km)

Thanaharadia ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (15.0km)

Singitalia 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (13.0km)

Pipal 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (13.0km)

Chakradharpur 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (13.0km)

Balidia 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (8.0km)

Nuagarh 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (8.0km)

Aganasi ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (10.0km)

Udayabata 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (6.0km)

Chunabelari 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (10.0km)

Nimidhihi 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (8.0km)

Katakulla 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (10.0km)

Katha-ada 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (12.0km)

Koladia 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (14.0km)

Jagati 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (15.0km)

Nunukua 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (15.0km)

Narendrapur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (13.0km)

Kothi 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (15.0km)

Jhimani 3 1 1 1 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (13.0km)

Siju 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (14.0km)

Pitambarpur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (13.0km)

Niharunikandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (9.0km)

Niharuni 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (8.0km)

Bhandua 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (21.0km)

Kujanga 3 2 2 1 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (20.0km)

Balarampur 5 2 0 1 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (20.0km)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Badanga 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Paradeep (20.0km)

Baidigadi 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (24.0km)

Naladia Palanda ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (20.0km)

Santara 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Paradeep (18.0km)

Talapada 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 Paradeep (18.0km)

Mangarajpur 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (18.0km)

Hasina 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (17.0km)

Duadia 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (23.0km)

Pangara 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (31.0km)

Fatepur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (24.0km)

Pratappur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (26.0km)

Mirigidiakandha ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep

Kharigotha 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (24.0km)

Gopiakuda 3 2 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (25.0km)

Ghodamara 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (23.0km)

Panpalli 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (25.0km)

Mallipura 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (25.0km)

Jamukana ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (25.0km)

Mahakaldia ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep

Baulanga 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (25.0km)

Badabandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (25.0km)

Balia 2 1 1 1 0 1 0 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (24.0km)

Parianga 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (22.0km)

Balipari 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (25.0km)

Alligarh 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (30.0km)

Badagabapur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (28.0km)

Manapur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (31.0km)

Parapada 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (29.0km)

Mulakani 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (28.0km)

Bamadeipur 3 1 0 0 0 0 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (30.0km)

Chhatarakandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (32.0km)

Jalapadakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (32.0km)

Kuatarakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 Paradeep (32.0km)

Kokakhandha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (32.0km)

Balitutha 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (30.0km)

Badabuda 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (30.0km)

Kankardia 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (30.0km)

Sunadiakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (30.0km)

Badakantakandha ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (30.0km)

Firikichhitakandha ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (30.0km)

Chaukimatha ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (8.0km)

Bagadia 3 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (10.0km)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Kau-Bedi ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (10.0km)

Kaduapalli-kandha ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (8.0km)

Chauliapalanda 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 Paradeep (7.0km)

Khasulidia ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (10.0km)

Barkuda ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (20.0km)

Panigadiakandha 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Paradeep (25.0km)

Gobindapur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Paradeep (20.0km)

Dhinkia 3 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Jagatsinghapur (40.0km)

Trilochanpur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Paradeep (20.0km)

Baradakandha ……………………………Uninhabited…………………………………… Paradeep (20.0km)

Abhayachandapur 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Paradeep (8.0km)

Kansaripatia 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2 2 2 2 Paradeep (20.0km)

Garadamalla 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 Jagatsinghapur (52km)

Raghunathpur 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Jagatsinghapur (30.0km)

Srirampur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Jagatsinghapur (30.0km)

Anantapur 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Jagatsinghapur (15.0km)

Madhusudanpur Sasan 2 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Jagatsinghapur (9.0km)

Kodala 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Jagatsinghapur (10.0km)

Akasudha 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Jagatsinghapur (6.0km)

Alipingal 3 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 Jagatsinghapur (5.0km)

Paradeep (M) ……………………………………………………Urban Area……………………………………………

TOTAL 93

40

20 4 0

13 2 Status for Availability and Non-Availability is shown as A (1) & NA (2) respectively

Source-http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB.html

❖ Abbreviations used in the Table 7.5 are as follows;

List of Abbreviations used in Table-7.5 :

Educational Facilities P-Primary School, M-Middle School, HSS-Higher Secondary Schools, SSS-Senior Secondary School, C-Colleges, Adl. L.C.-Adult Literacy Class/Centers, Indl. S.-Industrial School, O-Other Educational Schools

Medical Facilities Al. H. - Allopathic Hospitals, Ayu. H.-Ayurvedic Hospitals Ayu. D. - Ayurvedic Dispensary , Un. H. - Unani Hospital Hom. D.-Homeopathic Dispensary, MCWC-Maternity and Child Welfare Centre, CWC-Child Welfare Centre, MH-Maternity Home , CWC-Child Welfare Centre, HC-Health Centre, PHC-Primary Health Centre, PHSC-Primary Health Sub-Centre, FWC-Family Welfare Centre , NH-Nursing Home , RMP-Registered Private Medical Practitioners, SMP-Subsidized Medical Practitioners, CHW-Community Health Workers, O-Other Medical Facilities

Drinking Water Facilities T-Tap Water, W-Well Water, Tk-Tank Water, TW- Tube Well Water, HP-Hand Pump, R-River Water, C-Canals, O-Other Drinking Water Sources

Post, Telegraph and Telephone Facilities PO- Post Office, Tel. - Telephone Connection Communication Facilities BS- Bus Services, RS- Railways Services NW- Navigable Waterway Available Approach to Village PR- Paved Roads, KR-Kuchha Road, FP- Foot Path Power Supply ED-Electricity for Domestic Use, E Ag. - Electricity of Agricultural Use, EC-Electricity for Commercial Purpose, EO- Electricity for Other Purposes, EA- Electricity for All Purposes

http://www.censusindia.gov.in/2011census/dchb/DCHB.html


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

Prediction of Impacts is the most important component in the Environmental Impact

Assessment studies. Several scientific techniques and methodologies are available to

predict impacts of developmental activities on physical, ecological and socio-economic

environments. Such predictions are superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status

of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (Post-project) scenario of environmental

conditions.

The prediction of impacts helps in minimizing the adverse impacts on environmental

quality during pre and post project execution. In case of water, land and socio-economic

environments, the predictions have been made based on available scientific knowledge

and judgments. In this chapter, an attempt has been made to predict the incremental rise

of various ground level concentrations above the baseline status due to the emissions

from this proposed project. Considering the issues involved in proposed project, the

activities can be divided into two phases viz; Construction Phase and Operation Phase.

4.1. Impacts during Construction Phase and Mitigation Measures:

Probable environmental impacts during construction phase are typically due to activities

related to clearing of vegetation, leveling of site, civil constructions, and erection of

structures and installation of equipment.

4.1.1. Air Environment:

Impact on Air Quality:

The main sources for impact of air quality during construction is due to movement of

vehicles and construction equipment at site, dust emitted during leveling, grading,

earthmoving, foundation works, transportation of construction material etc. Dust would be

generated during activities such as loading and unloading, top soil removal, movement of

vehicles over dirt roads and windblown dust from exposed project site.

Hence, during the construction phase, dust generated from the concentration material

would be the main pollutants. The emissions from vehicles and construction equipment

could also be of some concern on a local level.

Air Pollution Mitigation Measures:

This chapter details the inferences drawn from the Environmental Impact Assessment of

the proposed project. It describes the overall impacts of the project activities and

underscores the areas of concern, which need mitigation measures.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The dust generated is fugitive in nature, which is controlled by sprinkling of water. The

impacts will be localized in nature and the areas outside the project Site area are not

likely to have any major adverse impact with respect to ambient air quality.

There will not be any major leveling operations required as the plant site is plain. Hence,

no significant excavation in the area except for foundations for civil constructions and

foundations of equipment is proposed. However, it is necessary to control the dust

emissions. This is achieved by regular water sprinkling all over the area under

construction to arrest the emissions.

SO2 and NOx emissions may increase in ambient air due to operation of construction

machinery such as bulldozers, pay loaders, trucks etc. However, increase in levels of

these emissions is expected to be marginal since these machines will be operated

intermittently and the equipment being on the move there will not be concentration of

emissions at a single location.

Nevertheless, it will be ensured that both petrol and diesel powered construction vehicles

are properly maintained to minimize exhaust emissions and only the vehicles whose

emissions are within the pollution limits would be allowed to operate within the plant area.

4.1.2. Noise Environment:

Impact on Noise Levels:

During construction phase, the noise will be generated locally within the proposed plant

due to civil works such as trenching, foundation casting, steel fabrication work,

infrastructure construction, and mechanical works such as static equipment and rotating

machinery installation, building up of piping network, and provision of piping supports.

These activities cause an increase in the ambient noise levels; however these are

localized to the fertilizer complex and hardly impact the ambient noise levels at the plant

boundary.

However, there will be movement of heavy motor vehicles carrying construction material,

pipes and equipment, loading and unloading activities, and movement of light passenger

vehicles conveying construction personnel which will temporarily impact the traffic

movement and noise environment in the vicinity. But this impact will be intermittent and

during some time periods only. Hence, the impact on noise environment during the

construction phase shall be localized and marginal.

The peak noise levels from some of the construction equipment for non-continuous

construction activity may be as high as 90 dB (A). However, the exposure of construction

labour and supervisors to this high noise levels will be for a short time only and hence will

not pose any health hazards. Also, since the populated areas are away from the

proposed site, these noise levels are considered to have insignificant impact. Overall, the

impact of generated noise on the environment will be insignificant, reversible and local in

nature and mainly confined to the day hours.

Noise Levels Mitigation Measures:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The noise control measures during the construction phase include provision of caps on

the construction equipment and regular maintenance of the equipment. Equipment will be

maintained appropriately to control the noise level within 75 dB(A). Wherever possible,

equipment will be provided with silencers and mufflers. High noise producing construction

activities will be restricted to day time only. Greenbelt development will be undertaken

from the construction stage itself. Further, workers deployed in high noise areas will be

provided with necessary protective devices such as ear plug, ear-muffs etc. Overall, the

impact of increase in noise on the environment would be insignificant, and localized and

confined to the day hours.

Mitigation measures for traffic

The trucks transporting raw materials and finished goods will be covered.

• It will be assured that vehicles are PUC certified.

• Adequate measures will be taken to avoid spillage or leak of raw material and drivers

will be instructed to control leakages and collection of spilled material.

• Temporary new approach road can be constructed, if required, for smooth and hassle

free movement of personnel;

• Ensuring the availability of valid Pollution under Control Certificates (PUC) for all

vehicles used on site.

4.1.3. Water Environment:

Impact on water quality during construction phase may be due to non-point discharges of

solids from soil loss. However, the construction will be more related to mechanical

fabrication, assembly and erection; hence the water requirements will be small.

Temporary sanitation facilities (soak pits/septic tanks) will be set up for disposal of

sanitary sewage generated by the work force. Since, most of the construction work force

is locals, the demand of water and sanitation facilities will be small and is considered

manageable at the site itself.

The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to proposed

project will be short term, insignificant and reversible.

Impact on Water Resources and Quality:

The water requirement for the proposed project (Construction and operational phases)

will be met from Taldanda Canal (Distributry Point 16) for which DFPCL has obtained

permission. During construction, water is required for development of structures,

sprinkling on pavements for dust suppression and domestic and non-domestic usages.

Construction workers shall utilise washrooms and toilets available at site.

Water Pollution Mitigation Measures:

The earth work includes cutting and filling will be avoided during rainy season and will be

completed during the winter and summer seasons. Stone pitching on the slopes and


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


construction of concrete drains for storm water to minimize soil erosion in the area will be

undertaken. Settling pond is planned for storage and recycling of surface water for use in

the plant area. The development of green belt in and around plant will be taken up during

the monsoon season. Toilets with septic tanks are available at site for construction

workers. The overall impacts on water environment during construction phase due to

proposed activity are temporary and marginal.

Effluent Treatment and Maintaining discharge standard:

A comprehensive waste water management system shall be provided to treat the liquid

effluent to meet the EC / State Pollution Control Board requirements. The waste water

treatment plant at DFPCL Plant shall be designed based on combining physical, chemical

and biological treatment systems to effectively control the quality of effluent.

4.1.4. Land Environment:

Impact on Land use:

The proposed location of the project is in vacant open area, currently there are few

scrubs present in the project site. Clearing of these plants are required during

construction phase. The development of further green belt in and around the project site

is expected to mitigate the impact due to ground cover clearing during the construction

phase.

Impact on Topography:

The proposed project site is a waste land with hilly terrain. The development of this land

is expected to change the topography of the study area. Adequate storm water drains will

be provided to collect and carry the surface runoff during monsoon to the natural

drainage system of the study area.

Impact on Soil:

The activities involved in clearing the site for the various units of the production plant

such as process units, buildings, raw materials & finished goods sheds as well as

construction of roads, laying of the pipelines (water supply, effluent, telephone, power

supply, etc.) would generate topsoil which needs proper management. As the existing

ground level of the study area is more or less flat terrain without significant level

differences it may not require any major excavation.

Mitigation Measures:

The following measures will be adopted:

• After completion of the construction, the surplus earth will be utilized to fill up the low

lying areas, the rubble will be cleared and all un-built surfaces will be reinstated;

• The top soil from the excavated areas will be preserved for re-use during plantation;


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Green belt development will be taken up during construction phase so that the

plantations grow to adequate height by the time of commissioning of the plant.

• Species selected for plantation will be fast growing, adaptable to local conditions.

4.1.5. Socio-economic Environment:

The socio-economic impacts during the construction phase of the proposed plant could

result due to migrant workers, worker camps, induced development etc. Due to the

migrant workers there would be impact on the existing infrastructure facilities in the

surrounding villages. The impact of the proposed plant on socio economic conditions of

the study area expected to be positive as follows.

• Increase in floating population.

• Increase in demand of services including hotels, lodges, public transport (including

taxis), etc.

• Economic up-liftment of the area.

• Rising of infrastructure and financial aspects in the study area.

• Beneficiation of the civil construction and transportation companies as they are

procured from the local area.

• Expanding of services like retail shops, banks, automobile workshops, school,

healthcare facilities, etc.

The local population will have employment opportunities in related service activities like

petty commercial establishments, small contracts/sub-contracts and supply of

construction materials for buildings and ancillary infrastructures etc. consequently, this

will contribute to economic up liftment of the area.

The construction activity will benefit the local population in a number of ways, which

include the increase in requirement of construction skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled

workers, tertiary sector employment and provision of goods and services for daily needs

including transport. In line with the above, following recommendations are made:

Local people will be given preference for employment depending on their suitability; All

the applicable guidelines under the relevant Acts and Rules related to labour welfare and

safety will be implemented during the construction phase;

4.1.6. Storage of Hazardous Material:

The hazardous materials used during construction may include petrol, diesel, welding gas

and paints. These materials will be stored and handled carefully under applicable safety

guidelines.

4.1.7. Facilities to be provided by Labour Contractor:

The contractor shall be made to provide the following facilities to construction work force:

First Aid:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


At work place, first aid facilities will be maintained at a readily accessible place where

necessary appliances including sterilized cotton wool etc. Ambulance will be kept at the

site and made available at workplace to take injured person to the nearest hospital.

Potable Water:

Sufficient supply of water fit for drinking will be provided at suitable places.

Sanitary Facility:

Sanitary facilities will be provided at accessible place within the work zone and kept in a

good condition. The contractor will conform to requirement of local medical and health

authorities at all times.

Canteen:

Canteen will be provided for the benefit of workers.

Security:

DFPCL will provide necessary security to work force in co-ordination with authorities.

4.2. Impacts during Operation Phase:

4.2.1. Air Pollution

Air emissions of various pollutants like PM10, SO2, NOx, and NH3, due to operation of

proposed plants are mentioned below:

Emissions from Stack & vent, reactors, safety tanks, ejectors and various safety valves in

plant during regular operations and abnormal conditions for manufacturing of TAN and

Ammonia;

• During handling of raw materials;

• During loading and unloading activities;

• Catalyst loading and unloading activities;

• Vapor exposure due to nitric acid leakage;

Emissions from DG Sets during power failure/emergency purposes

DG Sets shall work only during power failure and emergency situation for operating the

various equipment of plant. It shall conform to specifications laid out in the Bharat Stage

IV norms. It will emit pollutants, principally NOx, and SO2.

Emissions due to Vehicular Movement

This kind of emissions will principally arise from the vehicles used for the transport of

construction materials and equipment, for the transport of raw materials to the site and for

the transportation of finished products from the site. There will be a chance that, the

workers on the site would get exposed to this type of emission from the vehicles.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


However their effect will be localized and transient in nature and will principally affect the

localities adjacent to the access road.-.

The major air emissions from the proposed plant operations are particulate matter,

ammonia, sulphur dioxide, CO2, and nitrogen oxides from the point sources. These

include the stacks attached to the ammonia plant, TAN plant, nitric acid plant and the

captive power plant. While the impact of fugitive emissions will be within the project area,

the effect of emissions from the point sources is a major concern as it will have impact on

the ambient air quality in the surrounding area.

An atmospheric dispersion modeling and the prediction of ground level pollutant

concentration has great relevance in estimating the impact of these pollutants.

The prescribed emission norms nevertheless assessment of ground level concentrations

(GLC) of the possible pollutants is carried out for control purposes. The significant point

sources that contribute to the air pollution incidence from the proposed plant are provided

below in Table. 4.1.

Table 4.1 Sources that contribute to the air pollution

Sr No

Stack Attached Stack height in Meter

Diameter in Meter

Flow in Nm³/hr /Temp in ºC.

Pollutants in g/s


1 Tail gas stack (WNA plant)

60.5 1.8 120612

/128

NOx= 2.056 NH3= 0.117


30 1..373 53000 /170

SO2 = 0.18, NOx= 2.056 NH3= 1.17

3 Compressor –A gas engine exhaust (Ammonia plant)

30.75 1.5 40000 /205

NOx= 2.056

4 Compressor –B gas engine exhaust (Ammonia plant)

30.75 1.5 40000 /205

NOx= 2.056


12 0.6 14200 CO2= 0.007

6 Boiler stack 60 1.5 80000 PM = 3.3 SO2= 2.2


85 2.3 177000 PM = 3.3 NOx= 2.056 NH3= 1.17

4.2.2. Air Dispersion Modeling Methodology

Modeling Approach


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The assessment methodology for the air dispersion modelling exercise follows the

guidance specified in the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA). The

detailed model recommended for air dispersion modelling in the ambient air is AERMOD.

The model of selection was the commercially available AERMOD View dispersion model,

developed by Lakes Environmental. This model is used extensively to assess pollution

concentration and deposition from a wide variety of sources. AERMOD View is a true,

native Microsoft Windows application and runs in Windows applications. The AMS/EPA

Regulatory Model (AERMOD) was specially designed to support the EPA’s regulatory

modeling programs. AERMOD is a regulatory steady-state plume modeling system with

three separate components:

• AERMOD (AERMIC Dispersion Model), AERMAP (AERMOD Terrain Preprocessor),

and AERMET (AERMOD Meteorological Preprocessor). The AERMOD model

includes a wide range of options for modeling air quality impacts of pollution sources,

making it a popular choice among the modeling community for a variety of

applications. Some of the modeling capabilities of AERMOD include the following:

• The model may be used to analyze primary pollutants and continuous releases of

toxic and hazardous waste pollutants.

• Source emission rates can be treated as constant or may be varied by month,

season, hour of-day, or other optional periods of variation. These variable emission

rate factors may be specified for a single source or for a group of sources. For this

project all emission rates were treated as constant.

• The model can account for the effects of aerodynamic downwash due to buildings

that are nearby point source emissions.

• Receptor locations can be specified as gridded and/or discrete receptors in a

Cartesian or polar coordinate system.

• For applications involving elevated terrain, the U.S. EPA AERMAP terrain

preprocessing program is incorporated into the model to generate hill height scales

as well as terrain elevations for all receptor locations.

• The model contains algorithms for modeling the effects of settling and removal

(through dry and wet deposition) of large particulates and for modeling the effects of

precipitation scavenging for gases or particulates.

• AERMOD requires two types of meteorological data files, a file containing surface

scalar parameters and a file containing vertical profiles. These two files are provided

by the U.S.

• EPA AERMET meteorological preprocessor programme

Model Inputs: Source Emissions

A critical step for conducting air dispersion modeling is to quantify the emissions from the

sources at the facility. The emission rates from the sources identified were estimated in

accordance with the standard guideline.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Meteorological Data

The AERMOD model requires hourly surface data values for wind speed, wind direction,

temperature, rainfall, relative humidity, pressure, cloud cover and ceiling height and solar

radiation and at least once daily mixing height data.

The required meteorological data for proposed project location was obtained during the

period 1st March 2017 to 31st May 2017 by installing an automatic weather station at site.

.The data files for the surface and mixing heights were then used to generate the

meteorological file required by the AERMOD dispersion model using the AERMET

meteorological preprocessor programme. The AERMET programme has three stages to

process the data. The first stage extracts meteorological data and assesses data quality

through a series of quality assessment checks. The second stage merges all data

available for 24-hour periods and writes these data together in a single intermediate file.

The third and final stage reads the merged meteorological data and estimates the

necessary boundary layer parameters for dispersion calculations by AERMOD.

The meteorological preprocessed data was used to determine its corresponding

windrose. The Wind rose show that the most predominant wind direction blows from the

North East, with the secondary wind direction being from the North. This means that the

emissions plume will be dispersed mainly in the South Waste direction, and secondarily

in the South direction from the proposed plant site.

Model Domain, Receptor Network and Terrain Considerations

The selected model domain was 10 km in both the east-west and north-south directions,

with the centre of the domain being the centre of the proposed facility site, with

coordinates 20016’52.36 N, 86035’48.36 E with existing ground level of the site is

approximately 2.5 M to 3.0 M above the Mean Sea Level. Figure 4.1 represents the

model domain that was utilized in the project, including the receptor grid and the plant

boundary. The model domain is overlain on a Google image.

Model Results and Impact Assessment

With the various sources identified, a model domain established of 10 km in the east-west

direction and 10 km in the north-south direction and centered in the middle of the

proposed facility, and the necessary input files created, model predictions were made for

the pollutants SO2, NOx, PM10 and NH3 for averaging periods for which there are

National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

4.2.3. Post Project Scenario (Projected)

Predicted maximum ground level concentrations considering micro meteorological data of

winter 2014-15 are superimposed on the maximum baseline concentrations obtained

during the study period to estimate the post project scenario, which would prevail at the

post operational phase. The overall scenario with predicted concentrations over the

maximum baseline concentrations is shown in the following Table 4.2 & 4.3.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 4.2 Ground Level Concentrations (GLCs)

S.No. Parameters Max Observed Value (µg/m3) Distance & Direction Phase-II (with ammonia)

1 SO2 1.9 0.5 KM E

2 PM 4.7 0.436 KM SE

3 NOx 10.5 1.0 KM SE

4 NH3 3.3 0.3 KM E

5 CO2 0.3 0.2 KM E

The predicted ground level concentrations obtained when superimposed on the maximum

baseline concentrations observed during study period resultant concentrations are within

the prescribed NAAQ Standards. The details are as per Table 4.3 below

The maximum cumulative concentration observed for 380 TPD plant Stack SO2, PM,

NOx, NH3 and CO2 are 16.9 µg/m³ (Chaukimatha), 90.3 µg/m³ (Paradipgarh), 42.1 µg/m³

(Niharuni), 26.4 µg/m³ (Paradipgarh) and 0.2 µg/m³ at Chaukimatha. And minimum

observed values are 11.7 µg/m³, 73.3 µg/m³, 28.3 µg/m³, 19.7 µg/m³ and 0 µg/m³ at

Udayabata.

AERMOD Output

The isopleths representing pollutant concentrations representing 10 km x 10 km grid are

presented in Figures – 4.3 to 4.5


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 4.3 Overall Scenario of GLCs predictions

S.No. Locations Monitored Value (µg/m3) Prediction (µg/m3) Cumulative (µg/m3)

SO2 PM NOX NH3 CO2 SO2 PM NOX NH3 CO2 SO2 PM NOX NH3 CO2


AAQ-1 Project Site 13.4 78 30.5 22.4 0 1.5 4.7 7.1 0.9 0 14.9 82.7 37.6 23.3 0

AAQ-2 Chaukimatha 16.2 96 37.4 29.4 0 0.7 2.8 5.1 1.1 0.2 16.9 98.8 42.5 30.5 0.2

AAQ-3 Kau-bedi 13.7 85 31.8 22.8 0 0.9 3.9 10.3 2 0 14.6 88.9 42.1 24.8 0

AAQ-4 Niharuni 12.5 79 28 20.3 0 0.1 0.8 0.8 0.2 0 12.6 79.8 28.8 20.5 0

AAQ-5 Paradipgarh 15.5 90 36.6 26.3 0 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.1 0 15.6 90.3 36.9 26.4 0

AAQ-6 Udayabata 11.6 73 27.4 19.5 0 0.1 0.5 0.9 0.2 0 11.7 73.5 28.3 19.7 0

AAQ-7 PPL Township 12.8 81 29.5 21.2 0 0.4 0.7 2.1 0.5 0 13.2 81.7 31.6 21.7 0

AAQ-8 Pratapa pur 13.2 85 30.2 22 0 0.3 1.1 1.6 0.4 0 13.5 86.1 31.8 22.4 0


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 4.1 Predicted GLC’s of CO2 (380TPD)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 4.2 Predicted GLC of NH3 (380TPD)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 4.3 Predicted GLC of NOx (380TPD)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 4.4 Predicted GLC of SOx (380TPD)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 4.5 Predicted GLC of Particulate Matter (380TPD)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Mitigation Measures

The Proposed project of Manufacturing of TAN (Technical Ammonium Nitrate shall

contribute insignificant amount of pollutants to atmosphere such as SO2, and NOX.

During the design phase all efforts have been made to adopt latest state of art

technology, install adequate pollution control measures and control possible fugitive

emission sources. The following mitigation measures will be employed during operation

period to reduce the pollution level to acceptable limits:

• Ensure that all the pollution control facilities envisaged at the design stage are

implemented and functioning properly.

• Stack monitoring to ensure proper functioning of different pollution control facilities

attached to major stacks.

• Air monitoring in the Work-zone to ensure proper functioning of fugitive emission

control facilities.

• Adequate plantation in and around different units.

• Vehicles and machineries would be regularly maintained so that emissions confirm to

the applicable standards.

• Monitoring of ambient air quality through online AAQ monitoring system with in and

around plant premises so as to reduce the pollution level to acceptable limit

• Design of the plant system to meet the OISD requirements.

• Regular monitoring and review to ensure safe operation.

• Provisions of the Safety Systems in the design with redundancy, reliability and

defense in depth are considered.

• Regular monitoring by Environmental Cell to demonstrate the compliance with

Statutory limits in the public domain.

ESP Specifications

Table 4.4 ESP Specifications

Design flue gas volume (220X3600=792000 ESP specific collection area) 0.79 MPP m³/hr

Temperature 150(design 200)°C

Dust type BOLIER ASH

Fuel fired in boiler COAL

Maximum inlet dust loading 5/11 GM/Nm³

Outlet emission from ESP 50 mg/Nm³

Velocity through ESP 1.04/0.82 m/sec

Treatment time 12.85/16.2 sec

Design pressure 250MMwc

Duct density for discharge 150/600 kg/m³

Maximum pressure drop across ESP 25 MM


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Efficiency 99.01 %

Mitigation measures of Fugitive Emissions:

The following measures shall be adopted to control fugitive emissions:

• Bag filter with extraction system shall be provided at raw material/coal handling area.

scrubber system shall be installed at product bagging area – Requirement will be

decided during detail engineering

• All vehicles and their exhausts will be well maintained and regularly monitored for

emission generated from the vehicle exhaust;

• Venturi Scrubber and cyclones will be provided in the process plant Regular dust

suppression with water sprinkler on the haul roads will be practiced

• The green belt development in the plant will be undertaken.

4.2.4. Noise Environment:

Noise generating sources and noise levels are presented in Table 4.5. Predictions have

been made for worst-case scenario considering all the operations and utilities are in

operational conditions. The predicted noise levels at the boundary of the Proposed

project are below ambient noise level standards. It is predicted that the high noise levels

will be limited to work zone only and the noise levels gradually decreases further away

from the source. Therefore the impact of noise due to proposed project is insignificant.

The recommendations given by OSHA with respect to noise are given in Table 4.6.

Table 4.5 Noise Generating Sources and their Noise Levels

S. No Source Sound pressure level, dB(A)

1 Rotating equipment 85-100

2 Feed pumps 85-100

3 Boiler 60

4 Steam turbine 55

5 Start up Vent 65

6 Compressors 82-105

7 Furnace 85

8 Air Compressor 95

9 Cooling tower 95

Table 4.6 OSHA Recommendations for Noise levels

Noise Level dB (A) Maximum Permissible Duration per Day (Hours)

90 8

92 6

95 4


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


97 3

100 2

102 1.5

105 1

110 0.5

115 0.25 or less

Mitigation Measures:

The equipment will have inbuilt noise control devices and the measured noise produced

by any equipment will not exceed 85 dB(A) at a distance of 1.0m from its boundary in any

direction under any load condition. The noise produced in valves and piping associated

with handling compressible and incompressible fluids will be attenuated to 75 dB(A) at a

distance of 1.0 m from the source by the use of low noise trims, baffle plate silencers/line

silencers, acoustic lagging (insulation), thick-walled pipe work as and where necessary.

The general mitigation measures for the attenuation of noise are given below:

• Noise will be reduced by preventing leakages from steam lines, compressed air lines

and other high pressure equipment.

• Suitable padding will be provided at required locations to avoid rattling due to

vibration

• Noise generating equipment will be encased to control noise.

• Noise proof cabins will be provided to operators wherever remote control for

operating noise generating equipment is feasible.

• The air compressor, process air blower, pneumatic valves etc, will be provided with

acoustic enclosure;

• Design/installation precautions will be taken as specified by the manufacturers with

respect to noise control and will be strictly adhered.

• High noise generating sources will be insulated adequately by providing suitable

enclosures.

• Sound attenuation panels will be installed wherever required around noise

generating equipment.

• Noise control will form an integral part of the plant design.

• Other than the regular maintenance of various equipment, ear plugs/muffs will be

provided to personnel working close to the noise generating units.

• All openings like covers and partitions will be designed properly

• Inlet and outlet mufflers will be provided wherever required.

• All rotating equipment / parts will be well lubricated and provided with enclosures as

far as possible to reduce noise transmission.

4.2.5. Water Environment:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The impact on water environment during the operation phase of the proposed plant shall

be in terms of water consumption and waste water generation due to process activities.

The current source of water supply is from Taldanda Canal. The total requirement of the

water for the proposed project is 14,400 KL. Under long periods of plant shut downs,

liquids from plant equipment are emptied into a large guard pond from which carbon

dioxide and ammonia vapor slowly evolve out. Bulk of the liquid effluents from the other

plant units are recycled back into the plants units and other liquid streams are treated in a

ETP and stored in another large capacity guard pond. Water from this guard pond which

conforms to Agricultural (Surface Discharge) standards is pumped out into the green belt.

The Probable Quantity of Waste Water Generation in each given in the Table 4.7

Treatment and recycle of Waste water:

Entire quantity of liquid generated shall be adequately sent back into the process and

completely recycled / reused within the proposed project.

Final effluent generated from process plants will be treated in the ETP to bring the

parameters within Local / central pollution control board norms / standards and then

treated effluent will be discharged to adjacent Nalah and for disposal to sea.

Impact on surface water

Due to the proposed project various activities as mentioned below can impact surface

water:

• Source of raw water for proposed project is from Taladanda Canal (Distributry Ponit

16).

• DFPCL had submitted the proposal on 15th June 2017 for draw of 14,400 KLD of

water from Taladanda Canal.

• The treated effluent after being recycled and reused it will be disposed off in adjacent

Nalah / creek

Mitigation measures

• Waste water generated from the complex is treated in a dedicated ETP and the

treated water sent to a Guard pond. The treated waste water is recycled/reused for

ash pond operations, sprinklers and greenbelt watering.

• Domestic waste water is treated in a Package unit and recycled for gardening.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 4.7 Probable Quantity of Waste Water Generation in each phase

Sr.No Source Description Frequency UOM Quantity Phase-

I Quantity Phase- II

1

Ammonia plant

Ammonia recovery effluent from synthesis loop

Continuous m³/h

0 1.5

2 Ammonia compressor oil + water drain Continuous m³/h 0 0.1

3 Floor washings Intermittent m³/h 0 1

4 Cooling tower blow down & back wash Continuous m³/h 0 40

1

WNA plant

Boiler blow down Continuous m³/h 2.21 2.21



4 Floor washing Intermittent m³/h .375 0.375

1

ANS plant

Clean Condensate Continuous m³/h 9.25 9.25




1

TAN plant

Process Condensate Continuous m³/h 3 3



1

O & U

Cooling tower blow down Continuous m³/h 45 45

2 Cooling tower back wash Intermittent m³/h 1 1

3 DM plant back wash Intermittent m³/h 20 20

4 Boiler blow down Continuous m³/h 0.83 0.83

5 Storage, Tank Farm & Handling area Intermittent m³/h 0.42 0.42

1 Non plant

Sanitary drain Intermittent m³/h 1 1

2 Sewage Intermittent m³/h 1 1

Grand Total m³/h 85 128

Total continuous m³/h 103 103

Total Intermittent m³/h 25 25

Total effluent m³/day 2044 3064


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


4.3. Impact of Solid Waste:

The major hazardous wastes generated from the plant are used/spent oil, discarded

containers, fly ash and bottom ash. The mode disposal is mentioned in Table 4.8.

Measures taken to contain the impact are given below

Table 4.8 Hazardous Generation and Disposal

Sl. No Hazardous waste Mode of Disposal

1 Used/ Spent oil Disposal by sale to registered agencies

2 Discarded containers Disposal to incineration at TSDF

3 Catalyst Supplier will be taking back of the used catalyst

4 Fly ash/Bottom Ash Disposal to nearby Cement Industries

4.4. Impact on Ecology & Biodiversity

• During construction phase, increase in deposition of dust and dust settling on the

vegetation may alter or limit plant’s abilities to photosynthesize and/or reproduce;

• Clearance of existing scrub covers during site preparation, due to such activities

habitation fragmentation.

• The impact of SOx hazardous for the environment is limited due to the product

properties of no bioaccumulation, weak solubility and precipitation in aquatic

environment.

Mitigation measures

The developed greenbelt and green cover in the project area would increase the flora and

fauna density in the area at the project site.

4.5. Infrastructure

The movement of workforce to and from place of work, and the movement of vehicles

carrying equipment and construction material are expected to increase the stress on the

local transport and road network. Considering the number of workers involved in the

construction activity there will be marginal increase in traffic. The strain on road network

due to additional traffic will be insignificant. Since, the construction site is located in an

industrial area and is significantly away from public road network there will not be any

disturbance to traffic on account of any obstructions. In order to minimize impact,

scheduling for the receipt of all construction materials and equipment will be done in

order to avoid peak traffic conditions, to the extent possible.

Hence, the impact on infrastructure facilities is marginal and reversible in nature.

4.6. Socio-economic Environment

The proposed project will have positive impacts on demography and socio-economic

developments which are listed below:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• The plant acts as a force generator and has contributes to all round development of

the area.

• Increase in employment opportunities leading to reduction in locals migrating outside

for employment.

• Increase in literacy rate.

• Growth in service sectors

• Improvement in socio-cultural environment of the area.

• Improvement in transport, communication, health and educational services.

• Increase in employment due to increased business, trade, commerce and service

sector.

• Thus the overall impact on the socio economic environment of the region is expected

to be beneficial for the local population.

4.7. Occupational Health and Risk

General Safety Measures

Proposed plants will require installation of different storage tanks to store liquid

chemicals, located in tank-farm area. The liquid chemicals will be received through

tankers and trucks to storage-tanks. No specific liquid chemicals will stayed in any tank

for longer period, and there will be no possibility of adverse effect to any person,

surrounding atmosphere in ordinary circumstances. However, considering the various

chemicals handled and stored at site; following safety measures will be provided at the

site. The following safety measures need to be taken while handling the chemicals.

Requisite personnel Protective Equipment shall be provided to the workers.

Instruction/Notice to wear the same will be displayed. Further, it will be insisted to use the

same while at work.

• Provision of water shower with Eye washer and display of notice accordingly.

• MSDS of all hazardous chemicals will available at Office and responsible persons.

• Antidotes for all chemicals being used as per MSDS will be kept ready at the site.

• Booklet on “Disclosure of Information on Hazardous Chemicals to the workers” will

be prepared and educated them.

• Provisions of First Aid Box and trained person in first aid.

• Prohibition on eating or drinking at work-area.

• Any leakage/spillage of liquid chemical shall be immediately attended and provision

of urgent cleaning.

• Work area will be monitored to maintain work environment free from any

dust/chemicals fumes/ vapours and keep within below permissible limit.

• Provision of adequate Fire Extinguishers at site and training will be imparted to the

workers also.

• Maintaining the Fire-Protection System adequately.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Availability of Self Breathing Apparatus at site.

• PPE will be provided

• Provisions of immediate accident/incident reporting and investigation.

• Instructions on Emergency/Disaster will be displayed.

• Safety Posters and slogans will be exhibited at conspicuous places.

• Arrangement of Periodical Training to workers/operatives, supervisors.

• Work permit systems will be strictly followed.

• Safety Committee will be constituted and safety, health and environmental

matters/issues will be discussed in the meeting and enlighten the participants in

these respect.

The occupational health care and safety plan incorporated in the EMP and the

Emergency Preparedness Plans will ensure that the probability of undesired events and

consequences are taken care. The overall impact on human health will be minimum.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (SITE AND TECHNOLOGY)

Orissa has special strengths in Chemical and mineral related industries, now diversifying

into machineries and other manufacturing industries. Regional wise, industrial

accumulation as well as population concentration can be found in major cities along

DFPCL already have possession of 340,000 Sq. Meter of prime land suitable for

industrial activities. The IOCL refinery, Paradeep Phosphates Limited (PPL), IFFCO etc

refinery/petrochemicals/Fertilizer complexes are within the radius of 10 Kms of DFPCL

land. DFPCL Plan to capture both domestic market (eastern & central India) as well as

export market (Australia, SEA etc) from the aforesaid plant.

5.1. Potential Location

Favorable locations for proposed plant are identified based on the followings:

• Logistics and accessibility to necessary infrastructure,

• Accumulation of existing industries and nearby cities for necessary resources,

• Regional development project and major sector specific projects which determines

preferred industrial sector in the specific region.

DFPCL had indentified the three locations for proposed project, which is listed below,

Location 1: in Year 2006/2007, DFPCL’s AN plant was to come up within a plot (near

M/s KARGIL Factory in Paradeep) allocated by PPT but later withdrawn.

Location 2: This Resulting into a large financial loss to DFPCL as plant equipment

imported and stored in Paradeep had to be later shifted to Taloja and

erected there. (Case sub judice with SC)

Location 3: in Year 2016, Due diligence of a site near Dhamra port in Odisha was

conducted. It was dropped being financially nonviable.

5.2. Technologies available

There are number of process licensors offering the technologies to manufacture Nitric

Acid and Technical Ammonium Nitrate. A list of some of the reputed Process Licensor is

given below:

• Udhe/TKIS, Germany

• Espindesa, Spain

• Grande Paroisse, France (now owned by Casale,Switzerland)

• Weatherly Inc, USA (now owned by KBR,USA

This Chapter provides an alternative analysis, including site and technology, considered

for the proposed expansion project.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Orica Australia

Basically, each of the technologies is not substantially different from the others and hence

there is little difference in cost due to technology adopted.

DFPCL over the years has not only absorbed but improvised these technologies and is in

position to carve out best possible process configuration towards most cost-effective

manufacture of AN- products.

For the Paradeep Project DFPCL has selected the technologies from one of the above,

and with whom DFPCL has the experience of installation, commissioning & operation.

.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM

6.1. Objectives

Regular monitoring program of the environmental parameters is essential to take into

account the changes in the environment. The monitoring program for the proposed

project will allow for prompt implementation of effective corrective measures. The main

objectives of environmental monitoring are:

• To assess the change in the environmental conditions,

• To monitor the effective implementation of mitigation measures,

6.2. Proposed Environmental Monitoring Programme and Control

The environmental monitoring program encompasses location, duration, frequency of the

parameters that has to be monitored. Monitoring of environmental components during

operation phase is a part and parcel of the environmental mitigation measures. Only

frequent monitoring can assess the functioning and efficiency of all pollution control

equipment. The monitoring activity for air quality water quality, soil quality and noise

levels data will be submitted to Odisha State Pollution Control Board (OSPCB) at regular

intervals.

6.2.1. Air Quality Monitoring

Air quality monitoring includes ambient air quality monitoring, stack gas emissions and

meteorological conditions. The monitoring will be carried out as per Central Pollution

Control Board (CPCB) guidelines and in consultation with Odisha SPCB and standard

procedures like CPCB are followed for sample collection and analysis. Proposed

monitoring schedule with monitoring plan during operation of proposed project is given in

Table-6.1.

Table 6.1 : Air Quality Monitoring Schedule

Sr.

No.

Monitoring

Stations

Number of

Monitoring

Stations

Frequency of

Monitoring

Proposed Monitoring

Program During Operation

of Proposed Project

1 Continuous

Meteorology

station

One Continuous Wind speed, Wind direction,

Temperature, Relative

Humidity, Solar Radiation,

Rain fall

2 Continuous Three Continuous PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx

This chapter provides the proposed environmental monitoring programme for the

proposed project to access the environmental attributes for both the construction and

operation stages


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Sr.

No.

Monitoring

Stations

Number of

Monitoring

Stations

Frequency of

Monitoring

Proposed Monitoring


of Proposed Project

Ambient Air

Quality monitoring

station

stations

3 Ambient Air

Quality monitoring

stations

(Reparable dust

sampler) around

plant

Four Twice in a week

round the year

through MoEF&CC

recognized

laboratory, twice in

a month by in-

house

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx

4 Continuous Stack

Emission

2 units Continuous Particulates, SO2 and NOx

5 Stack monitoring

through iso kinetic

sampling

All the (2)

units

Twice in a month

by in-house and

once in a month by

MoEF&CC

recognized

laboratory

Particulates, SO2 and NOx ,

Hg

6.2.2. Water Quality Monitoring

Water quality monitoring includes Source (surface) water, ground water, plant effluent

and sewage treatment plant effluent. The monitoring is carried out as per CPCB

guidelines and in consultation with Odisha SPCB. Standard procedures of

CPCB/BIS/ASTM/APHA are followed for sample collection and analysis. Proposed

monitoring schedule with monitoring plan during operation of proposed plant in Table-6.2.

Table 6.2 : Water And Wastewater Monitoring Schedule

Sr.

No.

Water Quality

Monitoring

Number of

Monitoring

Stations

Frequency of

Monitoring

Proposed Monitoring


of Proposed for Plant

1. Surface Water

Quality

2 to 3 locations

in major water

bodies

Monthly,

Quarterly

Physico-chemical and

Bacteriological parameters

Heavy Metals

2. Ground Water

Quality

Two Stations-

Nearby villages

Monthly

Physico-chemical and

Bacteriological parameters


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


* All Plant discharges including blow downs, cooling water blow down etc. are routed

through combined effluent treatment plant, and after treatment re-used for ash handling.

Hence during normal operation of plant, the system as such is near Zero Liquid

Discharge (ZLD) basis. Only in exigencies like heavy monsoon / flooding etc. the quantity

over and above re-use is discharged as plant effluent.

6.2.3. Noise Quality Monitoring

Ambient Noise monitoring includes monitoring during day time as well as night time. The

monitoring shall be carried out as per CPCB guidelines and in consultation with Odisha

SPCB through Ministry of Environment, Forests and Climate Change (MoEF&CC)

recognized laboratory using standard instruments and methodology. The noise

monitoring in work zone and at surrounding villages shall be done once in 6 months.

6.3. Infrastructural Requirements for Monitoring

It is envisaged that the proposed plant will have an established environmental laboratory

for carrying out regular post-project monitoring. Basic equipment like ambient air quality

samplers, on line Stack and ambient air monitoring equipment, noise meters,

spectrophotometer, pH meter, conductivity meter, BOD incubator, etc. are required for

environmental laboratory. All equipment & monitoring instruments will be calibrated

periodically.

Following facilities will be provided for monitoring of environmental parameters.

• The proponent shall established continuous meteorology station with monitoring

facility for wind speed, wind direction, temperature, relative humidity, solar radiation,

rain fall.

• Iso kinetic sampling instruments capable of particulate matter as well as gases and

temperature of the stacks;

• Portable gas emission monitoring kit;

• Portable water analysis kit;

• High volume air samplers and Respirable dust monitors;

• Spectrophotometers;

• pH meters;

• Conductivity meters;

Quarterly Heavy Metals - Quarterly

3. Plant

Effluents*

One – Combined

effluent

Fortnightly

Quarterly

Physico-chemical parameters

and

Heavy metals

as per consent

4 ETP/STP One – ETP/STP

discharge

Weekly Physico-chemical parameters

and BOD as per consent


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• BOD incubators for bacteriological analysis;

• Atomic Absorption Spectrometers;

• Hot air ovens;

• COD reflux set up;

• Refrigerator;

• Single pan balance (Mettler);

• Thermometers;

• Titration sets; and

• Relevant standard chemicals, filter papers, thimbles, etc for air and water analysis.

Alternatively, monitoring may be outsourced to a recognized laboratory. Laboratory

recognized by MoEF&CC and accredited by NABL shall be engaged.

6.4. Environmental Organisational Setup

An Environmental Management Group (EMG) consisting of competent workforce headed

by AGM level will be established by the proponent to deal with various environmental and

Ash Utilisation aspects including follow-up with Odisha SPCB, Regional MoEF&CC and

CPCB and to interact with inter-disciplinary groups responsible for maintenance and

operation of pollution control equipment. The group reports to head of the station. The

same group will continue as nodal department for the proposed project also when in

operation, with following functions.

• Obtaining Consent Order from SPCBs;

• Environmental monitoring;

• Analysis of environment data, reports preparation and transmission of report to

statutory authorities and Corporate Centre etc.;

• Compliance with guidelines and statutory requirements;

• Coordination with statutory bodies, functional groups of the station, Corporate EMG /

Engineering etc.;

• Interaction for evolving and implementation of modification programs to improve the

availability / efficiency of pollution control devices / systems;

• Environmental Appraisal (Internal) and Environmental Audit; and

• Formulating strategy at station level for ash utilisation and compliance to MoEF&CC

guidelines.

Further Environment Management Group at regional level (ER-1 HQ) and corporate level

(CC) monitor the environmental performance of the station and provide regular guidance

in consultation with MoEF&CC and CPCB, Delhi. The Environmental Management Group

at regional level reports to Regional Executive Director (ER-1) and at corporate level

reports to Director (Operation).

6.5. Environmental Cost towards Monitoring Setup


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Environmental protection will be monitored and executed by centralized environmental

management cell. It is proposed to invest about Rs. 2 cores. For Environmental Lab

Equipment.

6.6. Submission of Monitoring Reports to Regulatory Authorities (MoEF&CC, CPCB, OSPCB) –

As per the requirements, the status of environmental clearance stipulation

implementation will be submitted to MoEF&CC in hard and soft copy by 1st December for

the period from April to September and by 1st June for the period from October to March

of every year. The conventional pollutants will be monitored on monthly basis and reports

will be submitted to SPCB, as per the requirements. The monitoring reports under action

plan for Critically Polluted Area will be submitted to CPCB and OSPCB periodically.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 7. ADDITIONAL STUDY

7.1. Introduction

The word 'disaster' is synonymous with 'emergency' as defined by the Ministry of

Environment and Forests (MoEF). An emergency occurring in the proposed plant [Nitric

Acid (capacity as 100 %) (900 MTPD / 297 KTA), Ammonium Nitrate Solution (100%)

(1140 MTPD/ 376.2 KTA), Technical AN (TAN) Prill (1,000 MTPD / 330 KTA), AN Melt

(140.0 MTPD /46 KTA), Ammonia during Phase-2 (380 TPD/ 126KTA)] (hereinafter

referred to as "Plant") is one that may affect several sections within it and / or may cause

serious injuries, loss of lives, extensive damage to environment or property or serious

disruption outside the plant. It will require the best use of internal resources and the use

of outside resources to handle it effectively.

DFPCL have similar plants (Nitric acid, ANS, TAN & ammonia) in their existing facilities

located at Taloja, Maharahstra & Srikakulam, Andhra Pradesh and expertise in handling

the plants & storage units.

It may happen usually as the result of a malfunction of the normal operating procedures.

It may also be precipitated by the intervention of an outside force such as a cyclone,

flood, earthquake or deliberate acts of arson or sabotage. This chapter deals with the

risks associated with the Plant, its mitigation and the Disaster Management Plan.

7.2. Scope of Work

The scope of the study is to model and appraise the risks associated with all toxic and

flammable hazards resulting from potential loss of containment accident scenarios from

DFPCL Operations and developing a Disaster Management Plan.

7.3. Objectives

The specific objectives of the study are to identify:

• Hazardous materials associated with the project

• Potential consequences of identified threats

• Recommend risk prevention and reduction measures to ensure that all risks are

within ALARP.

• Defines the actions to be taken in case of emergencies.

7.4. Methodology of HIRA

Hazard Identification and Risk Assessment:

This Chapter provides the details about the Risk Assessment, Disaster Management

Plan (DMP) and on-site emergency plan as proposed for the proposed project.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Hazard is defined as a chemical or physical conditions those have the potential for

causing damage to people, property or the environment. In this chapter the

hazards associated with only the proposed expansion project have been

discussed.

The primary step of the Hazard identification is the risk analysis and entails the process

of collecting information on:

• the types and quantities of hazardous substances stored and handled at the plant,

• the location of storage tanks & other facilities, and

• Potential hazards associated with the spillage and release of hazardous chemicals.

7.4.1. Identification of Hazards

The main hazard potentials in the proposed Plant, Plant are categorized as below:

• Material hazards; Associated with Hazardous Materials Storage Facilities.

• Process hazards due to loss of containment during handling of hazardous

materials or processes resulting in fire, explosion, etc

• Mechanical hazards due to "mechanical" operations such as welding,

maintenance, falling objects etc. - basically those NOT connected to hazardous

materials.

• Electrical hazards: electrocution, high voltage levels, short circuit, etc.

Out of these, the material and process hazards are the one with a much wider damage

potential as compared to the mechanical and electrical hazards, which are by and large

limited to very small local pockets.

7.5. Hazardous Materials Bulk Storages at the DFPCL Plant

The major hazardous chemical to be stored at the DFPCL site will be Ammonia, Acids,

Caustic Soda, Chlorine, Ammonium Nitrate etc. as given below in the Table:

Table 7.1. Bulk Storages

Sr No.

Raw Material Type

Storage Tank

Dyke Details

Remarks Number

of storage

Capacity in MT

MOC

1 Weak Nitric acid (100 % Basis)

Intermediate 2 1500 Each (Total 3000

MT)

SS-304 L


2 Ammonia (Bullets)

Raw Material

2 250 MT Carbon

steel


Phase-I (Vol = 230 m³)

3

Ammonium nitrate solution storage (100 % Basis)

Intermediate as well as Final Product

2 200 MT

Each (Total 400 MT)

SS-304 L


Total = 400 MT For H/D =1.167)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


4 Magnesium Nitrate

Raw Material

Under RM Shed

20 Bag storage

5 Ammonia (Atmospheric storage)

Raw Material

2 1500 MT

Each (Total 3000 MT)

LTCS (SA

537 CL 1)

As per design as double integrity.

Phase-II (For H/D =0.85)

6

Liquefied Natural gas station continuous pipe line supply during Phase-II

Raw Material

Receiving station

20850 sm³/hr

CS lines

Not applicable

7 Caustic Lye Aux Chemicals

1 25 CSRL/

IS-2062


8 Sulfuric Acid (98%)

Aux Chemicals

1 25 CS/ IS-2062


9 LDO Fuel 1

900 lit container

for emergency requirement

MS

10 Chlorine Aux Chemical (Biocide)

4 Tonners

0.9 MT each

Tonner

7.5.1. Hazardous Analysis of Bulk Storage Materials

DFPCL will be using a number of raw materials but only few are stored in bulk and few

chemicals are listed under “List of hazardous and Toxic Chemicals” category under

MSIHC Rules, 1989. The raw materials coming under hazardous category as specified

by MSIHC Rules, 1989 (including subsequent amendments) is given in Table below


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Table 7.2. Hazard Analysis of Bulk Storage Materials

S No

Material S. No & Threshold Quantity (TQ in Kg) as per MSHIC Rules

Chemicals Hazards Potential Remarks

Schedule-1, Part-II

Schedule-2, Part-I

Schedule-3,

Part-I

1. Ammonia CAS

No:7664-41-7

UN No:1005

31 2 TQ-1: 60

MT TQ-2:

600 MT

105 TQ-1: 50

MT TQ-2:

500 MT

. Health Hazards: Vapors cause irritation of eyes and respiratory tract. Liquid will burn skin and eyes. Poisonous; may be fatal if inhaled. Contact may cause burns to skin and eyes. Contact with liquid may cause frostbite.

ERPG-1: 25 ppm

ERPG-2: 150 ppm

ERPG-3: 750 ppm

IDLH: 300 ppm

Fire Hazards: Mixing of ammonia with several chemicals can cause severe fire hazards and/or explosions

2. Nitric Acid

CAS No: 7697-37-2

Nonflamble Colorless to light yellow.Liquid; Odor: Acrid. Disagreeable and choking. (Strong.)

423 --- --- Very hazardous in case of skin contact (corrosive, irritant, permeator), of eye contact (irritant, corrosive), of ingestion, . Slightly hazardous in case of inhalation

3. Ammonium Nitrate

CAS No: 6484-

33 3; 4 (fertilizer)

126 TQ-1:

350 MT

Ammonium nitrate is moderately toxic if large amounts

Ammonium nitrate is incompatible with copper, zinc, or their alloys (i.e.,


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


52-2

White odourless prills, with strong disagreeable acrid taste. Ammonium nitrate is not flammable.

TQ-2: 2500 MT

are swallowed; Highly Reactive When heated to decomposition (unconfined) ammonium nitrate produces nitrous oxides, white ammonium nitrate fumes

bronze, brass, galvanised metals, etc.), aluminium powder and mil

4. Sulphuric Acid

CAS No: 7664-93-9 UN No: 1830

591 Flammability: Will not burn Health Hazard: Extremely hazardous - use full protection; Reactivity: Violent chemical change possible

ERPG-1: 2.0 mg/m3

ERPG-2: 10 mg/m3

ERPG-3: 30 mg/m3

IDLH: 15 mg/m3

5. Caustic Lye

Sodium Hydroxide CAS No: 1310-730-2 UN No: 1823

571 Not flammable; Corrosive to metals and tissue. Hazardous.

ERPG-1: 0.5 ppm

ERPG-2: 5.0 ppm

ERPG-3: 50 ppm

IDLH: ---- ppm

6. Chlorine

CAS No:7782-50-5

119 5 TQ-1: 10MT TQ-2: 25 MT

108 TQ-1: 10MT

TQ-2: 25

Non Combustible; May ignite other combustible materials

ERPG-1: 1.0 ppm ERPG-2: 3.0 ppm


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


UN No:1017

A greenish yellow gas with a pungent suffocating odor. Toxic by inhalation.

MT (wood, paper, oil, etc.). Mixture with fuels may cause explosion. Container may explode in heat of fire. Chlorine reacts explosively with or supports the burning of numerous common materials. Ignites steel at 100°C in the presence of soot, rust, carbon, or other catalysts. Ignites dry steel wool at 50°C. Hydrogen and chlorine mixtures (5-95%) are exploded by almost any form of energy (heat, sunlight, sparks, etc.). Health Hazards: Poisonous; may be fatal if inhaled. Contact may cause burns to skin and eyes. Bronchitis or chronic lung conditions

ERPG-3: 20 ppm IDLH: 10 ppm


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The petroleum materials used in DFPCL plant and their hazardous nature are as below:

Table 7.3. : Petroleum Products in DFPCL and hazardous nature

Item Physical Impact on Man, Animal & Eco-System Physical Chemical

LDO/HSD UN No.-1202 Flammable Liquid-Class-3 Hazardous Waste ID No.-17 Hazchem Code-3Y* NFPA Hazards Signals Health-0 Flammability-2 Reactivity/ Stabilty-0

BP- 150 – 400°C Vapour Pressure (35°C)- <1 mm at 38°C Specific Gravity-0.81 – 0.91 at 20°C

LEL -0.6% (V/V) UEL – 7.5% (V/V) Flash Point > 32° C Auto ignition Temp.-256° C Stable compound

Entry through inhalation, ingestion and skin; Inhalation Effects: Dizziness and headache, Aspiration – Rapidly developing, potential fatal chemical pneumonities Ingestion Effect: Nausea and Vomiting; Contact Effects: Irritation, Eyes- Irritation; Dermatitis may develop on prolonged contact.

Solubility in water- Insoluble

Incompatible with oxidizing agents.

LD50 (oral rat)- 2800 mg/kg; LD50 -200;TLV(ACGIH)- 5 mg/kg; STEL- 10 mg/kg

7.6. Detailed QRA Approach: Rule Sets and Assumptions

Identification of hazards and likely scenarios (based on Level-1 and Level-2 activities) calls

for detailed analysis of each scenario for potential of damage, impact area (may vary with

weather conditions / wind direction) and safety system in place. Subsequently each incident

is classified according to relative risk classifications provided in Table below as Table 7.4:

Table 7.4. Risk Classification

Stage Description

High (> 10-2/yr.)

A failure which could reasonably be expected to occur within the expected life time of the plant. Examples of high failure likelihood are process leaks or single instrument or valve failures or a human error which could result in releases of hazardous materials.

Moderate (10-2 --10-

4/yr.)

A failure or sequence of failures which has a low probability of occurrence within the expected lifetime of the plant. Examples of moderate likelihood are dual instrument or valve failures, combination of instrument failures and human errors, or single failures of small process lines or fittings.

Low (<10-4)

A failure or series of failures which have a very low probability of occurrence within the expected lifetime of plant. Examples of ‘low’ likelihood are multiple instruments or valve failures or multiple human errors, or single spontaneous failures of tanks or process vessels.

Minor Incidents

Impact limited to the local area of the event with potent for ‘knock – on- events’

Serious Incident

One that could cause: 1. Any serious injury or fatality on/off site; 2. Property damage of $ 1 million offsite or $ 5 million onsite.

Extensive Incident

One that is five or more times worse than a serious incident.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Assigning a relative risk to each scenario provides a means of prioritising associated risk

mitigation measures and planned actions.

7.6.1. Thermal Hazards

In order to understand the damages produced by various scenarios, it is appropriate to

understand the physiological/physical effects of thermal radiation intensities. The thermal

radiation due to tank fire usually results in burn on the human body. Furthermore, inanimate

objects like equipment, piping, cables, etc. may also be affected and also need to be

evaluated for damages. Tables 7.5, 7.6 and Table 7.7 (below), respectively give tolerable

intensities of various objects and desirable escape time for thermal radiation.

Thermal hazards could be from fires or explosion. Fire releases energy slowly while

explosion release energy very rapidly (typically in micro seconds). Explosion is rapid

expansion of gases resulting in rapidly moving shock wave. Explosion can be confined

(within a vessel or building) or unconfined (due to release of flammable gases).

BLEVE (boiling liquid expanding vapour explosion) occurs if a vessel containing a liquid at

a temperature above its atmospheric boiling point ruptures. The subsequent BLEVE is the

explosive vaporisation of large fraction of its vapour contents; possibly followed by

combustion or explosion of the vaporised cloud if it is combustible range.

Thermal hazards have been considered for various scenarios including: Fire in fuel storage

tank.

Table 7.5. Effects due to Incident Radiation Intensity

Incident

Radiation

kW/m2

Damage Type

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort on long duration

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree burn are

likely).

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. Second degree burn after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting of plastic tubing etc.

25 Minimum Energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting, plastic tubing etc.

37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment.

62.0 Spontaneous ignition of wood.

Table 7.6. Thermal Radiation Impact to Human

Exposure Duration

Radiation Energy {1% lethality; kW/m2}

Radiation Energy for 2nd degree burns;

kW/m2

Radiation Energy for 1st degree burns;

kW/m2

10 sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 9.3 7.0 4.0

Table 7.7. Tolerable Intensities for Various Objects


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Sl. No Objects Tolerable Intensities (kw/m2)

1 Drenched Tank 38

2 Special Buildings (No window, fire proof doors) 25

3 Normal Buildings 14

4 Vegetation 10-12

5 Escape Route 6 (up to 30 sec.)

6 Personnel in Emergencies 3 (up to 30 sec.)

7 Plastic Cables 2

8 Stationary Personnel 1.5

1. Damage due to Explosion

The explosion of a dust or gas (either as a deflagration or detonation) results in a reaction

front moving outwards from the ignition source preceded by a shock wave or pressure

front. After the combustible material is consumed the reaction front terminates but the

pressure wave continues its outward movement. Blast damage is based on the

determination of the peak overpressure resulting from the pressure wave impacting on the

object or structure.

As a safety measure DFPCL is storing highly hazardous raw materials in isolated places

with full safety measures. Damage estimates based on overpressure are given in Table 7.8

below:

Table 7.8. Damage due to Overpressure

Sl. No Overpressure (psig / bar)

Damage

1 0.04 Loud Noise / sonic boom glass failure

2 0.15 Typical pressure for glass failure

3 0.5 - 1 Large and small windows usually shattered

4 0.7 Minor damage to house structure

5 1 Partial demolition of houses, made uninhabitable.

6 2.3 Lower limit of serious structure damage

7 5 – 7 Nearly complete destruction of houses

8 9 Loaded train box wagons completely demolished

9 10 Probable total destruction of houses

10 200 Limits of crater lip

In DFPCL case explosion possibility is there due to Technical Ammonium Nitrate (prills).

7.6.2. Toxic Release

Hazardous materials handled and stored in bulk in DFPCL complex are toxic gases/

chemicals i.e. Ammonia, Chlorine and acids(as detailed in Table 7.1 and other raw

materials as defined in MSHIC rules and indicated in Table 7.2. Some of these chemicals

are stored in bulk (in tank farm).


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Damage criteria: For toxic release the damage criteria considered is IDLH concentration (if

data are available). In the absence of non-availability of IDLH, ‘Inhalation Toxicity (IT) data

for rats’ are considered.

7.6.3. Data Limitations

It is also observed that very little data or information (regarding physical properties required

for modelling) is available about for some of the products (Ammonium Nitrate solution,

Dilute Nitric Acid (For modelling anhydrous nitric acid is considered)).

7.6.4. Ammonium Nitrate

Ammonium Nitrate is highly reactive substance. Though it has not been put as Explosive

substance in MSIHC Rules, considering its thermal sensibility, Government of India has

declared this as ‘Explosive’ and brought it under regulatory norms.

Hazardous nature of Ammonium Nitrate is given below in brief.

Government Notification NEW DELHI: The government of India has finally declared the

chemical as an "explosive". But given the widespread use of the mixture as fertilizer, the

government notification came with a rider that its possession and use would invoke penal

action only if the composition had 45% or more ammonium nitrate content.

"The central government hereby declares that ammonium nitrate or any combination

containing more than 45% of ammonium nitrate by weight including emulsions,

suspensions, melts or gels shall be deemed to be an explosive," the commerce and

industry ministry said in a notification issued last week.

Hazardous Nature: Ammonium nitrate is not flammable under normal applications and is

not considered a fire risk, but will support combustion in an existing fire by liberating oxygen

– even if smothered. It is for this reason that fires involving ammonium nitrate cannot be

extinguished by the prevention or air ingress

Ammonium nitrate has a melting point of 170ºC and decomposes from 170 °C before

boiling. It is not in itself combustible but, as it is an oxidising agent, it can assist other

materials to burn, even if air is excluded.

Ammonium nitrate will not explode due to the friction and impact found in normal handling,

but it can be detonated under heat and confinement or severe shock. For example, in a fire,

pools of molten ammonium nitrate may be formed and if the molten mass becomes

confined (e.g. in drains, pipes, plant or machinery) it could explode, particularly if it

becomes contaminated.

In a fire, all types of ammonium nitrate may melt and decompose with the release of toxic

fumes (mainly oxides of nitrogen) which may be yellow or brown. Most types do not

continue to decompose once the fire has been extinguished. The risk of fire or explosion is

greatly increased if ammonium nitrate is mixed with combustible or incompatible materials,

such as powdered metals, alkali metals, urea, chromium or copper salts, organic and

carbonaceous materials, sulphur, nitrites, alkalis, acids, chlorates and reducing agents

(consult data sheets to establish if a substance has reducing properties).


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The risk of an explosion is increased by a combination of the following:

• Heating ammonium nitrate (e.g. in a fire);

• Contamination;

• Serious confinement (e.g. in drains or enclosed parts of equipment).

To minimise the risk of explosion it is therefore important to take precautions against each

of these situations.

7.7. Effect & Consequence Analysis

As a part of risk assessment study, maximum credible accident analysis (MCA) is carried

out to determine the maximum loss scenario from this analysis. It is an eventuality, which is

possible and will have maximum consequential distances for the particular hazardous

chemicals under evaluation.

The selection of the accident scenarios is based on the engineering and professional

judgment, accident descriptions of the past in similar type of plants & the expertise in risk

analysis studies.

7.7.1. Likely Failure Scenarios

Few likely failure scenarios have been selected after critical appraisal of raw materials and

storage inventories. Failure scenarios selected are as given in Table 7.9 below:

Table 7.9. Different Failure Scenarios

S. No. Scenario Remark

Raw materials

Scenario-1 Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage Toxic Impact

Scenario-2 Nitric (Anhydrous) Acid Tank Leakage Toxic Impact

Scenario-3 Heavy LDO Spillage Pool Fire Thermal Impact

Scenario-4 Chlorine Leakage Toxic Impact

7.7.2. Weather Effect

The effect of ambient conditions on the impact of fire / heat radiation and GLC of hazardous

/ toxic material can be beneficial as well as harmful. A high wind (turbulence) can dilute the

toxic material while stable environment can extend the reach of IDLH or IT (inhalation LC50

rats for products) concentration to long distance. Any inflammable gas / vapour release in

turbulent weather will soon dilute the hazardous gases below LEL and thus save the

disaster.

7.8. Hazardous Incidents Impact


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The identified failure scenarios in Table7.10 have been analysed (Using ALOHA and

EFFECT Modules) for the impact zones considering damage due to thermal and toxic

impacts. Similar impacts are considered for expansion units. Each incident will have

Impact on the surrounding environment which in extreme case may cross plant boundary.

The impact zones for various scenarios are given in Table 7.11

Table 7.10. Hazards Scenario Impact

Scenario No.

Scenario Impact Zone (m) Remarks

Material

Scenario-1 Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage

❖ IDLH >10000

❖ IDLH > 10000

Stability Class D Template 1 Stability Class F Template 2

Scenario-2 Nitric (diluted) Acid Tank Leakage

❖ IDLH ~ 188 Stability Class D Template 3

Scenario-3 Heavy LDO Spillage Pool Fire

❖ 35 1st Degree Burn

Scenario-4 Chlorine Leakage ❖ IDLH >1000

❖ IDLH > 1200

Stability Class D Template 4 Stability Class F Template 5

Template 1. Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage (Stability Class D)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Template 2. Heavy Ammonia Leakage and Spillage (Stability Class F)

Template 3. Nitric (conc.) Acid Tank Leakage


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Template 4. Toxic Impact Zone Tonner Chlorine Leakage; Stability Class D

Template 5. Toxic Impact Zone Chlorine Tonner Leakage; Stability Class F


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


7.9. Consequence Analysis

Since the materials involved in this study is toxic as well as flammable, the possible

scenarios are toxic impacts, pool fire, flash fire, dispersion and Jet fire. Orange colour

(IDLH) in the pictures shows predominant effect due to wind direction. Template shows

cumulative effect due to the proposed storage tanks.

7.9.1. Toxicity

Toxic hazards are mainly due to Ammonia and other toxic chemicals leakage and its impact

can cross the plant boundary (if not controlled in time). The impact due to Ammonia heavy

spillage can go beyond 10 km. it may cross the plant boundary limit and affect larger area /

nearby populace depending upon wind direction. The impact due to Chlorine Tonner

leakage can go up to 1.2 km i.e. cross plant boundary limit. Hazardous impact due to

concentrated Nitric Acid can go up to 188 m i.e. within the plant boundary. However in

DFPCL case Nitric Acid is dilute and impact will be much less.

Other hazardous chemicals including products their impact will be limited to spillage area.

The acid spillage if comes in contact with metal parts will produce hydrogen which is highly

flammable gas. Any person moving in area and getting splash will get the injury. In addition

the spillage will cause pollution problem. The spillage is to be collected and neutralized for

toxic contents before disposal.

7.9.2. Thermal Hazards

Thermal hazards are mainly due to LDO storage which is limited within plant boundary.

However hazards due to fire / explosion in Ammonium Nitrate storage can be disastrous

and may result in more serious domino impact.

7.10. Conclusions and Recommendations

Risk Assessment is carried out with the objective to identify the potential hazards from bulk

storage facilities. Important conclusions and recommendations arising out of the Risk

Analysis for Proposed Plant are listed below.

• Thermal radiation from pool fires are well within the boundary (except for

catastrophic rupture of Ammonia Tank due to domino effect).

• It is recommended that the adjacent tanks shall be thermally protected by firewater.

• The atmospheric ammonia storage tanks (during Phase-II) will be of double wall,

double integrity construction with complete automatic safety protection control

systems as per the best worldwide practice. Onsite and offsite emergency

management systems will be strictly followed / practiced including mock drills to

ensure safety of personnel inside and outside the factory premises to tackle

emergencies in case of catastrophic damages to the ammonia storage tanks.

• The threat zones due to the storage of Nitric Acid are confined within the plant

premises, proper bund is to be provided to avoid spillage of complete inventory in

case of catastrophic rupture.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Liquefied Natural Gas (LNG) during Phase-II is used as fuel for the proposed plant

and a pipeline is laid from the existing GAIL transportation pipeline which is 2km’s

away from the proposed pipeline.

• Workers handling and operating Ammonia tanks, cylinders, and tank wagons

should receive special training in standard safety procedures for handling

compressed corrosive gases. All pipes and containment used for this service

should be regularly inspected and tested.

• Use corrosion-resistant structural materials and lighting and ventilation systems in

the storage area.

• Wood and other organic/combustible materials should not be used on floors,

structural materials and ventilation systems in the storage area for ammonium

nitrate.

• Storage tanks should be above ground and surrounded with dikes capable of

holding entire contents.

• Limit quantity of material in storage up to 80 %.

• Restrict access to storage area.

• Post warning signs when appropriate.

• Keep storage area separate from populated work areas.

• Inspect periodically for deficiencies such as damage or leaks.

• Have appropriate fire extinguishers available in and near the storage area.

The following measures are suggested for reducing the risk involved in pipeline systems.

Preventive Maintenance

Routinely inspect and conduct preventive maintenance of equipment / facilities at the unit.

Instruments: All the instruments like pressure, temperature transmitters/gauges and alarms switches and

safety interlocks should be tested for their intended application as per the preventive

maintenance schedule. Similarly, the emergency shutdown system should be tested as per

the preventive maintenance schedule.

7.11. Occupational Health and Safety

Safety in the workplace is critical to the success of running a business, no matter what size

it is.

All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by EMC that these are

used properly by them. All safety norms will be followed.

Preventing Fires & Explosions

• Fires & explosions in boiler can also result from the ignition of volatile materials

and fuels. The most hazardous procedures are during the firing- up and shutting-

down procedures. Coal-fired boiler should have safeguards to ensure that unspent


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


fuel does not accumulate and ignite. The fuel supply to boiler should be fitted with

an automatic shut-off mechanism.

• Operators should be trained in safe systems of work. The building should be

designed to be non-combustible, with automatic fire suppression engineered or

designed into the process where appropriate.

• Risk assessments should be carried out to consider the potential dispersal of toxic

chemicals from non-furnace processes & combustion products, and the potential

impact of an explosion on the surrounding areas.

• Regular safety audits should be undertaken to ensure that hazards are clearly

identified and risk-control measures maintained at an optimum level.

• Boiler should not be operated beyond their safe lives.

Toxic Vapours, Dusts & Fibres

Ammonia will lead to the release of toxic fumes either during operation or accidentally.

When a boiler is stripped for maintenance purposes, particular care should be taken to

avoid inhaling dusts or fibres from the insulating material. Dust and fume collectors should

be incorporated into the boiler design.

Handling of Heavy Bags

Handling of heavy bags of the final products may lead to occupational injuries like strains,

sprains and cramps. This can be avoided by going for mechanical handling of the product

or minimizing the weight for manual handling.

7.12. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

General Provisions

As a supplementary protection against exposure to hazardous conditions in the

production of ammonia where the safety of workers cannot be ensured by other means,

such as eliminating the hazard, controlling the risk at source or minimizing the risk,

suitable and sufficient PPE, having regard to the type of work and risks, and in

consultation with workers and their representatives, should be used by the worker and

provided and maintained by the employer, without cost to the workers.

• Items of PPE provided should comply with the relevant national standards and

criteria approved or recognized by the competent authority.

• Those responsible for the management and operation of the personal protection

programme should be trained in the selection of the proper equipment, in assuring

that it is correctly fitted to the people who use it, in the nature of the hazards the

equipment is intended to protect against, and provide adequate comfort, and in the

consequences of poor performance or equipment failure.

• PPE should be selected considering the characteristics of the wearer and

additional physiological load or other harmful effects caused by the PPE. It should

be used, maintained, stored and replaced in accordance with the standards or


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


guidance for each hazard identified at the facility and according to the information

given by the manufacturer.

• PPE should be examined periodically to ensure that it is in good condition.

• Different PPE & their components should be compatible with each other when

worn together.

• PPE should be ergonomically designed and, to the extent practicable, should not

restrict the user’s mobility or field of vision, hearing or other sensory functions.

• Employers should ensure that the workers who are required to wear PPE are fully

informed of the requirements and of the reasons for them, and are given adequate

training in the selection, wearing, maintenance and storage of this equipment.

• When workers have been informed accordingly, they should use the equipment

provided throughout the time they may be exposed to the risk that requires the use

of PPE for protection.

• The PPE should not be used for longer than the time indicated by the

manufacturer.

• Workers should make proper use of the PPE provided, and maintain it in good

condition, consistent with their training and be provided with the proper means for

doing so.

Head Protection

• Any helmet that has been submitted to a heavy blow, even if there are no evident

signs of damage, should be discarded.

• If splits or cracks appear, or if a helmet shows signs of ageing or deterioration of

the harness, the helmet should be discarded.

• Where there is a hazard of contact with exposed conductive parts, only helmets

made of non-conducting material should be used.

• Helmets for persons working overhead should be provided with chin straps.

• In addition to safety, consideration should also be given to the physiological

aspects of comfort for the wearer.

• The helmet should be as light as possible, the harness should be flexible and

should not irritate or injure the wearer and a sweatband should be incorporated.

• All protective headgear should be cleaned and checked regularly.

Face & Eye Protection

• Face shields or eye protectors should be used to protect against flying particles,

fumes, dust and chemical hazards.

• Face shields should be used in boiler operations and other hot work involving

exposure to high-temperature radiation sources. Protection is also necessary

against sparks or flying hot objects. Face protectors of the helmet type and the

face-shield type are preferred.

• With the use of face and eye protectors, due attention should be paid to greater

comfort and efficiency.

• The protectors should be fitted and adjusted by a person who has received training

in this task.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Comfort is particularly important in helmet and hood type protectors as they may

become almost intolerably hot during use. Air lines can be fitted to prevent this.

• Face and eye protectors should give adequate protection at all times even with the

use of corrective vision devices.

• Eye protectors, including corrective lenses, should be made of appropriate high-

impact material.

Respiratory Protective Equipment

• When effective engineering controls are not feasible, or while they are being

implemented or evaluated, respirators, appropriate to the hazard and risk in

question, should be used to protect the health of the worker.

• When the hazard and risk cannot be assessed with sufficient accuracy to define

the appropriate level of respiratory protection, employers should make positive

pressure air supplied respiratory protective devices available.

• When selecting respirators, an appropriate number of sizes and models should be

available from which a satisfactory respirator can be selected. Different sizes and

models should be available to accommodate a broad range of facial types.

Workers should be fit-tested for respirators.

• Respirators should be cleaned and sanitized periodically. Respirators intended for

emergency use should be cleaned and sanitized after each use.

• The user should be sufficiently trained and familiar with the respirator in order to be

able to inspect the respirator immediately prior to each use to ensure that it is in

proper working condition. Inspection may include the following :

• tightness of connections;

• the condition of the respiratory inlet and outlet covering;

• head harness;

• valves;

• connecting tubes;

• harness assemblies;

• hoses;

• filters;

• cartridges;

• end of service life indicator;

• electrical components;

• shelf life date;

• The proper function of regulators, alarms and other warning systems.

• Respirators should be properly stored. Damage may occur if they are not protected

from physical and chemical agents such as vibration, sunlight, heat, extreme cold,

excessive moisture or damaging chemicals.

• Each respirator should be used with an understanding of its limitations, based on a

number of factors such as the level and duration of exposure, the characteristics of

the chemical and the service life of a respirator.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Workers should be medically evaluated for their ability to wear a respirator safely

before they are required to do so.

Hearing Protection

• When effective engineering controls are not feasible or while they are being

implemented or evaluated, hearing protection should be used to protect the health

of workers.

• Hearing loss of speech frequencies may occur with elevated long-term exposure to

noise. The use of hearing protectors gives the best results to users who are well

informed of the risks and trained in their use. If earplugs are used, special attention

should be paid to the proper fitting technique.

• Hearing protectors should be comfortable, and the users should be trained to use

them properly. Special attention should be paid to possible increased risk of

accidents due to the use of hearing protectors. Earmuffs reduce the capacity to

locate sound sources and prevent warning signals from being heard. This is

especially true for workers with considerable hearing loss.

• No model is suitable for all persons. Those wearing hearing protectors should be

able to choose from alternative products that meet the attenuation criteria.

Earplugs should not be the only solution as not all people can wear them.

• Hearing protectors should be made available at the entrance to the noisy area and

they should be put on before entering the noisy area. Noisy areas should be

indicated by appropriate signs.

• The attenuation of hearing protector’s works well only if they are well maintained.

Good maintenance consists of cleaning, changing replaceable parts such as

cushions, and overall monitoring of the state of the hearing protector.

• Hearing protectors should be evaluated through an audiometric test programme for

exposed workers.

Protection from fall

• When other measures do not eliminate the risk of falling, workers should be

provided with and trained in the use of appropriate fall protection equipment, such

as harnesses and lifelines. Workplaces and traffic lanes in which there are fall

hazards or which border on a danger zone should be equipped with devices which

prevent workers from falling into or entering the danger zone.

• Devices should be provided to prevent workers from falling through floors and

openings.

• Safety harnesses should be worn where required and the lifeline should be

attached to an adequate anchor point.

• Harnesses should be chosen that are safely used with other PPE that may be worn

simultaneously.

• Appropriate and timely rescue should be provided when using fall-arrest equipment

to prevent suspension trauma.

Protection while handling Ammonia

• Adequate number of SCABA apparatus to be provided while handling ammonia

manually or during repairs to ammonia handling equipment.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Fully covered body suit should be worn while handling ammonia.

• Adequate number of PPE is to be made available in the plant premises.

• Body suits with PVC make is to be provided.

Protection while handling Nitric Acid

• Fully covered body suit should be worn while handling Nitric Acid

• Adequate number of PPE is to be made available in the plant premises for

handling Nitric acid during unloading activities.

7.13. Occupational Health – Proposal for Surveillance

• The choice and the implementation of specific measures for preventing workplace

injury and ill health in the work-force of the ammonia plant depend on the

recognition of the principal hazards, and the anticipated injuries and diseases, ill

health and incidents. Below are the most common causes of injury and illness:

• Slips, trips and falls on the same level; falls from height; unguarded machinery;

falling objects;

• Engulfment; working in confined spaces; moving machinery, on-site transport,

forklifts and cranes;

• Exposure to controlled and uncontrolled energy sources; exposure to mineral

wools and fibers; inhalable agents (gases, vapors, dusts and fumes);

• Skin contact with chemicals (irritants acids, alkalis), solvents and sensitizers);

contact with hot objects;

• Fire and explosion; extreme temperatures; radiation (non-ionizing, ionizing);

• Noise and vibration; electrical burns and electric shock;

• Manual handling and repetitive work; failures due to automation; ergonomics;

• Lack of OSH training; poor work organization;

• Inadequate accident prevention and inspection; inadequate emergency first-aid

and rescue facilities; lack of medical facilities and social protection

• Ammonia plant generates dust during its operation and transportation thus causing

lung disease, pneumoconiosis, silicosis etc. in the long run.

• Dust may enter into the systemic circulation and thereby reach the essentially all

the organs of body and affects the different tissues.

• Working near heavy noise generating equipments may cause hearing and blood

pressure related diseases

• Continuous working and improper working position leading to pain & exhaustion.

Plan of evaluation of health of workers

• By pre designed format during pre-placement and periodical examinations.

• Proper schedule will be devised and followed with help of occupational health

experts and doctors.

• Health effects of metals used and health hazard plans based on monthly

correlation of these metal related diseases and people affected.

Schedule of medical check-up during operational phase


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Comprehensive Pre-employment medical checkup for all employees

• General check up of all employees once every year.

• Medical examination will be done for all the employees after retirement and all

those employees with more than 5 years of service leaving the company. After

retirement, medical examination facility will be provided for a period of 5 years.

• Local hospitals and Govt. health monitoring system will be engaged.

• Dispensary and ESI facility will be provided to all workers as applicable

• All safety gears will be provided to workers and care will be taken by EMC that these

are used properly by them. All safety norms will be followed

7.14. Disaster Management Plan

Disaster/ Emergency Management Plan is essential for a chemical plant as the processes

adopted for manufacturing are classified under Factory Act as Hazardous due to handling

and storage of toxic, flammable and explosive hazardous materials. Over the years, the

chemical process plant has created adequate infrastructure and adopted risk mitigation

measures to tackle any emergency that may arise during the manufacturing process. The

important aspect in emergency planning is to control an emergency by technical and

organizational means, minimize accidents and consequent losses. Emergency planning

also brings to light deficiencies, such as, lack of resources necessary for effective

emergency response. It also demonstrates the organization's commitment to safety of

employees and physical property as well as increases the awareness among management

and employees.

Disaster Management Plan for the plant is necessarily a combination of various actions

which are to be taken in a very short time but in a pre-set sequence to deal effectively and

efficiently with any disaster, emergency or major accident with an aim to keep the loss of

men, material, plant/machinery etc. to the minimum.

A major emergency in a hazardous chemical plant is one, which has the potential to cause

serious injury or loss of life. It may cause extensive damage to property and serious

disruption of both inside and outside the plant. Sometimes, it would require the assistance

of outside emergency services to handle it effectively. Although the emergency at the plant

may be caused by a number of different factors, e.g. leakage of toxic and flammable

materials from piping/tanks, total/partial power failure, earthquake or sabotage, it will

normally manifest itself in fire/toxic release.

Primarily, DMP is prepared to furnish details which may require at the time of the

emergency, to delegate responsibility, to estimate the consequences in advance and to

prepare ourselves to control any type of emergency. The plan explains basic requirements

as follows:

• Definition,

• Objectives,

• Organization set up,


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Communication System,

• Action on site,

• Link with Off-site Emergency Plan,

• Training rehearsal and record aspect.

7.14.1. Definitions

Various definitions on different analogy used on On-site & Off-site Emergency Plan are as

follows:

• Accident: An accident may be defined as “an undesirable and unplanned event with or without or major damage consequence of life and /or property.

• Major Accident: It is a sudden, unexpected, unplanned event resulting from uncontrolled developments during an industrial activity, which causes or has the potential to cause, death or hospitalization to a number of people, damage to environment, evacuation of local population or any combination of above effects.

• Emergency: This can be defined as any situation, which presents a threat to safety of person's or/and property. It may require outside help also.

• Major Emergency: Occurring at a work is one that may affect several departments within and/or may cause serious injuries, loss of life, extensive damage to properly or serious disruption outside the works. It will require the use of outside resources to handle it effectively.

• Disaster: Disaster is a sudden calamitous event, bringing great damage, loss or destruction.

• Hazards: Hazard may be defined as “the potential of an accident”. Hazard exists in man and the system of materials and machines.

• Chemical Hazards: It is a hazard due to chemical(s) (including its storage, process, handling, etc.) and it is realized by fire, explosion, toxicity, corrosively, radiation, etc.

• Risk: Risk may be defined as the combination of consequence and probability or likelihood of an accident being caused in a given man-material – machine system.

• On-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies within the factory and not affecting outside public or environment.

• Off-Site Emergency plan: It deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies affecting public and the environment outside the premises.

7.14.2. Objective of the Disaster Management Plan

The primary purpose of this Disaster Management Plan is to equip the Plant with required

resources and information for prompt implementation of the set of actions to be undertaken

in the event of an accident posing hazards to the people and community after

commissioning of the plant.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The objective of Disaster Management Plan (DMP), for the plant is to be in a state of

perceptual readiness through training, development and mock drills, to immediately control

and arrest any emergency situation so as to avert a full fledge disaster and the

consequence of human and property damage and in the event of a disaster still occurring,

to manage the same to that the risk of the damage consequences to life and property are

minimized and thereafter, proper rehabilitation, review and revisions of the DMP to

overcome the shortcomings noticed are undertaken.

The DMP document is prepared keeping in view and to conform the requirements of the

provisions of The Factories Act 1948 under section 41 B (4), Guidelines issued by the

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Govt. of India and Manufacture, Import and Storage

of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 amended in 2000, Schedule 11 under Environmental

Protection Act 1986.

Following are the main objectives of the plan to:

• Defined and assess emergencies, including hazards and risk

• Control and contain incidents.

• Safeguard employees and people in vicinity.

• Minimize damage to property and/or the environment.

• Minimization of risk and impact of event accident.

• Preparation of action plan to handle disasters and to contain damage.

• Inform employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards/risk

assessed and to provide safeguard, and the role to be played by them in the event

of emergency.

• Be ready for 'mutual aid' if need arises to help neighboring unit.

• Inform authorities and mutual aid centers to come for help.

• Effect rescue and treatment of casualties.

• Effective rehabilitation of the affected persons and prevention of damage to the

property.

• Identify and list any fatalities.

• Inform and help relatives.

• Secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normalcy.

• Provide authoritative information to the news media.

7.15. Emergency Organization

7.15.1. Incident Controller

Incident Controller’s role will be to control the emergency at the incident site

7.15.1.1 Duties of Incident Controller

Incident Controller will proceed to the place of emergency after hearing

siren/announcement. He will:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Assess the scale of emergency and decide if a major emergency exists or is likely,

accordingly activate emergency procedure.

• Immediately give his feedback to Emergency Control Centre (ECC) regarding

emergency.

• Direct all operations within the area with following priorities.

▪ Secure the safety of personnel

▪ Minimize damage to plant property and environment.

▪ Minimize loss of material.

• Direct rescue and firefighting operations till the arrival of the outside Fire Brigade;

he will relinquish control to Sr. Officer of Fire Brigade.

• Ensure that the affected area is searched for causalities.

• Ensure that all non-essential workers in the affected area evacuate to the

appropriate assembly point.

• Set up communication point to establish Radio/Telephone/Messenger contact as

with emergency control centre.

• Pending arrival of works site controller, assume the duties of the post in particular

to:

▪ Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plant and areas likely to be threatened by emergency.

▪ Ensure that the outside emergency services have been called in.

• Ensure that the key personnel have been called in.

• Report all significant development to the Site Main Controller.

• Provide advice and information, as required to the Senior Officer of the Fire

Brigade.

• Preserve evidence that would facilitate any subsequent inquiry into the cause and

circumstances of emergency.

Dy. Incident Controller will carry out above said duties in absence of Incident Controller.

7.15.2. Site Main Controller

Site Main Controller will be overall in-charge of emergency organization:

7.15.2.1 Duties of Site Main Controller:

• Relieve the Incident Controller of responsibility of overall main control.

• Co-ordinate ECC or if required, security for raising evacuation siren and also all

clear siren, in case emergency is over.

• Declaration of major emergency ensures that outside emergency services will be

called and when required nearby firms will be informed.

• Ensure that key personnel will be called in.

• Exercise direct operational control on parts of the works outside the affected area.

• Maintain a speculative continuous review of possible development and assess

these to determine most possible cause of events.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Direct the shutting down and evacuation of plants in consultation with key

personnel.

• Ensure causalities are receiving adequate attention; arrange for additional help if

required. Ensure relatives are advised.

• Liaison with Chief Officers of the Fire and Police services for providing assistance

in tackling the emergency.

• Ensure the accounting of personnel.

• Control traffic movement within the work.

• Arrange for a chronological record of the emergency to be maintained.

• During prolonged emergency, arrange for the relief of the personnel and provision

of catering facilities.

• Contact the local office to receive early notification of impending changes in

weather conditions, in case of prolonged emergency.

• Issue authorized statements to the news media and informs H.O.

• Ensure that proper consideration is given to the preservation of evidence.

• Control rehabilitation of affected areas after control of the emergency.

7.15.3. Other Key Personnel

The key personnel required for taking decision about further action for shutting down the

plant, evacuate the personnel, and carry out emergency engineering works in consultation

with Site Main Controller in light of the information received.

HOD’s /Senior Managers/ Section Heads will be responsible for safety, security, fire, gas

and pollution control, spillage control, communication system including telephone, wireless

etc. Also medical services, transport, engineering, production, technical services, will form

part of advising team.

Emergency Response Team

The role of Emergency Response Team members is to actually combat the emergency at

the site and control the emergency situation and carry out rescue operations.

All team members will be thoroughly trained to deal with fires, explosions, chemical spills

and atmospheric releases, first aid. As per priority list during emergency, the activities will

be carried out as per emergency control plan.

Emergency Personnel’s responsibilities Outside Normal Working Hours of the Factory.

The duties of Shift In-charge & team members have been brought out in emergency

control plan. All team members after evacuating the area shall report to ECC/ Incident

Place. The non-essential workers shall be evacuated from the plants if need arises and this

will be determined with the forcible rate with which incident may escalate. Non-essential

workers shall assemble at the earmarked/specified point of assembly.

Assembly Points

At the proposed plan, at least 2 assembly points will be identified and marked properly.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


7.15.4. Emergency Control Centre

It will be headed by Site Main Controller, HOD – PD, HOD- P&A and it is sited in Office of

Site Main Controller in Admin Building & New security office (after office hours), which

is readily accessible & with minimum risk, equipped with telephone facilities and other

announcements extra communications facilities needed. It has enough means to receive

and transmit information and directions from site main controller to incident controller and

other areas. In emergency control center due to its safer location and advantage of easier

accessibility, all necessary personnel protective equipment’s fire fighting extinguishers will

be stocked in sufficient quantity.

7.15.4.1 Role of Emergency Control Centre

In case of mishap or accident like fire, toxic gas leakage, explosion in the factory, The

Emergency Control Center will be Office of Head- Operations

• The plot plan indicating all the activities in the factory premises including that of

storage’s utility services, production area, administration, will be kept for ready

reference, showing the location of fire hydrant and firefighting aids.

• Normal roll of employees, work permits, gate entries and documents for head

count, employees blood group, other information and addresses will be available

and the person, who will handle this operation will HOD P & A.

• Stationery required is available in the Control Centre (ECC) and HOD (P & A)

looks after it

• The requirement of personnel protective equipment and other material, like

torches, have been worked out and the quantity required during emergency will be

kept in the Control Room (ECC). The responsible person for maintaining the said

requirement/inventory will be HOD- HSE.

7.15.5. Fire & Toxicity Control Arrangements

The plant will be well equipped with suitable numbers of firefighting and personnel

protective equipment. The staff will be trained regularly to handle the various emergency

situations.

7.15.6. Medical Arrangements

Availability of first aid facilities in sufficient quantity will be always ensured. In case of

emergency arrangements will be made to avail outside medical help immediately.

Emergency transport facility will be available.

7.15.7. Transport & Evacuation, Mutual Aid Arrangements:

Transport & Evacuation and Mutual Aid arrangements will be available in the factory.

7.16. Communication System

7.16.1. Declaring the Emergency

• In case of any emergency in the plant, speedy and effective communication of the

same to all concerned in least possible time is the most important aspect of any


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


emergency-handling plan. An early communication increases the chances of

control of emergency in the bud stage. Blowing siren will be adopted as method of

communication of emergency, to all employees in the plant.

7.16.2. Types of Sirens

Three different types of sirens have been identified for communication of emergency.

• Alert Siren: Single Continuous Siren for One Minute. This indicates that there is some accidental happening in the plant. All have to become alert. Incident controller will be rush to the site of emergency. Plant area people have to start safe shut down. Rescue team and other emergency control teams have to reach at the site of emergency.

• Siren for evacuation: wailing & waning siren for three minutes. This siren indicates that emergency is of serious proportion and everybody has to leave his work place. All people having their role in emergency control have to assume their assigned role. All non-essential workers have to proceed immediately to assembly area and wait for further instruction.

• All clear siren: Long continuous siren for two minutes. This is a sign of return of normalcy. On hearing this siren everybody should go back to his or her respective workplace.

7.16.2.1 Location of Siren

Siren will be located in center of the pant for wide coverage of the whole campus. Switch

for siren will be provided at security gate. The switch at Security gate should be operated

only as a general rule.

Emergency manual call bell will be installed which will be used in case of total failure of

electricity. It is responsibility of HOD (HSE) to maintain the upkeep of electric call bell and

HOD- Security and administration to maintain manual and Hand operated siren.

7.16.3. Raising Alarm

• Any person noticing any emergency situation in the plant should immediately call

security gate with following information:

• Identify oneself

• State briefly the type of emergency i.e. whether fire, explosion, toxic gas release

etc.

• Give the location of the incident

• Estimated severity of the incident.

Security personnel after ensuring genuineness of the call shall raise the ALERT SIREN. At

the same time he will also contact the incident controller and ECC in order and inform

about the incident. He will keep the gate open and rush his two security personnel at the

site of emergency.

ECC will be located at the office of Head- Operations on normal working hours and at

Security gate after normal working hours (during night). ECC shall be immediately manned

on hearing alert siren. If the authorized people to handle ECC are not available, any senior


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


most people out of the available person nearby shall occupy ECC till authorized person

comes.

Incident controller, on hearing alert siren or by any other way of information of the

emergency, will immediately reach at the site of incident and assess the situation. He will

immediately give his feed back to ECC. ECC shall direct security gate to raise evacuation

siren, if the need arise.

SIREN FOR EVACUATION shall be raised on instruction from Site Main Controller or any

Manager of the plant in the ECC.

Security gate person will be authorized to raise ALL CLEAR SIREN on instruction from Site

Main Controller or ECC, after the emergency is over.

• Incident controller shall assume the responsibility of site main controller in his

absence

7.16.4. Internal Communication

It shall be responsibility of ECC to communicate to all employees in the plant. They may

take help of telephone operator for such communication. However, telephone operator can

directly communicate information about emergency to all internal departments, if such

message comes from incident controller or site main controller. Telephone operator will

continue to operate the switchboard advising the callers that staffs are not available and

pass all calls connected with the incident to ECC.

7.16.4.1 Availability of Key Personnel outside Normal Working Hours

The details of key personnel availability after working hours will be made available at

Security Gate, ECC, telephone operator as well as production units. Security personnel

shall call required key personnel from their residence in case emergency occurs outside

normal working hours. Availability of emergency vehicle / Ambulance will be ensured to

fetch the key personnel residing outside. It will be the responsibility of HOD (P & A) to

maintain it.

7.16.4.2 To the Outside Emergency Services

Decision to call outside help to deal with emergency like fire brigade, ambulance, police,

etc., shall be taken by Site Main Controller. However, in absence of Site Main Controller, if

the incident controller realizes the situation going out of control, he may ask for immediate

help from outside. ECC will be responsible for calling help from outside. A list of emergency

services available in the area with their telephone numbers will be provided at ECC, at

Security gate and with telephone operator. Facilities such as phones, emergency vehicle,

and security personnel will be available to help calling outside emergency services and

authorities.

7.16.5. Communication to the Authorities


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The emergency will be immediately communicated to the government officers and other

authorities such as OSPCB, police, district emergency authority, Factory Inspectorate,

hospital etc. by Emergency Control Centre.

7.16.5.1 To Neighbouring Firms & the General Public

In case of emergency having its outside impact, public will be cautioned regarding the

same. Co-ordination of police will be sought for speedy action. This is to be ensured by

ECC.

7.17. Pre-emergency activities

Internal Safety survey with regard to identification of hazards, availability of protective

equipment’s, checking for proper installation of safety devices will be carried out

periodically.

• Periodic pressure testing of equipment

• Periodic pressure testing of lines.

• Periodic safety/relief valve testing

• Periodic fire hydrant system testing.

• Mock drill to check up level of confidence, extent of preparedness of personnel to

face emergency is being contemplated.

• Regular training is being imparted to all personnel to create awareness.

• Adequate safety equipment will be made available.

• Periodic check-up of emergency lights.

• Safer assembly points will be identified.

• Storage of adequate first aid treatment facilities.

• Statutory information is imparted to workers.

• Post emergency activities:

• Following post emergency actions will be carried out to study in detail and preventive measures to be taken.

• Collection of records.

• Inquiries

• Insurance claims

• Preparation of reports comprising suggestion and modification.

• Rehabilitation of affected personnel.

• Normalization of plant.

7.17.1. Evacuation and Transportation

In case of emergency, evacuation and transportation of non-essential workers will be

carried out immediately. The affected personnel will be transported for medical aid.

7.17.2. Safe Close Down

During emergency plant shut down will be carried out if situation warrants. This will be as

per the instruction of site main controller under guidance of incident controller.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


7.17.3. Use of Mutual Aid

Mutual aid agreement with nearby industries will be ensures to provide help to each other

in the emergency,

7.17.4. Use of External Authorities

As and when necessary, statutory authorities, police, pollution control personnel, medical

aid/ center, ambulance etc. will be contacted.

7.17.5. Medical Treatment

The affected personnel will be brought to safer place immediately to give them first aid.

Immediate medical attention will be sought.

7.17.6. Accounting for Personnel

Proper accounting for personnel will be laid down in all the shifts. The number of persons

present inside the plant premises, their duty etc. will be available with the P & A. This

record will be regularly updated and will be made available.

7.17.7. Access to Records

• The relatives of affected personnel will be informed. The details regarding all

employees will be made available to Administration building.

7.17.8. Public Relations

• In case of emergency, Manager P & A will be available for official release of

information pertaining to the incident.

7.17.9. Rehabilitation

• The affected area will be cleared from emergency activities only after positive

ascertaining of the system in all respects. The entry to affected area will have to be

restricted until statutory authorities visit and inspect the spot of incident. Nothing

should be disturbed from the area till their clearance. The site main controller will

be in charge of the activities to be undertaken.

• The plan will cover emergencies, which can be brought under control by the works

with the help of emergency team/fire services. The DISASTER CONTROL PLAN

for gas leak and fire will be prepared for entire factory.

7.18. Causes of Emergency:

7.18.1. Risk

Nature

In the plant, the nature of dangerous events could be of the following:

• FIRE : Chemical/Electrical

• TOXIC RELEASE : From chemicals & Chlorine gas.

• LEAKAGES : Equipment, pipe lines, valves, etc.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Release of vapors like chlorine / bromine gas or hexane can result in highly toxic

environment or in fire or explosion.

• Improper handling of products (raw materials/finished products)

• Large spillage to ground floors resulting in pollution & fire.

• Failures of Equipment / Instruments.

• Release of safety valves or ruptures of vessels due to excessive pressures.

Various Emergency Actions

a. Onsite

• Safe shut down of the plant and utilities.

• Emergency control measures.

• To attempt with the help of trained crew in firefighting to contain the fire spread

up/gas emission and limit within limited space.

• To cut off source of oxygen by use of firefighting appliances/to cut off source of gas

emission.

• Cut off fall sources of ignition like electrical gadgets.

• To protect fire prone area from the fire.

• To remove material which can catch fire to the extent possible from fire prone area.

• Evacuation of non-essential persons.

b. Medical Facilities/Treatment

• The Plant will have a Health centre which is manned with trained male nurse on continuous basis who can render medical first aid. Doctor will visit two times a week for two hour each time. The Plant is searching for a full time medical officer and will appoint as and when available.

• Depending on seriousness the injured person shall be shifted to any other hospital.

• Vehicle will be available round the clock for transportation. Ambulance will be also made available in the campus on regular basis.

c. In the event of Fatal Accidents

• The information shall be given to following authorities:

• Inspector of Police

• Inspector of Factories

• Mamlatdar

• Corporate Office

• Regd. Office

• Insurance the plant

• Regional Officer, SPCB

d. Emergency Siren

• Emergency siren shall be blown for announcing the emergency which shall have different sound for identification/differentiation than the normally used for commencement of factory working etc.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Location of Siren Above Plant.

• Type of Siren Industrial Siren

• Position of siren switch Located at Main Gate

e. Seeking Help From Neighbouring Industries / Sources For Fire Engine

f. Advise for vacation of other areas

• Since the effect of fire/gas emission shall be contained within the area of the plant advice of vacation of other areas is not necessary.

Response Time-Minutes

Hazard Fire Fighting Police Medical Services

Fire &

Explosion

Immediate with whatever facilities

available with the plant

10

minutes

10 minutes

External Help within 15 minutes

7.19. Off-Site Emergency Plan

7.19.1. Need of the Site Emergency Plan

Depending upon the wind direction and velocity of the effects of accident in factory may

spread to outside its premises. To avert major disaster it is essential to seek

guidance/assistance of statutory authorities, police and health department. The movement

of traffic may have to be restricted.

Required information will be given to the authority and consultation will be sought for

remedial measures.

A purpose of the off-site emergency plan is:

• To provide the local/district authorities, police, fire, brigade, doctors, surrounding

industries and public the basic information of risk and environmental impact

assessment and appraise them of the consequences and the protection/prevention

measures and to seek their help to communicate with public in case of major

emergency.

• To assist district authorities for preparing the off-site emergency plan for district or

particular area and to organize rehearsals from time to time and initiate corrective

actions on experience.

7.19.2. Structure of the Off-Site Emergency Plan

• Available with concerned authorities.

7.19.3. Role of the Factory Management

The site main controller will provide a copy of action plan to the statutory authorities in

order to facilitate preparedness of district/area off-site emergency plan.

7.19.4. Role of Emergency Co-ordination Office (ECO):


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


He will be a senior police or fire officer co-ordination with site main controller. He will utilize

emergency control center.

7.19.5. Role of Local Authority

Preparation of Off Site Plan lies with local authorities. An emergency-planning officer

(EPO) works to obtain relevant information for preparing basis for the plan and ensures that

all those organization involved in offsite emergency and to know their role and

responsibilities.

7.19.6. Role of Fire Authorities:

The fire authorities will take over the site responsibility from incident controller after arrival.

They will be familiarized with site of flammable materials, water and foam applies points,

firefighting equipment.

7.19.7. Role of the Police and Evacuation Authorities:

Senior Police Officer designed, as emergency co-ordination officer shall take over all

control of an emergency. The duties include protection of life, property and control of traffic

movement.

Their functions include controlling standards, evacuating public and identifying dead and

dealing with casualties and informing relatives of dead or injured.

There may be separate authorities/agencies to carry out evacuation and transportation

work.

Evacuation depends upon the nature of accident, in case of fire only neighboring localities

shall be alerted. Whole areas have to be evacuated in case of toxic release.

7.19.8. Role of Health Authorities

After assessing the extent of effect caused to a person the health authorities will treat them.

7.19.9. Role of Mutual Aid Agencies

Various types of mutual aid available from the surrounding factories and other agencies will

be utilized.

7.19.10. Role of Factory Inspectorate

In the event of an accident, the Factory Inspector will assist the District Emergency

Authority for information and helping in getting Neighboring Industries/mutual aid from

surrounding factories.

In the aftermath, Factory Inspector may wish to ensure that the affected areas are

rehabilitated safely.

7.20. Mock Drills and Records

7.20.1. Need of Rehearsal & Training


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Regular training and rehearsal program of emergency procedures shall be conducted with

elaborate discussions and testing of action plan with mock drill. If necessary, the co-

operation/guidance of outside agencies will be sought.

7.20.2. Some Check Points

• The extent of realistic nature of incidents.

• Adequate assessment of consequences of various incidents.

• Availability of sufficient resources such as water, firefighting aids, personnel.

• The assessment of time scales.

• Logical sequences of actions.

• The involvement of key personnel in the preparation of plan.

• At least 24 hour’s covers to take account of absences due to sickness and holiday,

minimum shift manning.

• Satisfactory co-operation with local emergency services and district or regional

emergency planning offices.

• Adequacy of Site.

7.20.3. Records and Updating the Plan

All records of various on-site and off-site emergency plans of the factory will be useful

alone with those of the factors by which statutory authorities draw a detailed plan for the

whole area/district. The records of the activity will be updated regularly.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

8.1. Environmental Management

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is the key to ensure a safe and clean

environment. A project may have taken proper pollution control measures, but without a

proper management plan, the desired results may not be obtained. EMP is a tool for

planning and implementation of various pollution abatement measures for any proposed

project. It is required to ensure environmentally and ecologically sustainable

developmental activities in the study area. The EMP brings transparency related to

environmental degradation between the project proponent and pollution control regulatory

agency at State & Central level. It has been evaluated that the environment and the eco-

system of the study area will not be affected adversely due to the proposed project.

Mitigation measures at the source level and an overall EMP are elicited so as to improve

the sustaining capacity of the area in concern and also to preserve the assimilative

capacity of the receiving bodies. The EMP Action Plan aims at controlling pollution at the

source level to the possible extent with the best techno-economically feasible & available

methodology before the pollutants are discharged into atmosphere.

8.2. Management Plan during Construction Phase

Pollution expected during construction phase of proposed project is considerably

insignificant. The impact of the pollutants during construction phase on the environment

would be basically of transient nature and are expected to wear out gradually on

completion of the construction phase. However, once the construction job related to the

proposed project is completed and operation of proposed units started, the operation

stage impacts would overlap the impacts due to the construction activities. Following

factors shall require due consideration during construction phase:

8.2.1. Site Preparation

Before site preparation, the wild shrubs & herbs shall be required to be removed and

shall be composted for use as manure in green belt area. It is envisaged that minor

leveling of land shall be required for site preparation. Stock piling of earthen material

would be required during foundation works of the proposed project. The earth work will

generate dust which will be controlled by periodical sprinkling of water during day time

working period. The management plan with respect to site preparation is summarized as

under:

This Chapter provides mitigation and control measures to attenuate and/or eliminate

environmental impacts, which are likely to be caused by the proposed project. An

Environmental Management Plan (EMP) has been developed to mitigate the potential

impacts and to strengthen the beneficial impacts during the construction and operation

phase.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Cleaning of site

• Removal of abandoned installations and buildings

• Installation of drainage improvement and storm water drainage

• Excavation of built area

• Installation of environmental protection facilities

• Preparation of access roads to each plant

• Constructing support facilities

• Installation of utilities (water, Power supply, sewage etc.)

8.2.2. Sanitation

The site shall be provided with adequate and suitable sanitary facilities to maintain proper

hygiene for construction workers. These facilities shall include water supply, bath toilets,

rest room, etc. as per standard practices.

8.2.3. Construction Equipment & Waste

Care shall be taken to prevent accidental spillage of any oil from construction equipment.

Combustible waste and other wastes shall be disposed-off by adopting environmentally

compatible methodology. The earthy materials will be generated during erection of walls,

pilings etc. The generated waste shall be used in dressing / leveling of low lying areas,

etc. During construction of plants and lying of pipes, some solid waste materials will be

generated. These materials will be sold through CPCB / SPCB registered scrap dealers.

The gas cylinders used for welding shall be returned back to the supplier. Cement bags,

coal tar drums and other containers used during construction and discarded as wastes

shall be auctioned through registered vendors as per standard practices. Similarly, the

damaged tools shall also be disposed in the above manner.

8.2.4. Storage of Hazardous Materials

The hazardous material such as, lubricating oils, compressed gases (for welding), paints,

varnishes, etc. shall be stored at the site during construction phase. Since, these

materials are hazardous; they will be stored as per the prescribed / accepted safety

norms.

8.2.5. Disposal of Solid / Hazardous Waste

The hazardous materials used during the construction may include diesel, welding gas

and paints. These materials would be stored and handled according to the guidelines

specified under Hazardous & other waste (management & trans-boundary) Rules-2016 of

MoEF. Some of the precautions for storage and handling of the hazardous materials

includes the following:

• Enclosures would be provided wherever necessary for storage of hazardous

materials.

• Diesel and other fuels would be stored in separate dyke enclosures. as per

standards


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• On-site recycling of all waste solvents / thinners & oils and off-site recycling of

paint thinner solvent wastes & waste oil.

• Separate storage for waste paints and thinners, contaminated rags and brushes

to facilitate recycling and reuse. Rags could be laundered for reuse.

• Vehicle maintenance area shall be selected properly to prevent contamination of

soil and ground water by accidental spillage of oil and other wastes.

Wastes generated from construction and demolition activities shall be handled as per

guidelines / notification issued by MoEF&CC in Construction & Demolition Waste

Management Rules, 2016.

The waste generated shall be segregated as construction and demolition wastes and

deposited at designated collection centers and handed over to authorized processing

facilities.

8.3. Management Plan during Operation Phase

8.3.1. Air Environment

The major source of air emissions from Process area during the operational phase of the

Ammonia plant reformer, gas engines, CO2 stacks as mentioned.

Ammonia Plant gaseous emissions stacks:

• Reformer stack.

• Gas engine.

• CO2 scrubber.

More details of emissions:

• NOx in Tail gas from the Nitric Acid Plant: Before venting the tail gas in to

atmosphere, NOx level in the tail gas shall be reduced to the acceptable limit by

selective catalytic reduction with ammonia in presence of Vanadium pentoxide,

platinum or iron/chromium oxides catalysts

• Ammonia and ammonium nitrate laden air from the prilling scrubber: This air is

cooled and scrubbed to remove most of the ammonia and Ammonium Nitrate from

them.

• Air emission from utility area is through boiler stack which will operate on fuel oil.

Dedicated stack will be attached for the service boilers.

The other non-specific sources of gaseous emissions are from vents of storage tanks,

Vessels and other process equipment.

Table 8.1 Pollution Control Equipment

Sl No. Air Pollutant Source/ Plant Controlling Equipment

1 NOx NA Plant SCR DeNOx System & NOx analyzer in the Vent Stack


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


2 SPM HDAN Plant Scrubber

3 Sox Offsites Boiler Stack

4 SPM Offsites Boiler ESP/ Bag Filters (in case of

Coal Fired Boilers)

5 SPM DG Set Stack

8.3.1. Water Supply & Water Environment

Consumption in proposed plants

The water requirement for the Plant will be met through a water reservoir having a

storage capacity of 10 days. The source of water supply will be from Taladanda canal. A

Pump house and water supply line from Taladanda canal will be laid up-to reservoir. The

length of water supply line is estimated at 10 - 12 KM from Distributary point 16. Detaile

water consumption is given in Table 8.2.

Table 8.2 Raw Water Consumption Basis

Water Demand Normal, m³/h

Portable Water 4

Dematerialized Water make-up 10

Other users 4

Cooling Tower make up 232



& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Potable water is to be sourced from Taldanda canal. The total requirement of whole plant

is likely to be 100 M³/day, which is further used for various applications within the plant

premises.

The wastewater generated from pretreatment unit shall be used in the gardening. The

wastewater generated from process units & township shall be treated in ETP & STP

respectively. The ETP shall be located in the battery limit of the plant with a small STP to

handle the sewage waste.

Another STP shall be installed in the township for treatment of sewage generated from

the residential colony of the proposed project.

The estimated quantities of the ETP & STP are as under:

Table 8.3 Water pollution Control Equipment

Sl No. Water Pollutant Source/ Plant Controlling Equipment

1 Ammoniacal & Nitrate

Nitrogen ANS Plant Process

Steam Cyclone Column & Venturi

Scrubber


Nitrogen ANS plant Process

Condensate Entropie Exchanger

3 Acidic Effluent (pH) Regeneration of DM

Plant Neutralization Pit


Nitrogen

Wash water and other effluents from various

section

Neutralization pit/ Ammonia Stripper and de-Nitrification

section of ETP

5 Ammoniacal water TAN plant evaporator Recycle as a make-up water

for TAN scrubber

6 Ammonical condensate ANS plant Used for N.A. plant absorbtion

& dilution of AN melt

8.4. Hazardous / Solid Waste Management

8.4.1. Generation of Solid / Hazardous Wastes

As per Hazardous & other waste (management & trans-boundary) rules-2016 of MoEF,

the following items under “Schedule-I [See Rule 3(I), “List of Processes Generating

Hazardous Waste” following items have been declared hazardous waste as per serial

number 18 of the above list:

S. No. Processes Hazardous Waste

(18)

Production of Nitric Acid, & from Boiler & DM plant

18.1 Spent Catalyst

18.2 Spent Carbon

18.3 Sludge/ residue containing As

18.4 *Chromium sludge * In place of Chromate based cooling water formulation, new generation cooling water

formulation based on polymers (bi/ter polymers) non-oxidising biocides and Chlorine dioxide in place of chlorine shall be used

Hazardous Waste


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


As per the Rules, hazardous waste is defined as any waste which by reasons of its

physical, chemical, reactive, toxic, flammable, explosive or corrosive characteristics

causes danger to health or environment, whether alone or when in contact with other

waste or substances.

According to criteria, the following wastes are considered to be hazardous from proposed

project:

Table 8.4 Hazardous Waste from proposed project

HW Sl.No. Hazardous Waste Source

18.1 Spent Catalyst Amm. Plant Proposed Ammonia Plant

18.2 Spent Carbon DM Plant Proposed DM Plant

18.3 Sludge/ residue containing As

None None

18.4 Chromium sludge from water cooling tower

ETP

Eco-friendly non-chromate organo-Phosphonate as chemical dosing shall be practiced in CTs. Hence, no Chromium sludge shall be generated from cooling towers.

Hence, it is quite evident that metal based catalysts, which are identified as hazardous

waste, shall be used only in manufacturing processes of Ammonia. The catalysts need to

be replaced periodically whenever they become inactive after expiry of life period of 3 to 5

years. Reactions carried out over catalysts in Ammonia Plant are of gaseous compounds

and hence, there is no contamination of catalyst surface by the reactants involved. These

catalysts are hard and withstand handling without damage. These catalysts shall form

major part of solid waste generated / stored in proposed Plant.

8.4.2. Disposal of Hazardous Solid Wastes

Proper precautionary measures shall be taken during storage, transportation and

disposal of hazardous spent catalyst. DFPCL would keep a record of the type, quantities

and characteristics of the solid wastes. Since, the spent catalysts contain precious metals

and have market value; they will be packed in sealed containers and sold to CPCB

approved recyclers.

Disposal Option for Hazardous Wastes

The option for disposal of hazardous spent catalyst is presented below in Table-…..

Table 8.5 Option for Disposal of Spent Catalyst

Source Type Waste of

Category Disposal Option Remarks

Ammonia Plant

18.2

Sale to CPCB authorized recycler Land Filling / Storage in own premises to have easy retrieval of waste

High metal concentration To enable recovery in future.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


In case it is not possible to sell the solid wastes, it shall be stored in inert and leak proof

containers.

8.5. Green Belt Development

8.5.1. Purpose

Trees and plants are an essential component of healthy environment. In addition to

maintaining the oxygen-carbon dioxide balance in the atmosphere through

photosynthesis, trees and plants control air and noise pollution, control soil erosion,

provide food and shelter to wild animals especially to birds and insects, and improve the

aesthetic value of the environment. The utility of the green belt predominantly lies in its

capacity to attenuate the fugitive emissions and spillage. Thus, the objectives of the

proposed green belt program are as follows:

• To control air pollution due to fugitive emissions.

• To attenuate noise generated by various machines.

• To attenuate the effect of toxic gases.

• To improve the general appearance and aesthetics of the area.

• To provide food and habitat for wildlife mainly avifauna.

8.5.2. Areas to be Afforested

In order to mitigate and minimize the environmental impacts, arising due to project

especially from air pollution, noise pollution, soil erosion etc. the Greenbelt development

in the area delineated can provide the best mitigation option. The green canopy not only

absorbs some of these pollutants as carbon sink but also improves the aesthetic

environment, besides attenuating the noise levels. Deepak Fertilizer shall develop 10-20

m wide greenbelt (as space available) all around the plant premises. As per CPCB/MoEF

guidelines 33% of the total land area (28.46 acres) shall be kept as greenbelt.

8.5.3. Selection of Species for Plantation

The general approach for selection of species for green belt development is their

potential for attenuation of fugitive emissions and noise, diversity of vegetation,

introduction of species attracting birds, and to create a natural habitat. It is proposed to

develop trees of different heights so as to provide cover from ground level up to the

canopy of tall tree species. Further, trees with big foliage and those known to prosper well

in the area will be developed. Preference will be given to fruit bearing trees so as to

provide food and shelter to birds and insects. The strategy worked out for development of

green belt consists of following:

➢ The species selected should be capable of growing fast, ➢ The species should be wind firm and long lived. ➢ Broad leaf trees growing above 10 m in height should be planted along the

roads, offices and infrastructure facilities. ➢ The species should form a dense crown cover.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


➢ The species should form a litter in abundance on the plantation floor. ➢ Generally local/indigenous fast growing trees/ shrubs should be planted.

The list of the plan species selected for Greenbelt is provided in Table below:

Table : List of Plant Selected for Plantation

S. N. Scientific name Family Habit

1. Azadirachta indica A. Juss. Meliaceae Tree

2. Alstonia scholaris Apocynaceae Tree

3. Tamarinus indica Fabaceae Tree

4. Peltophorum pterocarpum Fabaceae Tree

5. Cocos nucifera Arecaceae Tree

6. Ficus religiosa Moracea Tree

7. Ficus benghlensis Moracea Tree

8. Hibiscus tiliaceus L. Malvaceae Tree

9. Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol. ex Malvaceae Tree

10. Delonix regia Fabacea Tree

11. Dalbergia sisso Fabacea Tree

12. Palm Palmeae Tree

13. Delonix Regia Fabaceae Tree

14. Thevetia peruviana Apocynaceae Shrub

15. Nerium indicum Apocynaceae Shrub

16. Lantana Camara Verbenaceae Shrub

17. Bougainvillea sps. Nactaginaceae Shrub


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


8.5.4. Guidelines and Techniques for Green Belt Development

Based on environmental conditions suitable indigenous plants species shall be planted

under green belt development plan. The requirement of plants sapling for development of

green belt shall be made from the nearby forest nursery. The soil characteristics shall

also be kept in mind. As advance work the area to be planted shall be demarcated and pit

locations marked. For site pits of 45cm x 45cm shall be dug out and semi-filled with good

and loose weathered soil before planting with the commencement of good monsoon rains

sometime in month of July. The digging operation of the pit should be completed before

the end of June so as to allow thoroughly weathering of the dugout soil. Prior to the

commencement of the rains, pits shall be refilled with the dugout soil and farm yield

manure added. Planting shall be done when heavy showers causing run-off occurs

sometime between July and August. The saplings should be 9 to 12 months old.

Immediately after planting the pits shall be watered with 20 litres / pit and in case of

failure of rainfall it should be watered @ 20 litres / pit at fortnight interval. The mortality of

plants has been considered @ 20% and re-digging of pit should be carried out before

replacement of the individual plant.

8.5.5. Precautions during Plantation

Some important precautions should be taken during the plantation, which are as under:

➢ Indigenous species recommended should be planted in sufficient numbers to increase their population size in the area.

➢ Multipurpose species should be planted in large numbers.

8.5.6. Cost Estimation for green belt Development

A dense green belt shall be developed all along the plant premises as well as along

internal roads and available open spaces within the plant as per the CPCB guidelines.

About 33% i.e 11.52 ha (28.46 acres) of the land area shall be converted in green belt.

About 11000 trees (approx 1000 tree/ha) including herbs and shrubs shall be planted

around the plant boundary, internal roads and other open areas in proposed plant. Beside

the tree plantation lawns and ornamental tree shall be developed near office area and

other open spaces. Maintenance of greenbelt and greenery development work will be

continued throughout the life of the project.

Budget for Greenbelt:

The capital cost for Greenbelt development (5 year budget) of the project is estimated to

be Rs 195.6 lakhs. The yearly greenbelt budget for the proposed plant is discussed in

following Table:

Table : 5 Year Greenbelt Budget

Total area available for Greenbelt (11.52 ha)

No of trees to be planted 11000

Cost per

Total cost for 1st Year

2nd Year recurring cost

2nd Year onward


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


plant Plantation (assuming 80% survival

of plant )

recurring cost

Purchase cost of the per sapling Rs. 50 5,50,000 1,10,000 Nil

Tree planting cost Rs. 50 5,50,000 1,10,000 Nil

Watering cost (per year) Rs. 160 17,60,000 17,60,000 17,60,000

Maintenance cost (per year) Rs. 60 6,60,000 6,60,000 6,60,000

Manure/pesticides (per year) Rs. 120 13,20,000 13,20,000 13,20,000

Misc. cost (lump sum) for lawn and other form of greenery (per year) --

2,00,000 -

Total expenses - 41,80000 41,60,000 37,40,000

Total Budget for 5 year = 195. 6 Lacks (41,80000+41,60,000+37,40,000+37,40,000+37,40,000)


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Figure 8.1 Proposed Green Belt Area


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


8.6. Noise and Vibration

8.6.1. Construction Phase

The on-site workers employed by the contractors as well as the employees of the project

shall be the target of enhanced noise level. Following mitigation measures shall be

adopted.

• Project employees as well as contractor workers shall be provided with noise

protection devices like ear-plugs etc.

• Provision for insulating caps and pads at the exit of noise source on the

machinery

• Inlet and outlet mufflers shall be provided which are easy to design

• Noise prone activities shall be restricted to the extent possible during night time in

order to have minimum impact on the workers and employees.

• No workers shall be allowed to expose to more than 90 dB(A) in an 8-hourly shift.

8.6.2. Operation Phase

The production of ammonia and TAN is best on the lowest energy consumption hence

the little energy shall be emit in the form of noise and practically during operation with

100% capacity practically there will be no sound energy will emit form the proposed

project. However an adequate measures shall be incorporated in the proposed plants for

control of noise and vibration from the different equipments. The control of noise within

the plants is through the provision of silencers, hoods, and acoustic walls to the noise

generating equipment. Suppliers of DG Sets, Pumps, compressors, fans, etc shall ensure

that the noise levels from these equipment do not exceed desirable noise level of 90

dB(A). For mitigation of noise, a proper green belt development program has been

formulated, which would further attenuate noise to bring its level down within acceptable

levels.

The control rooms shall be provided with acoustic glass walls to protect the operational

staff from higher noise level. As the operational staff shall remain within the control rooms

for most of the time, they will be exposed to the higher noise levels for very short

duration. During the visits to the areas of higher noise levels, the operational and

maintenance personnel will use earplugs as a safety measure.

Control of vibration shall be achieved by providing proper foundation and alignment to the

vibration generating heavy equipment. Moving parts of equipment and earthmovers shall

be properly maintained and lubricated to minimize the generation of noise.

A sound level meter and noise exposure meter shall be used for regular monitoring.

8.7. Rain Water Harvesting System

A rain water harvesting / aquifer recharging system have been proposed as water

conservation measure. The systems shall be installed at such location of the project area

close to the Administrative building so as to facilitate collection of most of the rain water


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


from the roofs of the building of the project area within the project site. Similarly, same

system of rain water harvesting system shall be implemented in different colonies of the

township.

The bores shall be provided within 3 m deep enclosures, which will comprise layers of

boulders, gravel and coarse sand so as to separate suspended matter from the water.

Three nos. of ground water recharging system have been proposed to develop in the

township area and three nos. in the factory area. Rainwater harvesting system will consist

of the following units:

• Rainwater Collection System

• Rainwater Filtration System

• Rainwater Recharging Pond including an active well of depth 20m and dia 100-

150mm

The system will be cleaned during dry period and will be made ready to collect water for

harvesting from its command area during monsoon. Provision has also been made in the

rainwater harvesting system for Chlorination/disinfection especially during the first phase

of monsoon. The system shall be designed as per the guidelines for rainwater harvesting

prepared by Central Ground Water Board (Ministry of Water Resources).

The scheme of rain water harvesting and aquifer recharging is presented below:

Figure 8.2 : Rain Water Harvesting System

8.8. Action Plans

8.8.1. Land Environment

Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R&R) Policy

The land is under the possession of DFPCL. Hence, an action plan related to

Rehabilitation & Resettlement (R & R) policy of the State Govt. is not at all required for

this project.

Action Plan For Disposal Of Solid Waste Generated Due To Construction &

Demolition Activities


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


The proposed plant shall be installed in the free, unencumbered, vacant land. The

Construction & Demolition (C & D) waste rules 2016, shall be strictly followed for disposal

of the waste generated.

Prior to the initiation of excavation activities, work area perimeters will be secured to

restrict or prohibit public access as required. Work zones, decontamination corridors, and

staging areas will be established and posted as required in cooperation with the selected

excavation contractor. All necessary permits and erosion control measures shall be kept

in place prior to disturbing the site. Trees and bushes may be chipped and disposed of

onsite or offsite.

All work at the site is proposed to be conducted in accordance with the provisions of Site

Safety and Health Plan (SSHP) to be developed and submitted to the local body prior to

the initiation of field activities. Excavated materials will be segregated for any deemed

reuse onsite or for offsite disposal at an appropriate facility specific to the characteristics

of the material. It is anticipated that only crushed concrete and stone, and geo-technically

suitable soils that are not contaminated will be reused in the project. If other materials are

to be reused, appropriate reuse scenarios will be developed on a case by case basis in

consultation with the local body.

A storage area for reusable soil and recycled concrete product close to its presumptive

area of end use will be provided. It is anticipated that any unusable debris (wood, tires,

appliances, scrap metal, concrete with rebar, etc.) that may be present at the site will be

handled according to the guidelines specified under Hazardous & other waste

(management & trans-boundary) rules-2016 of MoEF and Construction & Demolition (C &

D) waste rules 2016.

8.8.2. Action Plan To Follow NAAQS

Environmental monitoring plays an important part in environmental management. In some

instances, it is in the interest of the project and environment as well, to perform

continuous monitoring. This can lead to rapid detection and recognition of irregular

conditions and give the operating staff the possibility to correct and restore the optimum

standard operating condition as quickly as possible. Environmental monitoring by regular

spot checking (by manual methods) will suffice to know the status and performance of

equipment and record the emission levels, if any. In general, the frequency of regular

monitoring depends on process technology, type of process equipment, stability of the

process, and reliability of the analytical methods.

A monitoring schedule, prepared in consultation with Orissa State Pollution Control Board

(OSPCB), shall be maintained for the following environmental parameters:

• Ambient air quality: Adequate number of monitoring stations shall be established

for monitoring of ambient level of PM10, SO2, NOx & NH3. The measurements

shall be performed regularly with the frequency of twice per week to evaluate 24-


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


hourly concentration by an agency recognized by MoEF/OSPCB/NABL accredited

third party.

• Stack Emissions: Stack emissions from Ammonia- TAN plants, DG Sets and Fire

Water Pumps shall be characterized by MoEF/OSPCB/ NABL accredited third

party.

• Effluent Streams: Monitoring of effluent streams covering all the parameters

specified by OSPCB, with special emphasis on pH, Suspended solids, TKN, Total

Nitrogen, Total Ammonia, Free Ammonia, Dissolve Oxygen and Oil & Grease by

MoEF/OSPCB/ NABL accredited third party.

• Ground water quality: Ground water samples shall be collected and characterized

for all the parameters specified under IS: 10500 at a frequency of once pre-

monsoon and post-monsoon season by MoEF/OSPCB/ NABL accredited third

party.

• Noise level: Noise generated from different sources, its level within work zone &

near boundary walls shall be measured once per season by MoEF/ OSPCB/

NABL accredited third party.

8.8.3. Feasibility Study towards ZLD

During the normal operation of the plant there will be nitrate bearing liquid effluent from

AN Soln & TAN plant and ammoniac water from NA plant. Nitrate and Nitric acid

containing effluent from NA and ANS and TAN plant will also generate during the plant

upset or start-up/shutdown condition. In addition to this process effluent, blow down water

from cooling tower, boilers, backwash of DM plant resins and side stream filters of cooling

tower, domestic waste from canteen etc. will also be part of main effluent. Refer the

Project Report for details.

The total amount of industrial effluent that is envisaged to be generated is 2044 m3/day

during Phase-I and 3064 m3/day during Phase-II (inclusive of ammonia manufacturing

facility)

Liquid effluent from process plants / ancillary units shall be collected through drain

channels and taken to a suitably designed effluent treatment plant for Primary and

Secondary bio-treatment consisting of a stripper, equalization tank, aeration basin,

clarifier etc to further reduce the COD and Nitrate contents to the levels well below the

specified limits.

We are already operating such designs for our Taloja plants, Maharashtra and able to

comply the SPCB norms throughout the year. Therefore, the similar design with higher

capacity will be able to serve the purpose and comply the OSPCB regulatory guidelines.

OSPCB in their conditional CTE (consent to establish) dated 11-11-2016 vide No- 16323

(IND-II-NOC-4985) has recommended the followings.

The waste water generated from Blow down and DM plant shall be treated individually to

meet the following prescribed standard of effluent discharge to inland surface water. The


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


treated water shall be stored in a common basin for utilization for plantation and green

belt purposes inside the factory premises.

To conserve the water and achieve minimum discharge from the complex, the unit shall

install RO system for further treatment of water to be generated from CETP to recover

pure water to reuse the same for industrial purpose. The RO treated water shall be re-

used in the process to maximum extent. The remaining RO treated water if any shall be

stored in a bio-assay pond of adequate capacity. The treated water from bio-assay pond

if required shall be discharged to outside the premises after meeting the following

prescribed standard by OSPCB.

RO rejects shall be explored to use for green belt development, horticulture and irrigation

or else shall be discharged into nearest creek (connecting to sea if found suitable)

maintaining the regulated parameters and laying effluent disposal network.

Feasibility Study towards ZLD

Over a period of time and after stabilization of our manufacturing process, we are

confident meeting the OSPCB guidelines/ norms for discharging the treated effluent into

nearest creek. As suggested above, we will remain open to install RO system for

removing the majority of dissolved salts, organics, bacteria and suspended solids from

aqueous liquid effluent and recover pure water which will be suitable for industrial use.

However the best extent to which we will be able to do the same is equivalent to 70% of

the influent as permeate. This will lead to 30% of reject generation, rather with higher

concentration (to the extent of having 3- 4 % solid content). In such case, the system may

demand further concentration so that the remaining residue can be used as landfill unless

suitable for alternate application.

However, to operate such facility we will have to incur huge cost as mentioned below apart from

additional capital investment:

Liquid effluent generated: 2044 m³/day (phase –I)

With ETP operation: Quantity remains same and can be complied with SPCB

norms

In case of RO installation: Reject is 30% min

= 3064x 30% = 919 m³/day (assume 3% solid content)

This Contains 891 TPD water

Concentrator will demand LP steam = 1170 TPD

@ Rs 1500/-MT, Steam cost = 17.55 Lakhs per day


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


=> Additional treatment cost of Rs. 573/- per m3 of effluent

This is not feasible since, additional steam requirement

will demand consumption of corresponding amount of

natural resources like Water, Fuel and Power without

adding any effectiveness to compliance. And therefore

in most of our NA, ANS and TAN set-up we operate

through De-nitrifying ETP only.

8.8.4. Action Plan For Solid/ Hazardous Waste

Solid / Hazardous Waste Disposal (Construction Phase)

The hazardous materials used during the construction may include diesel, welding gas

and paints. These materials shall be stored and handled according to the guidelines

specified under Hazardous & other waste (management & trans-boundary) rules-2016 of

MoEF. Some of the precautions for storage and handling of the hazardous materials

includes the following:

• Proper enclosures shall be provided wherever necessary for storage of hazardous

materials.

• Diesel and other fuels shall be stored in separate dyke enclosures.

• On-site recycling of all waste solvents / thinners & oils and off-site recycling of

paint thinner solvent wastes & waste oil.

• Separate storage for waste paints and thinners, contaminated rags and brushes

to facilitate recycling and reuse. Rags shall be laundered for reuse.

• Vehicle maintenance area shall be selected properly to prevent contamination of

soil and ground water by accidental spillage of oil and other wastes.

Solid / Hazardous Waste Disposal (Operation Phase)

Other solid wastes are molecular sieves, resins from DM plant, sand, gravels and active

carbon from Water Treatment Plant.

Action Plan for Storage, utilization and disposal particularly slag from all the sources,

middlings/rejects and fly ash is as under:

The E-waste & electronic waste shall be disposed off through approved vendors following

the E-waste (Management) Rules, 2016.

The used and dead battery waste shall be disposed off as per the existing Batteries

(Management and Handling) Rules, 2001 / 2010 and subsequent amendment.

8.9. Occupational Safety and Fire Fighting

8.9.1. Organization & Functions


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Suitable Safety and Fire-fighting Departments with very good infrastructural facilities shall

be formed in DFPCL Plant for taking suitable measures for implementation and

observation of safe procedures for prevention and control of accidents and disasters.

Main functions of the department shall be as follows:

• Inspection of different sections of the plant and imparting advice to authorities

regarding unsafe practices

• Procurement and maintenance of PPEs

• Organizing safety motivation programs through competitions on safety and

housekeeping and through posters, cartoons, boards and pamphlets

• Organizing safety training programs to cover all employees and contract labourers

• Implementation of Safety Work Permit system

• Organizing safety auditing through third parties

• Investigation of causes of accidents and recommending reventive/remedial

measures

• Maintaining safety statistics

• Actions for compliance with statutory safety requirements like testing of pressure

vessels, lifting tackles, safety valves, etc.

• Conducting work zone environmental surveys.

All types of PPEs shall be made available to the employees, as and when required.

Explosive meters with alarms will be provided at vulnerable locations. Equipment for

monitoring of working environment shall be maintained in good working condition and

operated.

8.9.2. Occupational Safety and Health

The hazards associated with the proposed project are as follows:

• Exposure to or contact with hazardous materials

• Exposure to thermal radiation resulting from fire

• Exposure to blast overpressure resulting from explosion

The probability of occurrence of fire and explosion in the proposed facilities is too low to

cause occupational safety and health problems.

8.9.3. Safety Measures proposed to be adopted in Plants

The following safety measures will adopted in DFPCL Plant:

• One Safety Officer will be deputed in each plant

• Plant Safety Committee comprising of senior officers and workmen will meet

regularly to discuss about the safety of the plant and working procedures.

• Safe start-up and shut-down procedures will be followed as prescribed in the

operating manual.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Interlocks and trips provided for safety of equipment will be checked at regular

intervals.

• All jobs will be carried out as per safe working procedure and with proper safety

permit, which is valid for a particular period.

• Regular safety inspection, checking and safety audits will be carried out and

follow-up action will be taken for implementation of recommendations.

• Any accident occurring will be investigated and remedial measures will be taken

to avoid occurrence of similar type of incidents. Record of accidents will be

maintained and reported.

• Safety valves shall be regularly checked during annual shut-down and a record

will be maintained.

• Before entry into any closed vessel for maintenance/ inspection, the equipment is

isolated and purged with air and checked thoroughly by Safety Department and

permit will be issued. Persons entering will be provided with safety implements

including gas masks, if necessary, and also an instrument which emits sound if

the person carrying it becomes immobile. This gives a signal for rescue of the

person inside the vessel.

• Periodic lectures shall be conducted to make the plant personnel aware of the

safety rules and codes and their importance. Officers, operators, technicians,

helpers, mazdoors and contract workmen shall be covered in this safety training.

8.9.4. Safety Appliances

• Each employee working in the factory shall be given the following items:

Safety Helmet : 1 No.

Safety Goggles : 1 No.

Cotton Hand gloves : 1 Pair

Ear Plug : 1 Pair

• Following items are proposed to be kept ready in each plant control room to take care of day to day work as well as emergencies:

Breathing Set : 01 No Gum Boots : 05 Pairs

Rescue Set : 02 Nos PVC Hand Gloves : 05 Pairs

Canister Type Gas Mask : 10 Nos Hand Gloves : 02 Nos

Extra Canisters : 10 Nos Hood : 02 Nos

PVC Suit : 02 Sets Airline Breathing Set : 02 Sets

• Safety appliances to be available in the Central Safety Cell are as under:

Powered Respirators : 05 Sets. Canister Type Gas Mask : 200 Nos.

Rescue Sets : 10 Sets Line Sets : 10 Sets

Breathing Apparatus : 10 Sets Cartridge Type Gas Mask : 50 Nos.

Asbestos Suit : 05 Sets Dust Respirators : 50 Nos.

Hand Gloves : 10 Pairs Cable Fire Rescue Mask : 50 Nos.

PVC Suit : 03 Sets


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


In addition, Safety equipments shall be available in Stores Department in adequate

quantity. Most of the safety equipments will be codified and a minimum fixed number of

quantities will be maintained in Stores Department.

Safety Board and Safety Posters mentioning hazardous, explosive, toxic and flammable

gases, corrosive liquids, NO SMOKING OR NAKED FLAME and other precautions shall

be displayed in vulnerable areas.

Gas Detectors and smoke detectors shall be provided in vulnerable areas of the plants.

Safety showers and eye wash fountains shall be provided in relevant sections of the

plants.

8.9.5. Fire Fighting System

Fire fighting operations at DFPCL Plant shall be managed by a well organized team of

qualified and experienced personnel under the leadership of Chief Engineer (Safety). The

fire service shall be maintained round the clock. The man-power deployment in each shift

shall be as under:

• Fire Supervisor :

• Firemen :

• Driver-cum-Trailor Pump Operator :

8.9.6. Fire Protection System

Fire water system will be provided as per the regulation.

The firewater system should be designed to the following criteria:

• The main firewater pumps (both diesel and electric drive) designed to have 375

m³ /h capacities. The sizing of the pumps and the firewater headers assume that

at any given time five monitors each of 55 m³/h would be required to fire fight –

exact capacity will be decided during detail engineering.

• A minimum of two main independent power 100% for firewater pump systems are

available. One Electric motor and one diesel engine driven Pump shall be

provided.

• The main pumps shall can operate for 24 hrs. continuously

• The main pump shall be capable of developing pressure of 9 bar g at the

discharge flange

• Firewater pumps shall be located within a safe area if possible, such that a fire in

one area will not put both the fire pumps out of action

• The electrical jockey pump capacity of 10 m³/h shall be provided.

• The jockey pump should can maintain the firewater system pressure at 8 barg

Firewater tank would be designed to 3 hrs. Capacity at the water flow rate of 275 m³/h

• Diesel driven firewater pump will be a package item. The package should include

the following:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Start-up – Cranking (battery / Air receiver /Hydraulic) • Diesel day tank should have capacity for 8 hrs. continuous operations

• Auxiliary system

• Local control panel

• The firewater ring main sized to 350m³/h

• The firewater piping design to 16 bar g and the firewater pump shutoff head not to

exceed the FW header design pressure

• Firewater pumps should be designed to applicable NFPA / API codes

• A provision of a spill back line is provided back to the FW storage to bleed-off the

excessive pressure from the firewater header

8.9.7. Preventive Maintenance

During an annual shutdown of the plant, preventive and predictive maintenance of all the

sections of the plants shall be undertaken. Non-destructive testing of pressure vessels,

pipelines and the storage tanks shall be carried out periodically as part of safety audit of

the equipment.

8.9.8. Disaster Planning

A Disaster Management Centre shall be established for meeting any emergency situation

arising due to fire and explosion and discharge of toxic gases. Fire-fighting equipment

and other safety appliances shall be kept ready, for use during disaster and emergency

situations. The disaster management plan has been included in Chapter-8.

8.10. Environmental Policy of DFPCL

The Company’s policy shall integrate the conservation and protection of the environment

and safety of the workmen. The main points in the policy shall be:

• Always striving for the safety of the workmen, public around and betterment of the

Environment.

• Regular and continuous monitoring of ambient air, stacks, work place, etc.

• Healthy Operating Practices.

• Compliance with all National and State Environmental and Safety regulations.

• Responsibility for Environment and Safety compliance as a line function.

• Survey and monitoring of the employees’ health at regular intervals.

• Training at all levels inclusive of contract employees.

• Technical audits to cover environmental aspects, safety, health and energy.

• Environment and Safety policy covering the interests of employees, customers,

community.

• Quantitative Risk Assessment, Disaster Management Plan, Emergency

• Preparedness Plan, Accident Investigation, Analysis and Reporting System,

Safety Inspection.

• Environmental Impact Assessment.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Providing personal protective equipments and their periodic review for

effectiveness and up-gradation.

• Active participation in mutual aid committee. Health survey and monitoring.

8.11. Measures for Protection of Environment

8.11.1. Energy Saving Measures

A well equipped Energy Management Cell with qualified auditors with great deal of

expertise in Energy management and Power conservation shall be set-up in DFPCL.

Detailed schemes shall be planned by all plants and service groups to arrive at

practicable minimum energy and Power consumption. This will result in significant

improvement in plant performance with added zeal for resource conservation and

environment for upkeep Energy conservation. Few important proposed measures are

presented below:

• In Waste Heat Recovery Boiler (WHRB), waste/ flue gases shall be used for

pre-heating BFW and power generation.

• Corro-coating: Corro-coating shall be done in various major energy consuming

sources like cooling tower pumps in main plants and utility plant, fire water pump

leading to substantial amount of power savings.

• Evaporating cooling for Process Air Compressor (PAC): Through-put in PAC

shall increase due to evaporating cooling resulting in more ammonia production

contributing to less energy consumption.

• “Z” block insulation: Insulation will result in reduction of heat loss through

casing of primary reformer above 6th row which prevents substantial heat loss.

• Use of Automated Control System (ACS) in Ammonia plant: ACS leads to

accurate control of load optimization, steam carbon ratio, CO2 maximization

leading to production maximization which amounts to 0.05 MKcal/ton of energy in

ammonia manufacturing.

• Use of VFDs: Variable Frequency Drives shall be installed in Ammonia, Steam

generation, plant etc to operate the equipment during various plant requirements

at low RPM to reduce energy consumption to the tune of 25-30%.

• Use of solar water heaters: Solar heaters shall be installed at strategic locations

like Canteen, Guesthouse etc. to reduce energy consumption.

• Solar Lighting: Energy saving shall be achieved with lower wattage alternatives

using solar power panels for street lighting, plant lighting, lighting at offices with

LED lamps.

8.11.2. Miscellaneous Energy Saving Programs

DFPCL shall pay proper attention for implementation of following energy saving

programs. The programs are as under:

Green Light Program


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


It involves installation of energy efficient lighting system which reduces indirectly

generation of oxides of Carbon, Nitrogen and Sulphur. However, there shall not be any

comprise with required illumination at working places.

Golden Carot Program

This program involves super efficient refrigeration cooling system and installation without

the use of GHG.

Energy Star Program

Use of energy efficient electrical appliances including computers shall be practiced.

8.12. Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection

The compliance to the Charter on Corporate Responsibility for Environmental Protection

(CREP) for Fertilizer industries proposed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB),

Ministry of Environment and Forest (MoEF) in March 2003 is given below:

Table 8.6 Compliance status for the DFPCL plant

Sl No Action Points Compliance Status

Conservation of Water

1.

Efforts will be made for conservation of water, particularly with a target to have consumption less than 8, 12 and 15 m3 /tonne of urea produced for plant based on gas, naphtha and fuel oil, respectively. In case of plants using Naptha and Gas both as feed stocks, water consumption target of less than 10m3/ tonne will be achieved.

Not Applicable

Elimination of Toxic Substances

2

Use of arsenic for CO2 absorption in ammonia plants and chromate based chemicals for cooling system, which is still continuing in some industries, will be phased out and replaced with non- arsenic and nonchromate systems by December 2003.

Adequate chemical dosing system, biosides based treatment program for cooling water system will be used. This is non-arsenic and nonchromate system.

Waste Water Treatment

3

Adequate treatment for removal of oil, chromium (till nonchromate based cooling system is in place) and fluoride will be provided to meet the prescribed standards at the source (end respective process unit) itself.

Oil recovery systems are not envisaged inside the ammonia plant as it is utilizing natural gas for ammonia production. Lime-Alum treatment system is envisaged at ETP for fluoride removal before discharging. – Regular monitoring of the outgoing effluents shall be done to ensure that


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


prescribed standard limits are complied.

4

Proper and complete nitrification and denitrification will be ensured wherever such process used for effluent treatment.

An advanced biological treatment system shall be provided in ETP for proper and complete nitrification and de-nitrification of effluent.

5

Ground water monitoring around thestorage facilities and beyond the factory premises will be carried out at regular intervals particularly for pH. Fluoride CPCB will finalize the guidelines for groundwater monitoring.

Ground water quality shall be monitored along the outgoing effluent discharge channel and results shall be submitted to SPCB.

Management of Storm Water

6

No effluent arising from process plants and associated facilities will be discharged to the storm water drain. The quality of storm water will be regularly monitored by all the industries. The industries, where waste water/ effluent flows through the storm water drains even during the dry season will install continuous systems for monitoring the storm water quality for pH, ammonia and fluoride. If required, storm water will be routed through effluent treatment plant before discharging.

No process effluents are generally allowed to drain into storm water channel.

Air Pollution Management

7

All the upcoming urea plants will have urea prilling towers based on natural draft so at to minimize urea dust emissions.

Not Applicable

8

The existing urea plants particularly, the plants having forced draft prilling towers will install appropriate systems (e.g. Scrubber. etc.) for achieving existing norms of urea dust emissions.

Not Applicable

9

The sulphuric acid plants having SCSA system will switch over to DCDA system to meet the emission standard for SO2 as 2kg/tonne of H2SO4 produced.

Not Applicable

10

Sulphuric acid plants having DCDA system will improve the conversion and absorption efficiencies of the system as well as scrubbers to achieve SO2 emission of 2 kg tonne of acid produced in case of plants having capacity above 300 tpd and 2.5 kg tonne in case of plants having capacity upto

Not Applicable


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


300 tpd.

11

Stack height for sulphuric acid plants will be provided as per the guidelines and on the basis of normal plant operations (and not when the scrubbers are in use). The scrubbed gases are to be let out at the same height of the stock.

Not Applicable

12

An action plan for providing proper dust control systems rock phosphate grinding unit in phosphoric acid plants/ single super phosphate plants, so as to achieve particulate emission of 150 mg/Nm3 will be submitted.

Not Applicable

13

Particulate as well as gaseous fluoride will be monitored and adequate control systems will be installed to achieve the norms on total fluoride emissions (25 mg/Nm3).

Not Applicable

14

Continuous SO2 emission monitoring systems will be installed in sulphuric acid plants (having capacity 200 tpd and above) by March 2004. Action plan for this will be submitted.

Not Applicable

16 Regular monitoring of ambient air quality with regard to SO2, NOx, PM, SO3, fluoride and acid mist will be carried out.

Regular monitoring of Ambient air quality for SOx, NOx, and PM shall be carried out as per SPCB consent. Results are submitted to SPCB as a part of compliance reports.

Solid Waste Management

17

Gypsum will be effectively managed by providing proper lining, dykes with approach roads and monitoring of groundwater quality around storage facilities. Accumulated gypsum will be properly capped.

Not Applicable

18

An action plan for proper handling, storage and disposal of spent catalyst having toxic metals will be submitted. The industry will also explore recovery/buy-back of spent catalyst.

Spent catalyst shall be sold to SPCB approved reprocessor and the manifest copy will be submitted to SPCB along with the Hazardous return statement.

19

Carbon slurry, sulphur muck and chalk will be properly managed and disposed of in properly designed landfill either within premises or in common facility.

Not applicable

20

Existing stock of chromium and arsenic bearing sludge will be properly disposed. Industries will also explore recovery of chromium from the sludge. CPCB will

Chromium and Arsenic will not be used


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


provide guidelines for proper disposal of the sludge.

8.13. Budgetary Provisions for Environmental Protection Measures

The capital cost for environmental measures related to proposed project is worked out for

implementation of environmental management plan and is given in Tables 8.7. The total

capital cost is calculated as approximately 70.00 crores.

Table 8.7 Total estimated budget for implementation of EMP

Sr. No.

Particulars Capital cost in Rs. (Crores)

Annual Recurring Cost (maintenance and electrical cost and manpower cost) in Rs. (Crores)

1 Water pollution Control, Sewage and Effluent Treatment plant

15.00 8.0

2 Air Pollution Equipment 30.00 3.00

3 Guard Ponds, Rain water storage tanks & green belt development

12.00 3.00

4 Solid and Hazardous waste Management

8.00 0.50

5 Noise Pollution Control 5.00 1.00

Total 70.00 15.50

Table 8.8 Air Pollution Control Equipment & Cost

Sl

No.

Air

Pollutant

Source/ Plant Controlling Equipment Capital Investment Rs in

Lakhs

1 NOx NA Plant SCR DeNOx System & NOx analyzer

in the Vent Stack

400

2 SPM HDAN Plant Scrubber 300

3 SOx Offsites Boiler Stack 150

4 SPM Offsites Boiler ESP/ Bag Filters (in case of Coal Fired

Boilers)

100

5 SPM DG Set Stack 40

Table 8.9 Water pollution control equipment and Cost

Sl No.

Water Pollutant

Source/ Plant Controlling Equipment Capital

Investment Rs in Lakhs

1 Ammoniacal & Nitrate Nitrogen

ANS Plant Process Steam Cyclone Column & Venturi Scrubber

60


ANS plant Process Condensate

Entropie Exchanger 100


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


3 Acidic Effluent (pH)

Regeneration of DM Plant Neutralization Pit 10


Wash water and other effluents from various section

Neutralization pit/ Ammonia Stripper and de-Nitrification section of ETP

520

Table 8.10 Operating And Maintenance Cost Of Effluent Treatment Plant For Phase-I

Estimated Power Consumption - 162.32 KW

Operating Hours per annum 8000 Hours

Estimated Units Consumed 1298535.96 KWHr

Unit Cost of Power 5.00 Rs/KWHr

Estimated Annual Power Cost 64.93 Lac Rs/Annum

Estimated Avg Hourly 100% NaOH consumption 5.19 Kg/hr

Operating Hours per Annum 8000 Hours

Estimated Annual 100% NaOH consumption 41553.15 Kg/Annum

Unit Cost of 100% NaOH 57 Rs/Kg

Estimated Annual NaOH cost 23.69 Lac Rs/Annum

Estimated Annual 100% H2SO4 consumption 20776.58

Kg/Annum (@ 2.6 kg/

hr)

Unit Cost of 100% H2SO4 9 Rs/Kg

Estimated Annual H2SO4 cost 1.87 Lac Rs/Annum

Estimated Total Annual Operating cost 90.48 Lac Rs. Per Annum

Estimated Capital Cost of ETP 520 Lac Rupees

Maintenance Cost as % of Capital Cost 4.00 %

Estimated Avg Annual Maintenance Cost 20.80 Lac Rs per Annum

Estimated Avg Annual Operating & Maintenance

Cost 111.28 Lac Rs per Annum

Table 8.11 Operating And Maintenance Cost Of Effluent Treatment Plant Pahse-Ii

Estimated Power Consumption - 243.79 KW

Operating Hours per annum 8000 Hours

Estimated Units Consumed 1950350.1 KWHr

Unit Cost of Power 5.00 Rs/KWHr

Estimated Annual Power Cost 97.52 Lac Rs/Annum

Estimated Avg Hourly 100% NaOH consumption 7.8 Kg/hr

Operating Hours per Annum 8000 Hours

Estimated Annual 100% NaOH consumption 62411.2 Kg/Annum

Unit Cost of 100% NaOH 57 Rs/Kg

Estimated Annual NaOH cost 35.57 Lac Rs/Annum

Estimated Annual 100% H2SO4 consumption 31205.6 Kg/Annum (@ 3.9kg/ hr)

Unit Cost of 100% H2SO4 9 Rs/Kg

Estimated Annual H2SO4 cost 2.81 Lac Rs/Annum


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Estimated Total Annual Operating cost 135.90 Lac Rs. Per Annum

Estimated Capital Cost of ETP 780 Lac Rupees

Maintenance Cost as % of Capital Cost 4.00 %

Estimated Avg Annual Maintenance Cost 31.20 Lac Rs per Annum

Estimated Avg Annual Operating & Maintenance Cost 167.10 Lac Rs per Annum


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 9. PROJECT BENIFITES

9.1. Benefits of the Infrastructure

Establishment of large developmental projects improve the availability of the physical

infrastructure (like approach roads, drainage, communication and transportation facilities

etc.) and social infrastructures (like education and health care system). These will also

benefit the local population. DFPCL shall take up several community welfare and

community development activities under Corporate Social Responsibility and this will be

done after commissioning of project.

Commissioning of proposed Project will improve the chemicals used in mining industries

for ballasting purpose supply position in the state of Odisha as well as in India. Chemicals

from this plant will benefit the Odisha State to a large extent leading to industrial /

commercial development and also to the country.

The construction and operation of the plant is likely to attract influx of persons in the area

in the form of equipment suppliers, material suppliers, maintenance technicians, etc. For

their accommodation, the infrastructural facilities like lodging, eateries and transport

facilities on the outskirts of town or at nearby villages up to the plant area is expected to

improve significantly. These will also benefit the local population.

The proposed project will induce the development of ancillary and small scale industries

in the area to meet the requirement of the project.

The people residing in the nearby areas will be benefited indirectly. It is anticipated that

the proposed plant will provide benefits for the locals in two phases i.e. during

construction phase as well as during operational stage.

9.2. Construction Phase Benefits

Employment: The setting up of the proposed project will lead to direct and indirect

benefits to the overall socio-economic status of the region.

The project will generate gainful employment opportunities as well as opportunities for

self-employment. Projects have mechanized and automated plants. Therefore, the direct

opportunities for employment during construction and operation phase are limited.

However, during construction phase additional manpower may be deployed by

contractors. In addition to the people directly involved in construction and operation of

This Chapter provides the benefits to the community in vicinity as well as to the region

on the whole that are associated with the project. It also envisaged the Corporate Social

Responsibility and Community Development activities undertaken by M/s Deepak

Fertilizers & Petrochemicals Corporation Limited and proposed CSR-CD plan.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


the power project, employment opportunities in subsidiary industries and service sectors

as well as self-employment opportunities shall also be generated.

During construction phase, there will be opportunities for local skilled and unskilled

workers to be employed through contractors in the various construction related activities

like material handling, operation of construction machinery, actual construction, painting,

installation of plant machinery etc.

At the same time, local small contractors, vehicle owners, machinery owners will get

opportunities for substantial amount of business for providing their services to the

proponents and EPC contractors. The construction activity and influx of visitors will also

open up opportunities for setting up establishments like lodging, food kiosks, small shops,

vehicle and machinery maintenance etc. in the vicinity of the plant or outskirts area.

These establishments will be viable during the operation phase also, with the advent of

employees from outside regions.

Community Services: DFPCL may indirectly engage local people to the extent possible in

order to reduce the need for additional infrastructure. In addition, DFCL shall develop

necessary infrastructure like accommodation, water supply, sewerage, medical facility,

etc. for catering to the needs of the project personnel and their families. The local people

will be indirectly benefited by these developments.

Transportation: The setting up of the project may lead to lying of road around the project

area which will lead to better and faster connectivity between the surrounding villages.

9.3. Operational Phase Benefit

Indirect employment: During operation phase there will be employment opportunities,

mainly in service sector, although its magnitude will be limited. Unskilled people and

limited skilled people (depending on availability) may be hired by contractors from local

population.

In addition, some secondary developments like opening of new schools, shops may take

place in view of the increased family population due to the proposed employment. These

factors will be beneficial to locals residing in the study area.

The local people may have opportunity to be engaged, under different agencies, as per

their qualification & skill set, during the project activity.

Direct Employment: Projects have mechanized and automated plants. Therefore, the

direct opportunities for employment during operation phase are limited. The direct

employment opportunities with DFPCL will be extremely limited and the opportunities

would exist mainly with the contractors and sub-contractors. Providing jobs to local

persons on a preferential basis wherever feasible would be facilitated through agencies.

The skilled manpower requirements for the operational phase of the project shall come

from outside the study area. Need of unskilled people would be satisfied from local

population, depending on availability & feasibility.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


In addition to the direct employment opportunities mentioned above, there will be indirect

employment opportunities of local people by utilizing their expertise in different areas like

horticulture, site clearing (for power plant construction), Housekeeping and painting etc.

Also, due to secondary development in the study area, employment opportunities will be

generated.

In addition to the above, the project will create opportunities for self-employment

opportunities to local people as drivers, conductors and truck/bus attendants, passenger

carrying vehicles, technicians in workshops and garages besides the plumbers,

electricians and masons. The project will create opportunities for indirect employment due

to increase in trade opportunities like stockiest / retailers of building materials, groceries,

provision shops, medical stores, garment shops, furniture shops, etc.

Infrastructure Development: Infrastructure in the area will improve with further

improvement in communication, transport facilities and power supply. Since the impact on

existing infrastructure will be positive, the resultant scenario after the commissioning of

proposed project will be conducive for urbanization in the area. DFPCL supports nearby

government schools under CSR-CD, by providing equipment, construction of class

rooms, boundary wall, laboratory and toilets. In addition to it, government hospital could

also be assisted by providing instruments, necessary facilities as per requirements.

Education: People coming from outside are expected to be educated and skilled. In

addition, some secondary developments like opening of new schools, shops may take

place in view of the increased family population due to the proposed employment. These

factors will be beneficial to locals residing in the study area. Besides, DFPCL also

strengthens nearby government schools under CSR -CD, by providing furniture,

schoolbags/ scholarships to students, sport facilities in consultation with district

administration.

9.4. Corporate Social Responsibility and Community Development

For over three decades, Deepak Fertilizers (DFPCL) has been Enriching, Nourishing and

empowering millions of lives by effectively addressing issues that plague our society.

Through Ishanya Foundation (Pune & Taloja) and through Deepak Foundation

(Vadodara), DFPCL constantly strive to create self-sufficient and self-reliant communities.

DFPCL maintains an unwavering, commitment towards improving society and remains

sensitive corporate citizen.

Vision:

Act as catalyst to create self-reliant society of youth, women and marginal farmers,

having secured livelihood, wherever DFPCL’s presence exists.

Mission:

• Select and Conduct courses in vocational skills development and give an edge for

employability for economically weaker sections.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


• Develop youth, women and marginal farmers to take up social business and to

augment family income.

• Extend facilities for preventive health care.

• Undertake Research activities in options for social entrepreneurship.

Following are some of the activities undertaken by DFPCL in various areas to help

society in Taloja, Pune & Gujarat.

Livelihood Programmes:

Various vocational training is given to aspirants. Details of programs conducted during

last 3 years are described in Table 9.1.

Table 9.1 : Details of Livelihood Programs Conducted in last three years

S.No.

Name of the Livelihood Programs conducted

No. of Batche

s

Completed training

Placement

Self Employ

ment

1. Professional Beautician Practice, Art of Mehendi Three and a half months + 15 days internship

16 315 182 133

2. Housekeeping * Duration: 10 days 3 37 32 -

4. Retail Operations Duration: One month to two weeks

5 80 59 -

5. Soft skills to enhance employability at CCD for boys * Duration: One Month

1 15 - -

6. Security Guard Course Duration: 10 days 8 137 125 -

7. Four Wheeler Driving Course* Duration: 2months

1 3 - -

8. Customer Care Associate * Duration:10 days 1 12 09 -

9. Patient Care Course/Ward Assistant Course * Duration: 6 months

4 46 41 -

10.

Diploma in Computer Applications, Business Accounting & Multilingual DTP* Duration: One year

3 27 22

1 Tailoring Course Need Based 18 256 02 252

12 Diploma in Information Technology-IT 1 13 (will

complete in April)

13 Home Assistant Course 1 15

14 Entrepreneurship Program 1 2

2

Diploma in Teachers Art and Craft Program

1 3 3

Total 64 961 475 387

Muskaan Project:


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Deepak fertilizers launched this project in March 2011 to help women earn a secondary

source of income. Pre-owned clothes donated by Brand Ambassadors sold to over

10,000 underprivileged at fixed affordable prices. 28 Ambassadors donate upto 500

garments once in a year. 'Muskaan Parees’ sell these pre-owned garments and gets the

share of the profit as income. Foundation facilitates between Ambassadors and Paris.

Average income of a Muskaan Paree is close to Rs. 3000 per month. Muskaan Store-on-

Wheels is also launched on

8th March 2012 and has completed its First anniversary to reach off to far of areas.

Summary of this project so far:

• Total Garments Received = 16,332

• Total Garments Sold = 6,398

• Total Sale of Garments = Rs 2,24,484

• Earning of Muskaan Parees = 1,17,408

Kawant Livelihood Project (KALP):

Since 2008, DFPCL has been working to help the most undeveloped remote tribal block

of Gujarat to earn its living. Over 11,000 farmers benefited through the various livelihood

activities of agriculture and horticulture promotion, dairy, irrigation and watershed skill

development.

Skilling Rural India (SRI):

SRI is a project, which the Foundation has undertaken in collaboration with Dr. Reddy’s

(DRF). The project is funded and monitored by Ishanya Foundation. DRF mobilizes

aspirants, training them on soft skills training and referring them to the employers and

arrange on the job training 99 young girls and boys have completed training and are

employed at various organizations. They are earning an average income of Rs. 5,000 to

Rs. 8000 per month and a few are earning in the range of Rs. 9000 to Rs. 12,000 per

month.

Fodder and Cow Breeding as a Secondary Source of Income:

• 25 women from marginal farmers’ family have received the donation of cows (HF)

with calves.

• Training was given in Fodder management, health and hygiene in cow breeding,

resulting in average income of Rs. 3,500 per month by sale of milk.

Income generation programme – Gifting Articles (IGP):

The IGP programme by Ishanya Foundation is now sustainable in which 8 groups

consisting of approx. 10 persons in each group were formed. The programme for up-


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


gradation of existing skills in gifting articles was conducted IsFon IGP (Photo Plate 7.6)

has reached its ustainability.

• 8 groups consisting of approx. 10 in each group

• Upgradation of existing skills in gifting articles was conducted by Anjuman

Polytechnic.

• The gifting articles are now customized.

• Income Rs 3000-4000 per month.

Horticulture Development Program

IsFon has adopted the "Wadi Model" developed by BAIF 62 women from Marginal

Farmers family from the villages of Chindran, Karmeli, Wangni, Morbe, Wavanje, Shirawli

and Nitlas are the beneficiaries. Each of the 62 women beneficiary have been given 60

saplings of Kesar`variety of Mango & 50 saplings of Drumsticks. The inter crop

vegetables grown are –Bitter Gourd, Butter Gourd, Cucumber, Cluster Beans have been

already harvested and sold by them in the market (Photo Plate: 7.7 )and they are earning

Rs 8000/- per month.

Environmental Initiatives Dupatta Campaign

• More than 20,000 cloth bags are being stitched every year from dupattas,

bedsheets, curtains and other cloth materials including the pre-owned garments.

• The bags are distributed to the Vegetable Sellers, Fruit Hawkers and given to the

NGOs who are making products.

• More than 50 financially challenged women are earning an income by stitching

cloth bags

Health Initiatives

Every year various programmes are conducted in surrounding villages to guide and help

villagers in health matters (Photo Plate: 7.9)

Last Year:Three Cataract Detection Camps were conducted in Pale Khurd, Wakadi and

Dundre villages. 512 people were screened at the camp. 49 patients were operated for

cataract and 69 patients were given spectacles for refraction error correction. 650

children of Wavanje High School were screened for Eye Ailments. 62 children diagnosed

with Cataract/Low vision and other deformities were further referred to LCT

Company also helps needy persons requiring financial support for health treatment. One

such example is Renuka who went kidney transplant. She is now recommended with

higher education in “Diploma in Computer Application” sponsored by DFPCL .

DFPCL has also undertaken –

A) Safe Motherhood and Child Survival Project:

This Public-Private Partnership, today focuses on strengthening the public health delivery

channel in the tribal areas of Vadodara district. Through this initiative the maternal

mortality rate was reduced successfully by 41% and child mortality by 7%.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


B) Nutrition Interventions

The Foundation focuses on creating awareness on maternal anemia, correct

breastfeeding, complimentary feeding practices and child under-nutrition. In the past

three years 6,987 anemic women have been referred for treatment, 1,752 anemic women

received life saving Iron Sucrose injectibles and 400 low birth weight babies were referred

to health facilities.

C) Mobile Medical Unit

The Foundation started a Mobile Medical Unit in Kawant block of Vadodara District, in

partnership with NRHM, Gujarat. The Mobile Medical Unit visits 40 villages in Kawant,

where health facilities are scarce and provides essential healthcare and referral services.

D) Public Health Training Institute:

Public Health Training Institute of Deepak Foundation, along with the Department of

Health and Family Welfare, Government of Gujarat, undertook a phased training of

Modules 6 & 7 to ASHAs in three blocks of Vadodara district which aimed at

strengthening ASHA’s in three blocks of Vadodara district which aimed at strengthening

ASHA’s in three blocks at Vadodara district which aimed at strengthening ASHA’s role in

in villages as “Healthcare Provider at Grass-root Level”. The modules aim at reducing

maternal and early infant mortality through home based new born care.

EDUCATION:

Ishanya Foundation’s Excellence Award and Scholarship at ITI Panvel

To encourage rural youth to pursue education, Ishanya Foundation instituted the

Academic Excellence Award and a unique Scholarship programme in four streams of

engineering in partnership with ITI, Panvel – the first such in Maharashtra with ITI.

APNA KISAN MALL:

With the motto of supplying good quality seeds, pesticides and other agricultural input to

poor tribal farmers at reasonable price, Deepak Foundation initiated “Apna Kisan Malls” in

three blocks of Vadodara, viz., Naswadi, Pavijetput and Kawant in which nearly 1,500

farmers have been enrolled. It has benefitted farmers and helped in increasing production

with minimal investment.

BUDGET:

With various initiatives DFPCL are really committed to promotion of women

empowerment, livelihood generation, providing quality healthcare services to the

marginalized groups of society. DFPCL is also strongly committed to safeguard the

environment.

Products from the proposed plant shall reduce demand-supply gap in overall fertilizer

scenario in the country. Proposed plant shall be designed to give different combination of

nutrient to crops.

Table 9.2 CSR Budget for 5 Years


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


S. No. Description of Items Cost

(Rs. Cr) 1 Development of drainage system in surrounding villages,

making new hand pumps (deep tube wells) creating awareness

about clean water, clean habits and health

3.00

2 Social Forestry program & tree plantation outside the plant

premises.

2.00

3 Infrastructure Development in surrounding villages (Parks and

Gardens, Community Hall, Village Roads, PanchayatBlawan,

Anganwadi, Old age home)

5.00

4 Cleaning of ponds, maintaining village roads, providing street

lighting etc.

1.00

5 Periodic Medical Assistance to people of surrounding villages

)Free health check-up )routine( and distribution of free

medicines )to poor people(

2.00

6 Contribution to village schools (Primary to Higher Secondary

level) in each cluster of villages, providing school bags,

uniform, tiffin, shoes and socks, books and study materials,

teaching aids, furniture and blackboard, toilets and playground.

5.00

7 Rain water harvesting structure in and around plant area 2.00

Total 20.00


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 10. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION

10.1. Summary and Conclusion

The status of the environment at the project site and within the study area of 10 km radius

is delineated with respect to air, noise, water, land, biological and socioeconomic

environment. The different project activities during the construction and operation phases

are identified. To identify the impacts, the interaction between the project activities and

different components of environment are classified phase wise. A summary of the

identified impacts are given in the following paragraphs.

During the constructional phase, the transportation of construction material may have an

impact, especially on air, noise, vibration, and soil. However, since the proposed project

is green field project, so at the time of construction and operation stage, there will be

minor impact on environment.

The additional strength of labourers could temporarily increase the pressure on the

resources of the area. During the operational phase, there could be minor change in air

quality .Transportation of raw material, storage and handling of hazardous material and

the production process could cause a temporary disturbance to environment variables

which will be prevented with the proposed mitigation measures proposed in Chapter 4.

With respect to occupational health, minimal impacts are anticipated on the health of the

employees during operation phase.

In general, production of TAN shall help in enhancement of productivity in the region as

well as generate direct and indirect employment in the area.

10.2. Regulatory Compliance

The project is yet at its technical investigation stage. Prior to its implementation, it will be

necessary to acquire all the necessary clearance from the Government of India, as per

the applicable national regulations. Key clearances include obtaining No Objection

Certificate from the Rajasthan State Pollution Control Board (RPCB) under The Water

(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975; The Air (Prevention and

Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982. In addition to that Manufacture, Storage

and Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter,

Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Trans-boundary Movement) Rules, 2008,

Bio Medical Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 1998 and amendments thereafter,

Municipal Solid Waste (Management & Handling) Rules, 2000 and amendments

thereafter will also be applicable to the industry.

This chapter concludes on the findings that emerged from the environmental assessment study and summarizes the key points to be addressed to ensure the environmental

sustainability of the project during the construction and operation phases.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


10.3. Baseline Conditions

The monitoring of the existing environmental conditions of the proposed project site and

of its close vicinity have been established with respect to physical, biological and human

environment.

The air quality of the area meets the prescribed National Ambient Air Quality Standards

applicable for the Residential & Rural Areas except the “PM” which is due to local

phenomenon. The background noise levels were also found well within the standards as

at present most of the area is not developed.

The ground water quality prevails in the study area were in good agreement with IS:

10500 permissible limit. Overall the surface water quality of canal, pond and minor is

meeting the Class ‘C’ , Class D of BDU Criteria of CPCB for its suitability for wild life and

fisheries.

Ambient noise level of the study area is within the prescribed National Ambient Noise

Quality Standard for respective residential, commercial and industrial category at all the

monitored locations.

10.4. Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

The project entails various impacts on the study area, some negative and some positive.

There is going to no adverse impact on water quality or water demand due o proposed

project. Rather overall fresh water demand will get reduced from the present level due to

treated effluent recycle.

The impact (incremental GLC) due to the new stacks were computed and all pollutants

post project GLC will be well within NAAQ norms except PM which is already high due to

natural and other commercial and traffic causes.

There will be no adverse impact on land or noise level due to proposed project.

DFPCL has taken adequate measures for EHS aspects for the proposed project. In

addition recommendations have been made to further strengthen the EHS measures,

energy conservation and other EMP aspects.

10.5. Recommendations

Based on the environmental impact assessment conducted, the following

recommendations are made:

• Since regulations are fast changing in India, the project proponent must keep

himself or herself updated with respect to applicable laws and take appropriate

actions in case the provisions in some regulations undergo change.

• The impacts envisaged due to construction activities will be for short limited

period. Impact due to operational activities, systems of periodic auditing and


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


reporting shall be adopted during the operation period to ensure that the system

adheres to the EMP.

• The project proponent and its team of consultants and contractors are urged to

develop a strategy for effective communication with local people. The construction

team/ developer should effectively follow the suggestions made in the EMP and/

or any other environmental measures so as not to damage the environment of the

project area.

• CSR activities should be taken up in association with district authorities.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


CHAPTER 11. : DISCLOSURE OF CONSULTANTS

Declaration by Experts Contributing to the EIA/EMP REPORT for proposed green field

project a Technical Ammonia nitrate production unit At Village Bagadia, Chaukimatha,

Rangiagarh Tehsil Paradeep, district Jagatsinghpur, Odisha. I, hereby, certify that I was a

part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA.

EIA Coordinator:

Name: Mr.Yashwant Bordia

Signature & Date Period of involvement January 2017 to finalization of report

Contact Information: 011-30003200

Functional Area Experts

Functional Areas Name of the Expert

Involvement (Period and Task**) Jan 2017 to finalization of report

Signature

Air Pollution Monitoring & Control (AP)****

Yashwant Bordia

• Micro Meteorology and air pollution monitoring planning also quality check.

• Impact assessment, mitigation & environmental management plan preparation.

Air Quality Modeling and Prediction (AQ)****

Sanjeev Sharma

• Analysis of collected baseline data

• Processing of micrometeorological data for using in model.

• Analysis of predicted impact due to the modelling result.

Water Pollution (WP)

Yashwant Bordia

• Water Quality monitoring network designing.

• Sampling of water samples (surface and ground water).

• Monitoring of water quality.

• Water Balance

• Identification & assessment of quantum of water pollution and its Mitigation measures.

• ETP Suggestion.

Noise and Vibration*

Sanjeev Sharma

• Analysis of collected baseline data

• Processing of data for modelling purposed.

• Analysis of predicted impact due to the modelling result.

Ecology and Bio-diversity Conservation (EB)**

Ratnesh Kotiyal

• Conducted Ecological survey & preparation of status report.

• Application of taxonomy in resource inventory (Flora & Fauna)

• List of species animals and plants report.

• Identification & assessment of ecological impact due to proposed project and its Mitigation measures.


& Ammonia plant

Doc No.: EIA

Rev No. 0


of 247


Functional Areas Name of the Expert

Involvement (Period and Task**) Jan 2017 to finalization of report

Signature

Solid and Hazardous Waste Management (SHW)

Yashwant Bordia

• Identification of hazardous and non-hazardous wastes.

• Reuse and recycling of solid wastes.

• Handling and disposal of Non- Hazardous solid waste & Hazardous waste.

Socio-Economics (SE)***

T G Ekande

• Baseline socio economic survey(Interviews, Questionnaires, focused group discussion)

• Evaluation of Socio economic development status of the area.

• Enterprise social commitment provisions.

Risk and Hazards (RH)

SK Jain

• Identification of hazards due to proposed project.

• Identification of hazardous substances in the proposed project.

• Preparation of risk assessment report and onsite emergency plan.

Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation (HG)

Mr. Yamesh Sharma

• Site visit, contribution to Baseline environment and contribution to EIA documentation

Land Use Mr. Anil Kumar

• Site visit, contribution to Baseline environment and contribution to EIA documentation (April-15 to Till Now))

* Shweta has contributed forNoise and Vibration (NV) with concerned FAE. ** Dr. Alok Singh has contributed forEcology and Bio-diversity Conservation (EB) with concerned FAE. *** Anil Kumar have contributed forSocio-Economics (SE) with concerned FAE. **** Om Prakash has contributed for AP, WP & AQ respectively with concerned FAE.

Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization/authorized person

I, S.K.Jain, hereby confirm that the above-mentioned experts the EIA/EMP REPORT

Proposed green field project a Technical Ammonia nitrate production unit At Village

Bagadia, Chaukimatha, Rangiagarh Tehsil Paradeep, district Jagatsinghpur, Odisha. I

also confirm that the consultant organization shall be fully accountable for any mis-

leading information mentioned in this statement.

Name: S.K.Jain

Designation: Director, Technical

Signature & Date

Name of the EIA Consultant organization EQMS India Pvt. Ltd.

eia setting up of a manufacturing complex for technical...

Documents